SoftBank 940N User Manual

Introduction Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 940N. ● For proper handset use, read this guide. ● Keep this guide in a convenient place for reference. ● Accessible SoftBank services may vary by service area, subscription, etc. SoftBank 940N is compatible with 3G, GSM and wireless LAN network technologies. Notes ・ Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited. ・ Content of this guide is subject to change without prior notice. ・ Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61) about unclear or missing information. ● SoftBank 940N is referred to as ”handset” in this guide. ● Most operation descriptions are based on default settings and begin in Standby. ● Sample screenshots* are provided for reference only. Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance. ● Key illustrations are simplified and differ in appearance from actual handset keys. ● ”(Japanese)” appears next to functions or services which require Japanese ability to use. * Standby Display used in this guide is based on SoftBank 940N Island Blue model. Design theme of Main Menu and windows is based on default setting 4 Seasons. Getting Started 1 Basic Operations 2 Calling 3 Security 4 Mail 5 Internet 6 Camera 7 TV 8 Music Player & S! Appli 9 Entertainment 10 Tools 11 Data Management 12 Connectivity 13 Customization 14 Appendix 15 i Search Guide ●Function & Service Name Search Table of Contents .................................................... P. iv Menu List ........................................................ P. 15-21 Index ................................................................ P. 15-47 ●Objective Search Mastering Basics My Number & E-mail Address ●Display Indicators P. 1-6 - P. 1-9 Customizing Handset ●Learning Basics P. 2-2 - P. 2-8 940N Features ●Solving Problems Troubleshooting ................................................ P. 15-6 Warranty & After Sales Service ...................... P. 15-60 ii SoftBank Mobile Features Search Guide Basic Operations Text Entry Messaging Services Mobile Internet Learn basic menu navigation and key operations. Enter text for composing messages, creating Phone Book entries, etc. Use SMS, S! Mail and PC Mail to send text messages. Attach and send files via S! Mail or PC Mail. Use Yahoo! Keitai to access Mobile Internet sites tailored for SoftBank customers. P. 2-2 P. 2-11 P. 5-2 P. 6-2 My Phone Number My Account Details Customize E-mail Address Exchange Information Wirelessly Check your phone number on handset. Save your contact information to Account Details to send it to your friends. Change the account name (part before @) of your e-mail address. Send your e-mail address to compatible devices via infrared. P. 1-21 P. 1-21 P. 5-4 P. 13-2 Download Music Set Ringtones Wallpaper Add Shortcuts Download songs from Chaku-Uta® sites and set as ringtones or play back on Music P. 9-4 Player. Set your favorite songs as ringtones. Set your favorite image to appear in Standby with clock or calendar. Add frequently used functions to Desktop Icons. P. 14-8 P. 14-3 P. 2-3 Music Player Camera & Video Camera TV Osaifu-Keitai® Download songs and play them on handset. Shoot still images and videos. Handset supports One Seg Digital TV. Use your handset for payment of purchases with electronic money or as a commuter ticket or point P. 11-2 card. P. 9-2 P. 7-2 P. 8-2 Yahoo! Keitai Sites Graphic Mail Gaming Device S! Quick News A special portal site for SoftBank handsets enhances your Internet browsing experience. Create HTML messages by changing font and background colors, inserting images, etc. Play S! Appli games downloaded from Yahoo! Keitai sites. Subscribe to News and receive automatic updates regularly. P. 6-3 P. 5-6 P. 9-8 P. 10-4 iii Table of Contents Search Guide ........................................... ii Table of Contents................................... iv Package Contents................................... vi Safety Precautions ................................. vi General Notes....................................... xiii Intellectual Property Rights................. xix 1 Getting Started Handset Parts.................................. 1-2 Display............................................. 1-6 USIM Card ..................................... 1-10 Battery & Charger......................... 1-13 Power On/Off ............................... 1-17 Mobile Manners ........................... 1-19 Codes............................................. 1-20 Other Basic Information............... 1-21 2 Basic Operations Menu Operations ........................... 2-2 Multitask ......................................... 2-9 Text Entry...................................... 2-11 Phone Book................................... 2-19 S! Addressbook Back-up .............. 2-25 Advanced Features....................... 2-27 iv 3 6 Calling Overview......................................... 3-2 Voice Call......................................... 3-3 Video Call ........................................ 3-7 Call Logs ........................................ 3-10 Speed Dialing................................ 3-12 Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming).......................... 3-13 Optional Services.......................... 3-14 Advanced Features ....................... 3-16 4 Security PIN Settings..................................... Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use ................................................... Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming Calls ................................................. Secret Modes .................................. 5 4-2 Internet Overview ......................................... 6-2 Yahoo! Keitai .................................. 6-3 PC Site Browser............................... 6-5 Page Operations ............................. 6-7 Bookmarks & Saved Pages ........... 6-10 Advanced Features ....................... 6-12 7 Camera Overview ......................................... 7-2 Capturing Still Images .................... 7-6 Recording Videos ............................ 7-8 Various Features ........................... 7-10 Advanced Features ....................... 7-14 4-3 4-6 4-7 Mail Overview......................................... 5-2 Sending Messages .......................... 5-6 Receiving & Opening Messages .. 5-10 Handling Messages ...................... 5-14 Advanced Features ....................... 5-20 8 TV About TV ......................................... 8-2 Watching TV.................................... 8-6 Recording/Playing Programs.......... 8-9 View/Record Timer ....................... 8-11 Advanced Features ....................... 8-13 9 Music Player & S! Appli About Music Player......................... 9-2 Music Playback................................ 9-5 Table of Contents S! Appli............................................ 9-8 Advanced Features....................... 9-10 10 Entertainment Mobile Widget.............................. S! Quick News............................... S! Info Channel ............................. Books............................................. Advanced Features....................... 11 10-2 10-4 10-5 10-7 10-8 Tools Osaifu-Keitai ............................... 11-2 S! GPS Navi ................................... 11-5 Life History Viewer....................... 11-7 Schedule........................................ 11-9 To Do List .................................... 11-12 Text Memo.................................. 11-14 Voice Memo ................................ 11-15 Calculator .................................... 11-16 Alarm........................................... 11-17 Pedometer................................... 11-19 Bar Code Reader ......................... 11-21 Text Reader................................. 11-23 Advanced Features..................... 11-26 12 Data Management About Data Folder ........................ 12-2 Accessing Files .............................. 12-3 Editing Files................................... 12-9 File & Folder Management......... 12-11 About Memory Card................... 12-12 Managing Memory Cards .......... 12-13 Advanced Features ..................... 12-16 13 Connectivity Infrared.......................................... 13-2 Bluetooth .................................... 13-5 PC Connection............................... 13-9 Wi-Fi............................................. 13-11 Advanced Features ..................... 13-17 14 15 Appendix Multitask Combinations ............... 15-2 Software Update .......................... 15-4 Troubleshooting ........................... 15-6 Text Entry Key Assignments ...... 15-11 Kuten Code List........................... 15-14 Weather Indicators ..................... 15-20 Menu List..................................... 15-21 Specifications .............................. 15-42 Index ............................................ 15-47 Warranty & After Sales Service . 15-60 Customer Service ........................ 15-61 Customization Clock, Display & Sounds............... 14-2 Phone Book & Calls..................... 14-12 Mail.............................................. 14-16 Internet........................................ 14-20 TV................................................. 14-22 Camera ........................................ 14-24 Player & S! Appli......................... 14-25 Entertainment............................. 14-27 Other Settings............................. 14-29 v Before Using This Guide Package Contents The following items are included in the package with handset. For additional information on accessories, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). ■ Battery (NEBAL1) Safety Precautions ● To ensure proper use of your handset, read these safety precautions carefully before use. Keep this guide for future reference. ● Observe these safety precautions to prevent injuries and damages to property. ● SoftBank accepts no liability for any loss or damages incurred by you or a third party as a result of missed calls, etc., due to malfunction, erroneous operation or failure of this product. ■ Labels ● Risks of injury or damage from improper use are categorized by levels. Understand these labels before reading this guide. ■ Starter Guide to charge handset. ● Make sure you understand the following symbols and precautions before reading this guide. Action is prohibited. Great risk of death or serious injury1 from improper use Disassembly is prohibited. WARNING Risk of death or serious injury1 from improper use Exposure to liquids is prohibited. CAUTION Risk of injury2 or damage to property3 from improper use Handling with wet hands is prohibited. memory card to use related functions. ・ Use only specified AC charger (sold separately) ■ Symbols DANGER ■ Warranty (Handset) ・ SoftBank 940N supports microSD and microSDHC memory cards. Purchase a conditions requiring hospitalization or longterm treatment. 2 Injury includes: Physical burns (hightemperature and low-temperature), electric shock, and other conditions not requiring hospitalization or long-term treatment. 3 Damage to property includes: Incidental damage to structures and household property and/or to pets and livestock. Action is compulsory. 1 Serious injury includes: Loss of eyesight, physical injury, high temperature burns, low temperature burns (blisters or reddening caused by prolonged contact with a heat source higher than body temperature), electric shock, fractures, poisoning and other vi Unplug power cord. Before Using This Guide ■ Handset, Battery, USIM Card, AC Charger (Sold Separately), Desktop Holder (Sold Separately), Memory Card (Not Included), and Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (Sold Separately) DANGER Use SoftBank specified devices (Battery, AC Charger or Desktop Holder) only. Use of non-specified devices may cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or ignite; or may cause Charger to overheat, ignite or malfunction. Do not disassemble/modify/ solder handset. May cause fire, injury, electric shock or malfunction. Also, Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. Modification of handset equipment violates statutory regulations and is subject to penalty. Keep liquids away from handset. If handset and/or battery is not dried after exposure to fluids (water, pet urine etc.), overheating, electric shock, fire, malfunction, etc. may occur. Do not charge, use or leave handset in places subject to high temperatures (near an open flame or heating equipment, in direct sunlight or inside a car on a hot day). May cause deformation or malfunction; or may cause Battery to leak, overheat, ignite or rupture. Also, the outer housing may become hot resulting in burns. Do not use excessive force to attach Battery, AC Charger or Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable to handset. Battery or AC Charger may be the wrong way around. Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. WARNING Do not place handset, Battery, AC Charger, Desktop Holder or Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable in a microwave oven or pressure cooker, or on top of an induction heating (IH) cooktop. May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or ignite; or may cause handset, AC Charger or Desktop Holder to overheat, emit smoke, ignite or malfunction. Turn off handset when entering gas stations or other places where flammable gases (propane gas, gasoline, etc.) generate. Do not charge battery in such places. Gases may ignite. Before using Osaifu-Keitai inside a gas station, be sure to turn handset off (deactivate IC card lock beforehand). Do not drop or throw handset or expose it to excessive shock. May cause battery to leak, overheat, rupture or ignite; or may cause fire, electric shock or malfunction. vii Before Using This Guide If you notice an unusual sound, odor, smoke, etc. while using, charging or storing handset, immediately: 1. Unplug AC Charger from outlet. 2. Turn handset power off. 3. Remove Battery from handset, being careful of burn or injury. Continued use may cause fire or electric shock. Keep liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) and conductive materials (e.g. pencil lead, metal fragments, metal necklaces, hairpins, etc.) away from Charger Terminals, External Device Port or Memory Card Slot. May cause short circuit, resulting in fire or malfunction. Keep handset out of reach of infants. Failing to do so may result in small parts being accidentally swallowed or may cause injury. When a child uses handset, parent supervision is advised. Provide child with proper instructions. Failing to do so may cause injury, etc. Do not place handset on an uneven or unstable surface. Handset may fall, leading to injuries or handset malfunction. Be particularly careful while charging or when vibrator is activated. viii DANGER ● Check battery type on Battery label. Properly use and dispose of Battery according to type. Label Battery type Li-ion00 Lithium-ion Do not store handset in humid or dusty places or in places subject to high temperatures. Do not throw Battery into a fire. May cause malfunction. Do not puncture Battery with a nail, hit it with a hammer, step on it or subject it to strong impact. Be careful not to pinch your fingers in the hinge when opening handset. Failing to do so may cause injury. CAUTION ■ Handling Battery May cause Battery to leak, rupture or ignite. May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. Keep metal objects (pins, etc.) away from Battery Terminals. Do not carry or store conductive materials (e.g. pencil lead, metal fragments, metal necklaces, hairpins, etc.) together with Battery. May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. Before Using This Guide If battery fluid gets into eyes, immediately rinse with clean water and consult a doctor. Do not rub eyes. If Battery leaks or emits an unusual odor, immediately stop using it and keep it away from fire. Failing to do so may result in loss of eyesight. Battery fluid is flammable and could ignite, causing fire or Battery to rupture. WARNING If battery fluid gets on your skin or clothing, immediately stop handset use and rinse with clean water. Battery fluid may harm your skin. If Battery is not fully charged even after specified charging time, stop charging. Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. If you notice an unusual odor, overheating, discoloration, deformation, etc. while using, charging or storing Battery, remove it from handset and keep it away from fire. Be careful not to burn or injure yourself. Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. If any abnormalities (deformation, scratches, etc.) are visible on Battery, immediately discontinue use. May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, ignite; may cause handset malfunction or fire. Do not allow pets to bite Battery. May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, ignite; may cause handset malfunction or fire. CAUTION Do not dispose of batteries as municipal waste. Bring used batteries to the nearest SoftBank Shop or recycling center after insulating the terminals with tape. Be sure to observe local regulations on battery disposal. ■ Handling Handset WARNING Do not use while operating a vehicle (car, motorcycle, bicycle, etc.) May cause a traffic accident. Use of a mobile phone while driving is prohibited by law, and is subject to penalty. Stop vehicle in a safe location (where parking is allowed) before using handset. Keep handset power off near high precision electronic devices or devices using weak signals. Handset may cause these devices to malfunction. Devices that may be affected: Hearing aids, implanted cardiac pacemakers, implanted defibrillators and other electronic medical equipment; fire alarms, automatic doors and other automatic control devices. Keep handset power off aboard an aircraft. Handset signal may interfere with aircraft operation. Handset use aboard an aircraft may be subject to penalty. When in-flight use is permitted, observe airline instructions. ix Before Using This Guide If you have a weak heart, be careful with incoming call vibrator and ringtone volume settings. These may affect your heart. In case of airbag inflation, handset may hit passengers resulting in injury, malfunction or breakage. If thunder is heard while outside, immediately turn handset power off and seek shelter. If Display or Camera Lens is damaged, be careful of broken glass pieces or exposed internal components. Failing to do so may attract lightning and cause electric shock. Shatter-proof film prevents Display and Camera lens from shattering; however glass fragments and components may cause injury. Do not point infrared beam at a person‘s eyes. May cause eye injury. If you use electronic medical equipment, do not place or use handset near the equipment. Using handset near electronic medical equipment may cause the equipment to malfunction. When using EarphoneMicrophone while playing games or music, adjust volume accordingly. Sound at high volume may impair hearing; or surrounding sounds may become inaudible over playback volume, resulting in an accident. x Do not place handset on the dashboard near airbags. Do not allow fluids, metal pieces or flammable materials to enter USIM Card Slot or Memory Card Slot. May cause fire, electric shock or malfunction. Keep magnetic cards away from handset and make sure that a magnetic card is not trapped when closing handset. Failing to do so may cause magnetic data on a cash card, credit card, telephone card or floppy disk to be lost. Do not swing handset by its strap, etc. Handset may strike you or other people; Strap may break causing injury, handset malfunction or breakage. Use caution when using handset for an extended period; handset may become hot. Skin contact for extended period may cause low-temperature burns. CAUTION If skin abnormality occurs with use of handset, immediately discontinue use and consult a doctor. Handset contains metals. Depending on your physical condition, you may experience itchiness, rash, etc. Do not bring speaker close to the ear when making calls in handsfree mode or when ring tone/melody is playing. May impair your hearing. Be careful not to pinch your fingers or Strap when opening or closing handset. May cause injury or damage. Before Using This Guide Watch TV with adequate lighting and distance from Display. Failing to do so may impair eyesight. Do not turn volume up too high when using earphones. Using earphones for extended periods at high volume may impair hearing or harm your ears. If Display breaks, do not inhale or touch liquid crystal fluid. If fluid enters your eyes or mouth, immediately rinse with clean water and consult a doctor. If fluid adheres to your skin or clothing, immediately wipe off with alcohol and wash with soap and water. May result in loss of eyesight or skin damage. Keep magnetized objects away from handset. May cause operation errors. ■ Handling USIM Card CAUTION Be careful handling the Notch when removing USIM Card. May injure your hands or fingers. ■ Handling AC Charger and Desktop Holder WARNING Do not cover with clothing or bedding during charging. Heat may build up resulting in fire or malfunction. Use the specified power supply and voltage. Failing to do so may cause fire or malfunction. AC Charger: 100 to 240 V AC (for household AC outlets only) Also, do not use commercially available voltage converters. May cause fire, electric shock or malfunction. Unplug AC Charger from outlet before extended periods of handset disuse. Failing to do so may cause electric shock, fire or malfunction. If liquid (water, pet urine, etc.) gets into AC Charger, immediately unplug AC Charger from outlet. Failing to do so may cause electric shock, smoke emission or fire. If dust accumulates on AC Charger plug, unplug Charger from outlet and wipe with a dry cloth. Failing to do so may cause fire. When plugging AC Charger into outlet, keep conductive materials (pencil lead, metal parts, necklaces, hair pins, etc.) away from Desktop Holder terminals, AC Charger plug/terminals and plug Charger firmly into outlet. Failing to do so may cause electric shock, short circuit, fire, etc. Do not touch AC Charger with wet hands. May cause electric shock or malfunction. xi Before Using This Guide If thunder is heard, do not touch AC Charger. May cause electric shock. Do not use AC Charger if the cord is damaged. May cause electric shock, overheating or fire. Do not use AC Charger and Desktop Holder in humid places such as in bathrooms. May cause electric shock. Firmly hold plug and unplug AC Charger from outlet before cleaning. Failing to do so may cause electric shock. Do not unplug AC Charger by pulling the cord. Firmly hold plug and unplug AC Charger. Pulling the cord may damage the cord resulting in electric shock or fire. Do not charge a wet battery. Do not short-circuit Charger Terminals when Charger is plugged into an outlet. Do not touch Charger Terminals with your fingers, etc. May cause battery to overheat, ignite or rupture. May cause fire, malfunction, electric shock or injury. Failing to do so may cause fire or malfunction. Do not place heavy objects on the cord of AC Charger. Do not touch Charger Terminals of Desktop Holder when plugged into an AC outlet. May cause electric shock or fire. Unplug Charger from outlet when charging is complete. May cause low-temperature burns. CAUTION When AC Charger is connected to an outlet, do not pull on cord or otherwise subject Charger to strong shock. May cause injury or malfunction. xii ■ Near Electronic Medical Equipment ● This section is based on “Guidelines on Safeguarding Medical Equipment from Electromagnetic Waves from Mobile Phones and Other Devices“ (Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference Japan, April 1997), and “Research Report on the Influence of Electromagnetic Waves on Medical Equipment“ (Association of Radio Industries and Businesses, March 2001). WARNING If you use an implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator, carry and use handset at a distance of at least 22 centimeters away from the implanted area. Radio waves may interfere with the operation of implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted defibrillators. Before Using This Guide When using electronic medical equipment other than implanted cardiac pacemakers/defibrillators outside of medical institutions, consult device manufacturer about the influence of radio waves. Radio waves may interfere with the operation of electronic medical equipment. Observe the following in medical institutions. Radio waves from handset may affect electronic medical equipment. Keep handset power off in crowded places such as rush hour trains; a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator may be nearby. Disable auto power-on functions (alarm, etc.) before turning off mobile phones. Radio waves may interfere with the operation of implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted defibrillators. General Notes Usage Basics ● Handset use may be disrupted when outside ● ● ● ・ Do not bring mobile phones into an operating room, ICU (Intensive Care Unit) or CCU (Coronary Care Unit). ・ Turn off mobile phones in hospital wards. Disable auto power-on functions (alarm, etc.) before turning off mobile phones. ・ Turn off mobile phones even in lobbies or areas where use is permitted if there is electronic medical equipment nearby. ・ Observe the instructions of individual medical institutions and do not use or bring mobile phones into prohibited areas. ● ● ● the service area or where signals are weak. Calls/TV image may be suddenly cut off when moving to a place with poor signal reception (e.g. inside/next to a tall building, in a tunnel, underground or in mountainous areas). Take care not to disturb other people when using handset in public places. If you receive a call while walking, move to a safe place before answering. SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages arising from loss or alteration of data (Phone Book, image/sound files, etc.) stored on your handset or memory card as a result of accident or malfunction. Back up important data such as Phone Book entries. Handset is a wireless station under Japanese Radio Law. You may be requested to submit your handset for inspection based on this law. Using handset near a landline phone, TV or radio may affect the operation of these devices. Use handset as far away as possible from these devices. Be aware of eavesdropping. Handset employs a digital signal that provides a high level of privacy protection. However, the possibility of eavesdropping by a third party using special means cannot be ruled out. <Eavesdropping> Interception of radio signals by a third party xiii Before Using This Guide ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● xiv during communication, either intentionally or accidentally Do not trap Strap or other objects when opening and closing handset. Doing so may cause malfunction or damage handset. Using handset on trains or other public transportation may affect their electronic devices. A call may not be connected or you may hear noises: ・ In an extremely cold place (e.g. freezer storehouse) where handset may not operate normally ・ Near metal furniture which may interfere with signal transmission ・ Near electromagnetic sources or magnetized items, including electric products, audiovisual equipment and office appliances (e.g. computer, microwave oven, speaker, TV set, radio, fax machine, fluorescent lamp, word processor, electric kotatsu, inverter-driven air conditioner, electromagnetic cooker) If Battery appears deformed or scratched from external impact, contact Customer Assistance. When using handset for the first time or after an extended period of disuse, charge Battery beforehand. Battery operating time varies by the usage environment and Battery condition. Do not charge Battery: ・ In a humid/dusty place or near sources of vibration ・ Near a landline phone, TV or radio Although AC Charger may become warm while charging, it is not a malfunction. ● Do not subject handset to excessive shock. Do ● ● ● ● not deform Charger Terminals. Doing so may cause malfunction. When Battery life nears its end, it may expand slightly. This is not a malfunction. FeliCa reader/writer uses the unlicensed 13.56 MHz frequency. Maintain sufficient distance between other reader/writers in use nearby. Make sure mobile phones or other wireless stations operating at the same frequency are not nearby. Keep handset away from strong magnetic force. May cause malfunction. Do not scratch Display with metal objects, etc. Doing so may damage Display resulting in malfunction or breakage. Handling ● Keep away from liquids and moisture. Handset, Battery, AC Charger, Desktop Holder, Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable and USIM Card are not waterproof. Do not use these devices in the rain or in other humid places (e.g. bathrooms). When carrying handset near your body (pockets, etc.), moisture from sweat may corrode internal parts and cause malfunction. Damage caused by exposure to liquids or moisture is not covered by the warranty and may be irreparable. ● Handset’s color LCD may be treated with Inside Cars ● Do not use handset while driving. Doing so may compromise safe driving and cause an accident. Handset operation in a car may be punishable by law. ● Before using handset, stop the car in a safe place. ● Handset use may affect electronics in some car models. Confirm with your car dealer whether sufficient magnetic protection measures are implemented in your car. Failing to do so may compromise safe driving. special coating for enhanced visibility. To avoid scratching Display, clean handset carefully using a dry, soft cloth (e.g. eyeglass cloth). If moisture or soil is left on Display, the coating may stain or peel off. Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzene or detergent, as it may cause discoloration and remove printed logos. ● Clean Terminals with a dry cotton swab. Soiled Terminals may cause poor contact, resulting in insufficient charging or handset to turn off. ● Do not place handset near an air conditioner vent. Condensation may form due to abrupt temperature changes, leading to internal corrosion and malfunction. ● Do not apply excessive force to handset and Battery. Placing handset in an overpacked bag or sitting down with handset in your pocket may damage Display, Internal Circuit Board or Before Using This Guide ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Battery, and cause malfunction. Doing so with external device connected to External Device Port may damage connector, leading to malfunction. Although handset becomes warm during use or charging, it is not a malfunction. Do not leave the Camera Lens exposed to direct sunlight. Doing so may discolor or burn Optical Element. Do not affix thick stickers or labels to the Display or Keypad side. Doing so may result in malfunction. Do not leave Battery uninstalled or uncharged for an extended period of time; may alter or erase saved settings and data. SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages resulting from such loss or alteration. Do not store depleted Battery; may degrade performance and shorten Battery life. Keep the covers of External Device Port and Memory Card Slot closed. Dust or water inside handset may cause malfunction. When removing Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable or AC Charger from External Device Port, do not pull the cord, hold the connector. Pulling the cord may result in wire breakage or malfunction. If you use an outlet with pullout prevention feature, refer to the instruction manual of the outlet. Avoid extremely cold and high temperatures. Use handset at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35 C, and humidity of 45 to 85 %. If handset is left in an extremely hot place, handset may power off automatically. ● Battery is a consumable item. Operating time ● ● ● ● ● ● varies by conditions of use; however when operation time becomes extremely short even after a full charge, purchase a new Battery. Use only specified battery. Charge Battery at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35 C. FeliCa reader/writer complies with Japanese wireless standards. Usage while abroad may be subject to penalty. Handset’s IC Card authentication complies with and has obtained certification for Japanese wireless standards. Usage while abroad may be subject to penalty. Do not insert USIM Card with labels or stickers affixed to it. May cause malfunction. When connecting an external device, do not insert connector into External Device Port at an angle. When external device is connected, do not pull the cord. Do not use handset without Battery Cover. Battery may dislodge and result in malfunction or breakage. Camera Creating public disturbances from using handset may be subject to penalties based on applicable laws and regulations (e.g. nuisance prevention ordinance by municipal governments). Bluetooth ● Handset’s Bluetooth function complies with and has obtained certification for Japanese wireless standards. You may be subject to penalty if used abroad. ● Handset incorporates a security function compliant with Bluetooth standards for security with Bluetooth communication. However, security may be insufficient depending on such factors as settings. Care is required for communication using Bluetooth. ● SoftBank accepts no liability for leak of data or information during communication using Bluetooth. ● Frequency range 2.4 FH 1 Bluetooth device uses the 2.4 GHz frequency range. It employs the FH-SS modulation system, and has a maximum interference range of 10 m. It is not capable of avoiding the frequency range used by RFID systems. ● Bluetooth devices share the same frequency band with; licensed in-house radio stations (in factory production lines), specific unlicensed low power radio stations, licensed amateur radio stations (hereafter, “other radio stations“) and scientific, medical or industrial devices (including microwave ovens). 1 Make sure no other radio stations are operating nearby. 2 If handset interferes with an in-house radio station, immediately change the frequency of the Bluetooth device, move to another place or cancel the Bluetooth function, and contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center (see below). xv Before Using This Guide 3 If interference with a low power radio station or amateur radio station occurs, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center. From a SoftBank handset: 157 (toll-free) From landlines: See P. 15-61 for Customer Service. Wireless LAN ● Handset’s wireless LAN function complies with and has obtained certification for Japanese wireless standards. You may be subject to penalty if used abroad. ● Do not use near magnetic devices (e.g. electrical appliances, audio-visual devices, office equipment, etc.) or sources of electromagnetic waves. ・ May cause noise or prevent connection (especially when using a microwave oven). ・ May interfere with device reception (TV, radio, etc.) or affect TV picture. ・ Target LAN access point may not be found when several access points sharing the same channel are available nearby. ● Frequency range Wireless LAN device uses the 2.4 GHz frequency range. It employs the DS-SS and OFDM modulation systems, and has a maximum interference range of 40 m. It is capable of avoiding the frequency range used by RFID systems. xvi ● 2.4 GHz device precautions Wireless LAN devices share the same frequency band with; licensed in-house radio stations (in factory production lines), specific unlicensed low power radio stations, licensed amateur radio stations (hereafter, “other radio stations“) and scientific, medical, or industrial devices (including microwave ovens). 1 Make sure no other radio stations are operating nearby. 2 If handset interferes with an in-house radio station, immediately change frequency or cancel wireless LAN, and contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center (see below). 3 If interference with a low power radio station or amateur radio station occurs, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center. From a SoftBank handset: 157 (toll-free) From landlines: See P. 15-61 for Customer Service. ・ For use in an aircraft, contact the airline beforehand. and violation of copyright holders’ rights, potentially causing claims for reparations or criminal punishment. Always observe applicable copyright laws when making copies using handset and recording materials using handset camera. The software installed in this handset is a copyrighted material and involves copyrights and human rights of copyright holders which are protected by copyright laws. Do not duplicate, modify, alter, detach from the hardware, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer the software in whole or in part by yourself, nor allow any third party to do the same, either. Functional Limitations After handset upgrade, subscription cancellation or long periods of handset disuse, TV becomes unavailable. Caution Copyrights Copyrighted materials, such as music, images, computer programs and databases, and their respective copyright holders are protected by copyright laws. Duplication of copyrighted materials is permitted only for individual or home use. Duplications (including data conversion), modifications, transfers or network distributions of copyrighted materials for purposes other than stated above without permission of the copyright holders constitute an infringement of copyrights Do not use handset if it has been altered. Using an altered device is a violation of the Radio Law. This handset is certified to conform to the technical standards for specific radio equipment based on the Radio Law, and Technical Conformity Mark is printed on the model name seal as certification. If you remove screws and make alterations inside of handset, the technical standards conformity certification becomes invalid. Do not use handset with the certification invalid, as it is a violation of the Radio Law. Before Using This Guide SAR Certification Information 940N meets the technical standards set by the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC) regarding radio wave absorption by a human body. These technical standards have been established on a scientific basis to prevent radio waves emitted from wireless devices such as mobile phones that are used close to a human head from affecting human health. These standards require that the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate), an indicator of the amount of average radio frequency energy absorbed in the side of a human head, must not exceed the permissive value of 2 W/kg*. This value includes a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and physical size. The value is equal to the international guideline recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) that has a cooperative relationship with the World Health Organization (WHO). * The technical standards are stipulated in the Radio Law (Article 14-2 of Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment). The highest SAR value is 0.541 W/kg for 940N. This value was obtained in accordance with the MIC testing procedure with handset transmitting at its highest permitted power level. While there may be differences in SAR levels for various handsets, they all meet the MIC’s permissible value. Because mobile phones are designed to operate at their minimum power level required to communicate with base stations, the actual SAR of handset during a call is usually below the highest value. For more information about SAR, see the following websites: ・ Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC) http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm ・ Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB) http://www.arib-emf.org/ (Japanese) SoftBank’s Body SAR Policy FCC Notice ● This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. ● Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. ・ Body SAR: Value obtained from continuously talking with handset placed on the body using earphone-microphone at maximum transmission power. ・ Specific Absorption Rate (SAR): Value obtained from talking continuously for six minutes. ・ Placement on the body: Measurements are taken with the rear of handset facing the body at a distance of 1.5 cm as the standard handset position. In order to comply with radio frequency exposure requirements, use an accessory (e.g. belt clip, holster) that does not contain metallic parts to maintain a 1.5 cm separation between the body and handset. For more information, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (Japanese): http://www.softbankmobile.co.jp/ja/info/public/ emf/emf02.html FCC Information to User 940N has been tested and found to comply with the limits of a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation; if this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. xvii Before Using This Guide ● Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ● Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ● Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or TV technician for help. FCC RF Exposure Information 940N is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organization through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The influence on the human body of radio waves emitted from mobile phones is measured employing a unit known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The maximum SAR value for this model handset when tested for use at the ear is 0.346 W/kg and when worn on the body, as described in this user guide, is 0.355 W/kg. Body-worn Operation; this device was tested for typical body-worn operations with the back of xviii handset kept 1.5 cm from the body. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 1.5 cm separation distance between the user’s body and the back of handset. The use of belt clips, holsters and similar accessories should not contain metallic components in its assembly. Non-compliance with the above restrictions may result in violation of FCC RF Exposure guidelines. The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may not comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, and should be avoided. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model handset with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this model handset is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of https://gullfoss2.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/ GenericSearch.cfm after searching on FCC ID A98-HAE3588. Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) website: http://www.phonefacts.net. European RF Exposure Information 940N is a radio transmitter and receiver. This product has been confirmed not to exceed the limits recommended by international guidelines for radio frequency. These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The influence on the human body of radio waves emitted from mobile phones is measured employing a unit known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg. The maximum SAR value for this model handset, when placed on the ear, is 0.677W/kg. As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as described in SoftBank’s Body SAR Policy. In this case, the maximum SAR value is 0.321W/kg*. Since the SAR is measured at the highest transmitting power level, the actual SAR during a call is usually much lower. This is because mobile phones are designed to operate at their minimum power levels necessary to communicate with base stations. The World Health Organization (WHO) has stated that present scientific information about mobile phone use does not indicate any adverse effects on the human body. They recommend limiting the talking time or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile phone away from the head and body to reduce influence of exposure to radio waves. Additional information can be found at the WHO website: http://www.who.int/emf * Measurements with handset placed on the body are carried out in accordance with the Before Using This Guide FCC standards. The values are based on European requirements. Intellectual Property Rights ● Duplicating, modifying or publicly transmitting Declaration of Conformity 940N is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2. The Declaration of Conformity can be found on the following website: http://www.n-keitai.com/ Minding Mobile Manners Use your handset responsibly. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Take care not to disturb others when using your handset. Adjust handset use according to your surroundings. ● Turn handset power off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm. ● Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies, elevators, etc. ● Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc. ● Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic. ● ● ● ● ● copyright-protected contents (e.g. text, images, music, software) photographed or downloaded from websites without the permission of the copyright holders is prohibited by copyright laws, with the exception that the duplication or quotation of those is made only for personal use. Shooting or recording a demonstration, performance or exhibition may be prohibited in some cases even if it is for personal use. Shooting a photo of a person using this product without his or her permission, or posting a photo of a person you shot on websites without his or her permission may constitute an infringement of portrait rights. Mobile Widget, S! Appli, S! Mail and Graphic Mail are registered trademarks or trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. SOFTBANK, SOFTBANK's equivalent in Japanese and the SOFTBANK logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and other countries. Yahoo! and the “Yahoo!“ or “Y!“ logos are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc. in the U.S. Osaifu-Keitai is a registered trademark of NTT DOCOMO. T9 is trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Nuance ● ● ● ● ● Communications, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries. The microSD logo and microSDHC logo are trademarks. Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance, Wi-Fi logo and Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. Wi-Fi CERTIFIED, WMM, WPA, WPA2 and Wi-Fi Protected Setup are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. This product is licensed complying with MPEG4 Visual Patent Portfolio License, and you are permitted to use personally and for the nonprofit purpose in the following situations: ・ To record a movie based on the standard of MPEG-4 Visual (MPEG-4 Video) ・ To play MPEG-4 Video recorded by the consumer engaged in the nonprofit activities ・ To play MPEG-4 Video provided by the provider licensed by MPEG-LA When you use it for other purposes, such as promotion, in-house information and profit activity, contact the U.S. corporation MPEG LA, LLC. This product contains Adobe Flash Lite and Adobe Reader LE technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated. This product contains Adobe Flash Lite and Adobe Reader LE software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated. Adobe Flash Lite Copyright 1996-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights xix Before Using This Guide ● ● ● ● ● ● xx reserved. Adobe Reader LE Copyright 1984-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Adobe, Adobe Reader, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. QR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc. Powered by JBlend Copyright 2002 - 2009 Aplix Corporation. All rights reserved. JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan and other countries. Java and all Java-related trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of US Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc. in Japan and/or other countries. Machi-Uta is a trademark of KDDI CORPORATION. This product contains NetFront Mobile Client Suite of ACCESS CO., LTD. ACCESS, ACCESS logo and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in the United States, Japan and other countries. 2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved. ● ● ● ● ● ● This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. This product is equipped with NetFront Document Viewer by ACCESS CO., LTD. as document viewer function. ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries. This product is equipped with IrFront by ACCESS CO., LTD. 2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved. ACCESS and IrFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries. Bluetooth and the Bluetooth logo are registered trademarks of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. NEC Corporation is granted a license for their use from Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Other trademarks and names belong to their respective owners. Multitask, Emotion-Expressing Mail, Privacy Angle, Life History Viewer, Quick Info, Desktop info, Quick Album, Word Prediction, TomoDen, Tomomato-Mail BOX and FontAvenue are trademarks or registered trademarks of NEC Corporation. Powered By Mascot Capsule/Micro3D Edition MASCOT CAPSULE are registered trademarks of HI CORPORATION. G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are registered trademarks in Japan of U.S. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its affiliates. IrSimple, IrSS or IrSimpleShot are trademarks of Infrared Data Association. Hyper Clear Voice is commercially available based on the license for SRS VIP+ technology from SRS Labs, Inc. SRS, VIP+, and the symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. TruMedia and Dialog Clarity technologies are industrialized based on the license from SRS Labs, Inc. Trumedia, Dialog Clarity, SRS and the symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. This product contains software licensed complying with GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), etc. For more details, visit “GPL・LGPL 等について “ at http://www.n-keitai.com/guide/download/ FrameSolid by Morpho, Inc. is used for the frame interpolation function. FrameSolid is a registered trademark of Morpho, Inc. PhotoSolid, MovieSolid, QuickPanorama and their logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Morpho, Inc. in Japan and other countries. ImageSurf by Morpho, Inc. is used for the rapid image display technique. ImageSurf is a registered trademark of Morpho, Inc. Before Using This Guide ● This product is equipped with the font ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● FontAvenue product by NEC Corporation. BookSurfing is a registered trademark of CELSYS, Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc., and INFOCITY, Inc. e is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc. FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation. FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation. Edy is a pre-paid electronic money service brand managed by bitWallet, Inc. Microsoft, PowerPoint, Excel, Windows, Windows Media and Windows Vista are trademarks or registered trademarks in the United States or other countries of Microsoft Corporation (USA). Microsoft Windows Operating System is indicated in its abbreviated form as Windows. OS (Japanese) are abbreviated as follows in this guide. ・ Windows Vista is an abbreviation of Windows Vista (Home Basic, Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, Ultimate). ・ Windows XP is an abbreviation of Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system or Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition operating system. ・ Windows 2000 is an abbreviation of Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional operating system. This product is antibacterial-coated. Antibacterial part: Handset body (excluding Display, keys and terminals) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Inorganic antimicrobial agent, coating: JP0122112A0003N The SIAA logo indicates the quality control and information disclosure for this product conform to the guidelines of the Society of Industrial Technology for Antimicrobial Articles, as a result of evaluations conducted under ISO 22196. AOSS is a trademark of Buffalo Inc. T2i Entertainment MTI 2009 Konami Sports & Life Kakaku.com, Inc. Culture Convenience Club Co.,Ltd. The other company names and brand names described in this guide are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies. xxi Getting Started Handset Parts ............................................... 1-2 Codes........................................................... 1-20 Basic Key Operations............................................ 1-3 Security Code...................................................... 1-20 Center Access Code ............................................ 1-20 Network Password ............................................. 1-20 Display .......................................................... 1-6 Display Indicators ................................................. External Display (Indicator display) ..................... Switching Display Views ...................................... Mobile Widget (Japanese)................................... 1-6 1-8 1-8 1-9 USIM Card .................................................. 1-10 Before Using USIM Card .................................... Other Notes on USIM Cards............................... USIM PINs............................................................ USIM Card Installation ....................................... 1-10 1-10 1-11 1-12 Battery & Charger ...................................... 1-13 Other Basic Information............................. 1-21 Checking Battery Level ...................................... My Phone Number ............................................. Checking Network Status .................................. Key Illumination ................................................. Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable................... Using Wi-Fi.......................................................... Side Key Guard ................................................... Using ECO Mode ................................................ 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-22 1-23 1-23 1 Notes on Charging Battery ................................ 1-13 Battery Installation............................................. 1-13 Charging Battery ................................................ 1-15 Power On/Off ............................................ 1-17 Power On ............................................................ 1-17 Power Off ........................................................... 1-17 Mobile Manners......................................... 1-19 Activating Manner Mode .................................. 1-19 1-1 Handset Parts 1 1 20 Getting Started 2 21 22 3 4 5 23 6 7 9 11 8 10 12 13 19 24 25 26 14 15 17 18 1-2 16 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Infrared Port Earpiece Display Front Camera Light Sensor Multi Selector Xd & b Mail Key Oo Yahoo! Keitai Key Xp Menu Key Ii Shortcut Key Wu Send Key Wr Clear/Back Key Wt Power/End Key Wy Keypad W0 - W9 Key Ww q # /Manner Key Microphone Charger Terminals External Device Port Charging Indicator/Illumination External Display (Indicator display) FeliCa Mark Internal Antenna Speaker Rear Camera Memory Card Slot Battery Cover Strap Eyelet Handset Parts Ya 30 Volume up/Manner Key Yz 31 Volume down/Camera Key Tx Tip Basic Key Operations 1 In Standby No. Key/Operations 6 f ・ TV antenna is built into handset. For optimal signal Press and hold f reception, do not cover Internal Antenna with hands or anything else. Do not affix stickers over Internal Antenna. ・ Key illustrations are simplified and differ in appearance from actual handset keys. Open Phone Book Search menu. h Open Received Calls window. j Press and hold j d Press and hold d o Press and hold o 8 p Press and hold p 9 Open S! Quick News List. g Press and hold h 7 Description Access widgets. i Getting Started 29 Music Key Open Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS). Open Redial window. Open Sent Address List (S! Mail & SMS). Access Desktop Icons/Indicators. Searches and connects to user-set Wi-Fi access point (Set Wi-Fi function on beforehand) (P. 13-14). Open Mail menu. Compose a new S! Mail. Access Yahoo! Keitai portal. Open Yahoo! menu. Open Main Menu. 1-3 Handset Parts 1 No. Getting Started 10 Key/Operations u Press and hold u Description Activate function assigned to key. No. Key/Operations Description 31 x Beeps for missed calls or new S! Mail/SMS (handset closed). ・ Two short beeps sound twice: missed calls or new messages ・ Three short beeps: none Set Wi-Fi ON or OFF. 11 r Open Tomo-Den Window. 12 t Play messages on Answering Machine. Press and hold x 13 y Show/hide Desktop Page. Press and hold y Turn power on/off. 14 Press and hold 1 Display current location using GPS function. During Voice Calls No. 6 Press and hold 3 Set/cancel IC Card Lock. Press and hold 5 Set/cancel ECO Mode. Press and hold 7 Set font type, thickness and size. 16 29 30 Key/Operations Description f Open Phone Book Search Group menu. Press and hold f Continuously increase earpiece volume. g Open Phone Book Search Column menu. Press and hold g Continuously decrease earpiece volume. Press and hold 8 Set Privacy Angle on/off. h Open Received Calls window. Press and hold 0 Enter “+“ (international access code). j Open Redial window. 7 o Turn handsfree on/off. 8 p Toggle Hyper Clear Voice modes (High, OFF or Low). 9 i Open Task Switch window. Press and hold q Set/cancel Manner Mode. a Open Original Menu. Press and hold a Activate Music Player. z Press and hold z 1-4 Activate Camera in Photo Mode. Press and hold t Set/cancel Answering Machine. View missed calls history and new S! Mail/ SMS messages (with handset closed). 10 u Display function menu. Set/cancel Manner Mode. 12 t Hold call. Handset Parts Key/Operations 13 y Description End call. Press and hold y Turn power off. 16 Press and hold q Set/cancel Manner Mode. 30 z Increase earpiece volume. 31 x Decrease earpiece volume. Press and hold x Record other party’s voice No. Key/Operations 11 r 12 Undo last operation (conversion, pasting, cut, etc.) and return to the previous state. t Delete one character to right of cursor. When cursor is at end of text, a character to left is deleted. Press and hold t Key/Operations 6 g Insert line feed end of text). j Add a space (when cursor is at the end of text). o Toggle character entry modes (in 5-touch or T9 input mode). Toggle double-byte and single-byte characters (in 2-touch mode). 7 Press and hold o 8 p Press and hold p Description 15 w (when cursor is at the Press and hold w 16 Cycle characters in reverse order (in 5-touch mode). Press and hold r During Text Entry No. Description q Press and hold q 1 Getting Started No. Delete all text to right of cursor. When cursor is at end of text, delete all text. Enter dakuten (゛) or handakuten (゜) (in 5-touch, 2-touch or T9 input mode). Toggle case (in 5-touch or 2-touch mode). Insert line feed . Select area. Toggle Shift, Caps Lock and lower case modes (when entering alphanumerics in T9 input mode). Paste copied or cut text. Toggle text input methods (in 5-touch, 2-touch or T9 input mode). Open pictograph/symbol lists. Access My Pictograms (in S! Mail). 1-5 Display 1 Display Indicators Getting Started ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦⑧⑨⑩ ⑪⑫ ⑬ ⑭ ⑮ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲⑳ ㉑ Battery Level Temperature Warning Signal Strength Out of Range Emission OFF Mode USIM Lock Active Packet Transmission Available (Yahoo! Keitai) ③ Packet Transmission in Progress (Yahoo! Keitai) Packet Transmission Available (Dial-up Connection) Packet Transmission in Progress (Dial-up Connection) / Packet Transmission in Progress (Sending/Receiving Data) Wi-Fi Signal Strength Wi-Fi Out of Range 1-6 Keitai Wi-Fi Available Infrared Transmission Wi-Fi Transmission in Progress Authenticating IC Card SSL Secured Site Connected S! Addressbook Back-up Synchronizing Unread S! Mail/SMS Dial Lock Active Handset S! Mail/SMS Memory Full Original Lock Active USIM SMS Memory Full ( when there are unread S! Mail/SMS Messages) Secret Mode/Secret Data Only Mode Handset S! Mail/SMS & USIM SMS Memory Full Unread PC Mail Handset PC Mail Memory Full Unread S! Mail/SMS & PC Mail ( when USIM SMS Memory Full) Unread S! Mail/SMS & Handset PC Mail Memory Full ( when USIM SMS Memory Full) Handset S! Mail/SMS Memory Full & Unread PC Mail ( when USIM SMS Memory Full) Handset S! Mail/SMS & PC Mail Memory Full ( when USIM SMS Memory Full) Unread PC Mail & USIM SMS Memory Full Handset PC Mail & USIM SMS Memory Full Software Updated Side Key Guard On IC Card Lock Active Side Key Guard & IC Card Lock Settings Original Lock Active in Secret Mode/Secret Data Only Mode GPS Tracking Pedometer ON (Blue) Bluetooth Device Connected (Black) Bluetooth Power Save Mode Bluetooth Device in Use (Call in Progress) Memory Card Inserted Invalid Memory Card Inserted Memory Card Reader/Writer in Use Accessing Memory Card Display Alarm Set Video Call Alarm Set for Today (appears prior to set time.) Maximum Call Cost Limit Reached / / USB Cable Connected (Communication, microSD or MTP Mode) / microSD/MTP Mode / / / / Handsfree Device Connected (Communication, microSD or MTP Mode) USB Cable/Handsfree Device Connected (Communication, microSD or MTP Mode) Vibration Set for Incoming Calls & Messages / Vibration Set for Incoming Calls/Messages No Ringtone for Incoming Calls & Messages / No Ringtone for Incoming Calls/Messages Manner Mode Auto Manner Mode Start On Auto Manner Mode Release On One Seg Timer Recording in Progress New Messages at Voice Mail Center Answering Machine On New Voice Calls New Video Calls New Voice & Video Calls Keypad Lock Active (After Closed or Timer is ON) Tip ・ To see indicator descriptions: Ii Settings Xd Display Xd Icons Xd 1 Getting Started Voice Call Auto Voice Memo On New Auto Voice Memos Answering Machine & Auto Voice Memo On New Voice Calls New Video Calls New Auto Voice Memos New Voice & Video Calls New Voice Calls & Auto Voice Memos New Video Calls & Auto Voice Memos New Voice & Video Calls, Auto Voice Memos ECO Mode Privacy Angle On ( Off) when Backlight is 1-7 Display 1 Getting Started External Display (Indicator display) ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ Battery Level Animation Switching Display Views Handset status and new information appear on External Display. Examples Clock (Digital 1) Alarm Incoming Call Missed Call/ New Mail (S! Mail/SMS) On hold TV Timer Recording Emotion-Expressing Mail IC card authentication Rotate handset 90° counterclockwise to switch Display to Landscape View. Use this feature for Camera, TV and file playback (My Picture, Videos or TV). Unread Messages Handset Message Memory Full USIM SMS Memory Full ( when there are unread messages) Handset & USIM SMS Memory Full Manner Mode ③ Voice Call Video Call Packet Transmission Available (Yahoo! Keitai) Packet Transmission in Progress (Yahoo! Keitai) / Packet Transmission in Progress Tip (Sending/Receiving Data) Signal Strength Out of Range Emission OFF Mode 1-8 Tip ・ External Display may be hard to see when outdoors or under strong light. ・ Unavailable in ECO Mode. ・ For TV or program playback, Landscape View is also available by turning handset 90° clockwise. Display Mobile Widget (Japanese) Add Widgets Here Use Pointer to select widget Customize Style Mode Settings ● Set Display Design Collectively ● Check Style Mode Settings ● Edit Title of a Style ● Save Current Style Mode Settings as Favorite ● Change Each Item for Favorites ● Clear All Favorite Settings ( P. 14-3) Display Settings Wallpaper ● Show Calendar in Standby ● Set Wallpaper Image to Change When Handset Returns to Standby ● Display Color Scheme ● Battery Level Indicator/Signal Strength Indicator Design ● Interface Language ● Set Auto-change Screen ● Guard from Prying Eyes ● Set Effect for Screen Change ● Display Quality ( P. 14-3) ● Desktop Page Note ・ Flash wallpaper pauses when accessing widgets. To resume Flash, press Wy to hide widgets and open any window. Flash resumes in Standby. To deactivate widgets, set Standby Disp. Set. (P. 14-27) to OFF. 1 ( P. 14-7) External Display (Indicator display) ● Notifications/Animation ● Set Clock Pattern ● Set Messages to Appear ● Set Time Signal ● Set Viewable Time ( P. 14-8) Getting Started Set Widgets to appear on Desktop. ● For information about Mobile Widget, see P. 10-2. Standby Indicators ● Enable Indicator Selector More Features Closed Illumination ● Set Flashing Color for Handset Close ● Set Flashing Pattern for Handset Close ( P. 14-29) Key Backlight Set Key Backlight Color ● ( P. 14-30) Backlight Set Backlight & Power Saving ● Set Brightness of Backlight ● ( P. 14-5) 1-9 USIM Card Before Using USIM Card 1 Getting Started Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card is an IC card that contains customer information (phone number, etc.). A USIM Card must be inserted to use your handset. ● Store Phone Book entries and SMS on USIM Card. ● Insert USIM Card into other USIM-compatible SoftBank handsets to use information on Card. ● Do not apply excessive force when inserting/removing USIM Card. ● SoftBank is not liable for any damage caused by inserting USIM Card into other IC card readers/writers. ● USIM Card may become warm during use. This is not a malfunction. ● Keep IC chip clean. ● For details, refer to the manual supplied with your USIM Card. ● Do not drop USIM Card or subject to excessive shock. Doing so may cause malfunction. ● Do not bend USIM Card or place heavy objects on it. Doing so may cause malfunction. ● Avoid extreme temperatures. ● Do not scratch, carelessly touch or short-circuit the IC chip. Doing so may result in data loss or malfunction. ● Clean USIM Card with a dry soft cloth (such as is used for eyeglasses). ● Use a SoftBank-designated USIM Card. Using a non-designated card may result in handset malfunction. 1-10 Other Notes on USIM Cards ● USIM Cards are the property of SoftBank. ● USIM Cards will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged. ● Return USIM Cards to SoftBank upon cancellation or suspension of service. ● Returned USIM Cards are recycled. ● USIM Card specifications and performance may change without prior notice. ● Keep a separate copy of data saved on your USIM Card. SoftBank is not liable for lost data. ● If USIM Card or handset (with USIM Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend service immediately. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). ● Downloaded files (S! Appli, videos, Saved Pages, etc.) saved to handset or memory card may be inaccessible after USIM Card replacement, handset upgrade or service subscription cancellation. If a different USIM Card is inserted, the cookies and cache are cleared to protect personal information. IC Chip USIM Card USIM PINs entered 10 times, USIM Card locks and handset cannot be used. ・ If PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times, and then PUK is incorrectly PIN1 PIN1 is a four- to eight-digit code to prevent unauthorized handset use by a third party. ● Default PIN1 is 9999. ● PIN1 can be changed (P. 4-2). ● When PIN1 Code Entry Set is set to ON, PIN1 must be entered each time handset is turned on to be used. entered 10 times, operations that require PIN2 will become unusable. ・ Write down your PUK. ・ To cancel USIM Card lock, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). 1 Getting Started There are two security codes for USIM Cards: PIN1 and PIN2. Note ・ If PIN1 is incorrectly entered three times, and then PUK is incorrectly PIN2 PIN2 is required to reset total call cost or to set a maximum limit to call costs. ● Default PIN2 is 9999. ● PIN2 can be changed (P. 4-2). PIN Lock & Cancellation (PUK) If PIN1 or PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times consecutively, PIN Lock is activated, limiting handset use to specific functions. Enter Personal Unblocking Key (PUK1/PUK2) to cancel PIN Lock. ● For information on PUK, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). 1-11 USIM Card 2 USIM Card Installation 1 Push USIM Card in completely Getting Started ● Remove Battery (P. 1-14) before inserting or removing USIM Card. Insertion 1 Properly Inserted Slide in USIM Card (IC chip facing down) USIM Card Slot Notch USIM Card Removal 1 Slide in USIM (IC Chip down) 1-12 Slide USIM Card out gently Battery & Charger Notes on Charging Battery ● ● ● ● ● for a long period, it may become unusable or its operation time may decrease. Avoid connecting too many things to one AC outlet. Doing so may cause the AC outlet to overheat and cause a fire. Battery and AC Charger may become warm during charging, but this is not a malfunction. If they become too hot, however, stop charging and contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (P. 15-61). If Charging Indicator flashes red during charging, battery may be faulty. Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (P. 15-61). Depending on the conditions of usage, the battery may expand as it nears the end of its life. However, this presents no safety problems. Check the battery type on its label: Mark Li-ion00 1 ● When installing Battery, make sure Battery is oriented correctly. Insertion 1 Press and slide Battery cover off 1 2 2 Align battery and handset terminals then insert battery Type Lithium-ion battery Lithium-ion batteries are a recyclable resource. Do not dispose of them as municipal waste. Bring used batteries to your nearest SoftBank Shop or recycling center after insulating the terminals with tape. Observe local regulations on battery disposal. Getting Started ● Charge battery at least once every six months. If battery is left uncharged Battery Installation 4 3 1-13 Battery & Charger 1 3 Replace cover Removal Getting Started ● Turn off handset before removing battery. 5 1 Remove Battery cover 2 Press ( ① ) and lift out ( ② ) Tabs on the underside 2 6 1 Align tabs with handset grooves and slide the cover shut. Note ・ Do not force Battery Cover shut. Tab may be misaligned and cause breakage. 1-14 Tab Battery & Charger Charging Battery Open Port Cover 2 Insert Charger connector into External Device Port 3 Extend Charger blades and plug into an AC Outlet Charging Indicator lights red while charging. When charging is complete, Indicator goes out. Use only SoftBank-specified AC Charger (ZTDAA1, sold separately). Blades 4 Disconnect connector from handset Press and hold Release Tabs to remove connector. AC Outlet 5 Unplug Charger from AC Outlet 6 Close Port Cover 1 Getting Started Using AC Charger 1 External Device Port 3 Connector 1 AC Charger 2 Port Cover Release Tabs 1-15 Battery & Charger Using Desktop Holder 1 Getting Started Desktop Holder is sold separately. 3 Arrows up 1 1 Insert Charger connector into Desktop Holder 2 Plug Charger into an AC Outlet 3 Place handset in Desktop Holder Charging Indicator lights red while charging. When charging is complete, Indicator goes out. 4 Lift out Note ・ Battery can only be charged while inserted in handset. ・ When both Charging Indicator and Display Indicator go out and Connector Charge Unusual Stop Charge appears, disconnect handset from AC Charger and remove battery. Set up handset and Charger and start charging again. If the same error occurs, AC Charger may be faulty or a non-specified charger is being used. Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (P. 15-61). ・ When both Charging Indicator and Display Indicator flash, handset temperature is unsuitable for charging (Temperature Warning). Wait until handset cools down. AC Outlet 2 Blades AC Charger Desktop Holder 4 More Features Customize Backlight ● Set Backlight during Charging ( P. 14-5) Sounds ● Set to Play Charging Start/End Tones ( P. 14-10) 1-16 Power On/Off Power On before turning power on. 1 Press and hold y Retrieving Network Information Setup prompt appears in Japanese the first time handset is turned on. Select NO and press d to exit. Change interface language to English (P. 14-5) and restart handset to perform setup as follows. When o, p or i is pressed after initial setup, a prompt appears. Select YES to update network settings. 1 [Initial Settings] window YES d To Automatically Enter Date & Time Auto d Select a time zone d To Manually Enter Date & Time Manual (Date Time Set) d Select a time zone d Enter date and time d 2 Enter Security Code (9999) d Enter new Security Code d YES d 3 Select a font size d Tip ・ Power-on message (WELCOME) may appear on Display for a while when turning on handset immediately after turning power off or inserting battery. ・ After USIM Card is replaced, Security Code is required when powering handset on for the first time. If Security Code is incorrectly entered five times, handset shuts down. Turn handset on again. Tip ・ Retrieve network information to use network- related services, such as mail and the Internet. ・ To manually update network settings: Ii Settings Xd Connection Settings Xd Retrieve NW Info Xd YES Xd 1 Getting Started ● Make sure USIM Card is correctly inserted Initial Setup Power Off 1 Press and hold y Handset shuts down. Select Separate Setting to customize font per window (P. 14-4). 4 [Keypad Sound Setting] window ON or OFF d Tip ・ Setup prompt no longer appears after setup is complete. ・ The default Security Code is 9999. 1-17 Power On/Off 1 Getting Started Sounds ● Set Key Sound Off ● Set Handset Open/Close Sound More Features Customize ( P. 14-10) Clock ● Hide Clock ● Clock Size ● Clock Color ● Set Auto Time Adjustment ● Manually Adjust Time ● Summer Time ● Time Zone (Sub Clock) ● Hide Sub Clock ● Summer Time (Sub Clock) ● Time Zone Major City (Sub Clock) Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for Power On/Off ( P. 14-30) Resetting Handset ● Reset All Settings to Default ● Initialize Handset to Default Status ( P. 14-33) ( P. 14-2) Auto Power On/Off ● Set Auto Power On/Off ( P. 14-3) Display Settings ● Set a Wake-up Image ● Set a Wake-up Message ● Set Font Type ● Set Font Thickness ● Set Font Sizes Collectively ● Set Font Size for Each Function Window ( P. 14-4) 1-18 Mobile Manners Tip ・ Press and hold Wq again to cancel Manner Mode. ・ Shutter click sounds even in Manner Mode. ・ Press and hold Wq to set or cancel Manner Mode during a call. Short beeps sound through the earpiece when Manner Mode is set or canceled during a call. ・ Set or cancel Manner Mode by pressing and holding Yz. 1 More Features Customize Manner Mode ● Set Manner Mode Type ● Configure Original Manner Mode ● Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Start ● Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Release ● Toggle Auto Manner Mode Start and Release On/Off ( P. 14-10) Getting Started Use your handset responsibly. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Take care not to disturb others when using your handset. Adjust handset use according to your surroundings. ● Turn handset power off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm. ● Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies, elevators, etc. ● Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc. ● Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic. Activating Manner Mode Mute handset sound. 1 Press and hold q Note ・ When handset is set to vibrate for incoming calls, be careful as handset may slide off, slide into a stove, etc. ・ The other party may hear a short beep if Manner Mode is set or canceled during a call. 1-19 Codes 1 Getting Started Security Code, Center Access Code and Network Password are required to use handset. ● Do not reveal these codes to others. Write down your codes. ● SoftBank is not liable for any damage due to handset misuse. Security Code Security Code, 9999 by default, is required to use some handset functions. The code can be changed. ● If Security Code is entered incorrectly or nothing is entered for 15 seconds, a tone sounds and a message appears. Enter correct Security Code. Note ・ The warning tone does not sound in Manner Mode or when Keypad Sound is set to OFF. 1-20 Changing Security Code 1 i Settings d Security d Change Security Code d 2 Enter current Security Code d 3 Enter new Security Code d YES d Center Access Code Center Access Code, a four-digit code assigned at initial subscription, is required to access Optional Services via landlines or to subscribe to fee-based information. Network Password Network Password, a four-digit code assigned at initial subscription, is required to use Call Barring. ● If Network Password is incorrectly entered three times, Call Barring settings are locked. Network Password and Center Access Code must be changed. Other Basic Information Battery Level Indicator / 81% to 100% Battery Level / 61% to 80% Battery Level / 41% to 60% Battery Level Note ・ The battery level beeper does not sound in Manner Mode or when Keypad Sound is set to OFF. When Battery Is Empty 0% to 20% Battery Level Recharge Battery appears, the battery alarm sounds for about 10 seconds, and handset powers off in about 60 seconds. Charge battery. i Settings d Other Settings d Battery Level d Battery Level indicator appears. Beeps sound according to the battery level. Five beeps: 81% to 100% Battery Level Four beeps: 61% to 80% Battery Level My Phone Number i 0 Account Details appear. ■ Add Other Information o Enter Security Code Select an item d Enter information d o i Settings d Other Settings d Network Status d Key Illumination Key backlight flashes in a variety of patterns. Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable Check handset phone number. 1 1 Network information appears. 21% to 40% Battery Level / Battery Level Beeper & Large Indicator 1 Checking Network Status Check Network Status to confirm if voice calls and/or packet transmission is available. / Check battery level by number of beeps and large indicator. 1 Getting Started Use Battery Level meters as a guide only. Appears at top of Display or on External Display. ■ Reset Account Details u Reset d Enter Security Code d YES d Three beeps: 41% to 60% Battery Level Two beeps: 21% to 40% Battery Level One beep: 0% to 20% Battery Level Checking Battery Level d ■ View All Information u Display All Data d Enter Security Code d v to switch tabs ( d) Use Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately) to connect earphones. When sound source is monaural (calls, etc.), stereo earphones output monaural sound to left and right earphones; when sound source is stereo, only the left channel is output to monaural earphones. 1-21 Other Basic Information Using Wi-Fi 1 Getting Started Use Wi-Fi connections for access to the Internet. Select from household network or public networks. ● For details on Wi-Fi configuration, see P. 13-11. Available Networks Wi-Fi Area Access Wi-Fi or 3G network Access Point Base Station 3G Service Area Faster Internet Access with Wi-Fi ・ Access the Internet at higher speeds than 3G/GSM networks. With Wi-Fi connection, Internet access is available even outside the 3G network range. ・ Access Keitai Wi-Fi or other services for high-speed packet transmission. Download large-size content, stream multimedia files and use PC Site Browser. 1-22 Other Basic Information Side Key Guard 1 i Press and hold w Repeat to cancel setting. Tip ・ Alternatively, set Side Key Guard by: Ii Settings Xd Other Settings Xd Side Key Guard Xd ON or OFF Xd When set to ECO Mode, light, sound and Display settings are modified to decrease battery consumption. 1 Press and hold 5 ECO Mode is set, and appears. Note ・ ECO Mode is canceled when handset is turned off. ・ The other party may hear short beeps if ECO Mode is set or canceled during a call. Tip ・ Press and hold W5 again to cancel ECO Mode. ・ Press and hold W5 to set or cancel ECO Mode during a call. 1 More Features Customize Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for Power On/Off ● Set Illumination for Incoming or Outgoing Calls ● Set Illumination for Call Start ● Set Illumination for Sending/Receiving Messages ● Set Illumination for Emotion-Expressing Mail ● Set Illumination for Alarm Notification ● Set Illumination for Snooze Notification ● Set Illumination for Ir/IC Transmission ● Set Illumination for Missed Call or New Message ● Set Illumination for When Handset Opens ● Set Illumination for Special Events ( P. 14-30) Getting Started Disable Side Keys (a, z and x) while handset is closed. Using ECO Mode 1-23 Basic Operations Menu Operations......................................... 2-2 Accessing Handset Functions............................... Icons/Notifications................................................ Info........................................................................ Navigating through Menus ................................. 2-2 2-3 2-6 2-7 Multitask ...................................................... 2-9 Activating Another Function............................... 2-9 Toggling Functions............................................. 2-10 Text Entry................................................... 2-11 Overview............................................................. Entering Characters in 5-touch Mode ............... Editing Text ........................................................ Editing Templates .............................................. Using Dictionaries .............................................. Entering Characters in 2-touch Mode ............... Entering Characters in T9 Input Mode.............. 2-11 2-12 2-14 2-15 2-15 2-16 2-16 Advanced Features..................................... 2-27 Main Menu ......................................................... Desktop Icons ..................................................... Text Entry ........................................................... Templates ........................................................... Dictionaries......................................................... Phone Book ........................................................ S! Addressbook Back-up .................................... 2-27 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-29 2-30 2-32 2 Phone Book ................................................ 2-19 Overview............................................................. Creating Phone Book Entries............................. Using Phone Book .............................................. Phone Book Settings .......................................... 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22 S! Addressbook Back-up ........................... 2-25 Overview............................................................. 2-25 Using S! Addressbook Back-up.......................... 2-25 2-1 Menu Operations 2 Accessing Handset Functions ● In this guide, most operations start from Main Basic Operations Menu. Using Softkeys & Multi Selector Press Softkeys or use Multi Selector in Standby to access assigned functions. Softkeys From Main Menu Press i to open Main Menu. Use c (b) to select an item and press d to open sub menus. ・ o: Open Mail menu. ・ p (Press and hold): Open Yahoo! menu. ・ u: Access the function assigned to the key. Keyword Search Enter a keyword to search function/menu items. 1 2 i u Enter a keyword d <Example> Enter “mail“ Multi Selector ・ ・ ・ ・ f: g: h: j: Open Active Desktop Page. Open Phone Book Search window. Open Received Calls window. Open Redial window. Corresponding items are underlined. Main Menu 3 b or p to select an item d Tip Tip ・ Handset returns to Standby after 15 seconds of inactivity. 2-2 ・ To search for PC Mail functions/menus, set Priority Mail Menu (P. 14-19) to PC Mail. Menu Operations From Original Menu Assign often-used functions to Original Menu for quick access. i p <Example> Access Select Ring Tone (menu no. 13) 1 2 Press p to toggle between Main Menu and Original Menu. i 1 3 Icons/Notifications Add functions to Icon Window and use them as shortcuts. Notifications appear to inform you of missed calls, new S! Mail/SMS messages, etc. Select a notification to check the information. The following shortcuts are set by default. ・ Wi-Fi コンテンツを探す (Wi-Fi Contents)* ・ メニューリスト (Menu List)* ・ 各種手続・料金 (Manage Account/Fees)* ・ 待ちうた (Machi-Uta™)* ・ S! Quick News List* ・ TV ・ Photo Mode ・ Quick Search * Links to Japanese page. Requires network connection. 2 Basic Operations 1 Enter Menu Item Number Enter these numbers for direct menu access. Note that Main Menu Theme must be set to Basic. ● See P. 15-21 for menu item numbers. ● See P. 2-27 for details on changing Main Menu Theme. Icons 2-3 Menu Operations Icons Icon Icon 2 Function Basic Operations Wi-Fi コンテンツを探す Wi-Fi Contents Function Icon Function Compose SMS To Do List Access Webpage (Yahoo! Keitai) Text Memo Access Webpage (PC Site Browser) Bar Code Reader Play Melody Text Reader Show Image Music Player Play Video Life History Viewer S! Appli Calculator Inbox Folder (S! Mail/SMS) Dictionary Movie Mode Receive IR Transmission Voice Mode Bluetooth Schedule Original Menu メニューリスト Menu List 各種手続・料金 Manage Account/Fees 待ちうた Machi-Uta S! Quick News List TV Photo Mode Quick Search Call Phone Number Compose S! Mail 2-4 Menu Operations Icon Function PC Site Browser Function/Information Icon Function/Information Answering Machine (Video Message) Play/delete Video Messages. Network Re-search Voice Mail New S! Info Channel New S! Mail/SMS Messages S! Info Channel Reception Failure Missed Alarms New Weather Info. Missed TV Programs Weather Info. Reception Failure Timer Recording Finished View Content Keys* 2 Open PDF Files Play/Erase Msg. Play/Erase VC Msg. Pedometer Illumination Notifications Icon Maximum Call Cost Limit Reached Function/Information Missed Calls Software Update Answering Machine Play/delete messages. USB Mode Communication Basic Operations Books Icon Notifications disappear after accessing the functions/information. Answering Machine and Voice Mail notifications disappear after message is played back. * Content key icon disappears after content keys are checked or deleted. 2-5 Menu Operations Adding Icons 2 Add up to 15 icons. Basic Operations 1 From a function u Add Desktop Icon d (YES d) Items Info Phone numbers, functions, etc. saved to Icon Window appear in Info Window. Accessing Data and Functions Tip ・ Alternatively, XdUu Create Icon Xd Select function Xd Select a Theme Xd Press p to toggle Info Window and Icon Window. 1 Item Access/view Notifications (P. 2-5). Unread messages Access new S! Mail/SMS messages. Schedule Schedule Access schedule events (today/tomorrow). d p To Do List Access To Do List entries. Accessing Icons & Notifications 1 d Shortcuts Access Icons saved to Icon Window. Phonebook Phone Number Access phone numbers from Icon Window. E-mail address Select e-mail address (from Icon Window) to Create S! Mail. Info Window Desktop opens to previously used window. Icon Window 2 b Select an icon d ■ Scrolling Icons v 2-6 Details What’s New 2 b Select an item d Bookmarks Yahoo! Keitai Access bookmarked sites. PC Site Browser Access bookmarked sites. Menu Operations Images & Movies Details Still images Open image. Calendar Open Calendar. Clock Access Alarm list (Set Main Time window appears when clock is not set). Settings ・ Set items on/off. ・ Change item order. Scrolling Pages Selecting Menu Items Using Keypad Use keypad to enter number corresponding to menu item. Use j or h (z or x) to scroll next/previous pages. 3 j h 2 Basic Operations Video Play video. Navigating through Menus Item Menu Numbers Return to Previous Window or Standby Press t to cancel operation and return to previous window. Press y to return to Standby. ● May not apply to all functions/windows. 2-7 Menu Operations Move Icons to Another Theme Delete Icons of a Theme ● Set New S! Mail/SMS Indicator in 3D ( P. 14-6) ● More Features 2 ● Advanced Basic Operations Main Menu ● Change Main Menu Theme ● Switch to Simple Menu ● Temporarily Change Design Theme of Main Menu ( P. 2-27) Desktop Icons ● Delete Notifications ● Edit Title of a Desktop Icon ● Change Icon Image ● Check Icon Information ● Change Order of Desktop Icons ● Delete Desktop Icons ● Reset Desktop Icons ● Change Theme of Desktop Icons ● Show/Hide Desktop Icons Shortcut Key Change Function Assigned to Shortcut Key ( P. 14-29) ● ( P. 2-27) Customize Display Settings ● Set Softkey Color ( P. 14-4) Desktop Icons ● Set Desktop Theme ● Change Icon Design of a Theme ● Change Order of Icons of a Theme ● Copy Icons to Another Theme 2-8 Menu Display Settings List View and Details View ● Set Main Menu Theme ● Change Icon Design (Original Theme) ● Change Background (Original Theme) ● Reset Original Theme Settings ● Save Last Selected Menu Item to Memory ● Add a Menu Item to Original Menu ● Change Order of Original Menu Items ● Cancel Original Menu Items ● Reset Original Menu ( P. 14-7) ● Multitask Activate one function per group at one time. Function Group Function Mail Yahoo! Group Yahoo! Keitai S! Appli Group S! Appli Settings Group Settings, Optional Services Tools Group Data Folder, Tools, Phone Book, Own Data, Camera TV & Music Group TV, Music functions that can be activated at the same time. ● Confirm currently active tasks in Tasks Bar. Activating Another Function Activate another function without exiting current function. 1 While using a function i To Activate Function from Main Menu i Select another function d Mobile Widget f Select a widget d Mail Function o 2 Basic Operations Mail Group ● See P. 15-2 for available combinations of To Access Yahoo! Keitai Portal p To Activate Function Assigned to Shortcut Key Tasks Bar u ● Transmission fees are incurred while accessing functions during a voice call. 2-9 Multitask Toggling Functions 2 1 Basic Operations When multiple functions are active i Task Switch Window To go to Standby, press r. Press i to reopen Task Switch window. 2 v Select a task indicator d Tip ・ To End Multitask: [Task Switch] window Wy Quit Selected or Quit All Function Xd ・ Alternatively, press and hold Ii to return to Standby while current functions remain active. 2-10 Text Entry Handset has three text input methods: 5-touch, 2-touch and T9 Input. ● This guide mainly explains Japanese text entry in 5-touch mode. Guide Pane Status Pane c to convert characters All Search c to search Phone Book Overview b to specify a text range to Area Text Entry Window A text entry window consists of Character Entry Pane, Guide Pane and Status Pane. Indicator and key descriptions are as follows: Character Entry Pane Guide Pane CR w to insert line feed A/a w to switch case of each character, or to add dakuten (゛)/handakuten (゜) Insert/Overwrite mode Character entry mode Kuten code input mode (P. 2-29) Double-byte/Single-byte mode Lower case input mode AA → aa q to cancel Caps Lock mode aa → Aa q to set Shift mode Shift/Caps Lock mode Aa → AA q to set Caps Lock mode Bytes remaining for text entry Sel. Press and hold w to select area of text to copy (cut). Paste Press and hold q to paste copied or cut text. Number of entered characters (appears when entering text to USIM Phone Book/SMS message) Area Status Pane Text Entry Window copy/cut Text input method (2-touch/T9 Input mode) (No indicator for 5-touch mode) Back 2 Basic Operations CHG r to cycle characters on a key in reverse order (e.g. え→ Character Entry Pane う) Cursor End mark (end of text) 2-11 Text Entry Split Windows 2 Toggling Character Entry Modes In some instances, a second window opens with text entry window. Basic Operations Function window 1 [Text Entry] window o Entering Characters in 5-touch Mode Press o to toggle entry modes. Kanji/hiragana → Katakana → Alphanumerics → Numbers Press a key multiple times to cycle through letters assigned to that key. ● For key assignment, see P. 15-11. Tip ・ In 2-touch mode, press Oo to toggle single-byte and double-byte modes. Text entry window Referring to Dictionary from a text entry window Switching Windows Press u and select Change Window to switch windows. Interruptions during Text Entry When Battery Runs Out Battery alarm sounds and Recharge Battery appears. Text is automatically saved. Access the same function to continue text entry. Text may not be saved depending on the function. When y is Pressed Changing Text Input Methods 1 [Text Entry] window u CHG Input Method d Select a text input method d Alternatively, press and hold o. A message appears asking whether to end text entry. Select YES and press d to end text entry without saving the text. To continue text entry, select NO and press d. When a Voice Call Arrives Answer the call. After call ends, text entry window returns. 2-12 Kanji, Hiragana & Katakana Enter a reading (in hiragana) and convert to kanji, katakana, etc. Using Word Prediction Enter a character and Word Prediction suggests words starting with that character. Word Prediction also suggests word selection for words to follow. Switch to kanji/hiragana mode to use Word Prediction. Text Entry <Example> Entering “携帯電話“ 1 [Text Entry] window 2 (four times) ■ When Required Word Does Not Appear t “け “ is entered in Character Entry Pane. Suggestion list shows predictions for words beginning with “け “ in Guide Pane. 2 g Select “ 携帯“ d 3 g Select “電話 “ d ■ To Exit Suggestion List t or u Tip If the required suggestion does not appear or word prediction is set to off, convert to Kanji as shown below: <Example> Entering “ 佐々木 “ 1 [Text Entry] window 3 (once) j 3 (once) 2 (twice) 2 u ■ To Determine Entered Hiragana without ・ Handset has a learning feature that adds entered words to the suggestion list. Press and hold Wt to delete an added word from the suggestion list. 2 Basic Operations Continue hiragana (reading) entry in Character Entry Pane to narrow down selection. Converting Hiragana Converting It d 3 Select a word d ■ To Change Conversion Range v “携帯“ appears in Character Entry Pane. A suggestion list of words that follow “携帯“ appears in Guide Pane. 2-13 Text Entry Dakuten (゛) & Handakuten (゜) 2 ■ To Toggle Full-Screen List and Continuous Entry Basic Operations 1 [Text Entry] window 2 (once) w d Switching to Lower Case <Example> Change “ つ“ to “っ “ 1 [Text Entry] window 4 (three times) w d Editing Text u <Example> Entering “が“ 3 t Deletion & Correction The pictograph/symbol list window is closed. 1 Emoticons 1 [Text Entry] window u Face Mark d 2 Select an emoticon d ■ To Delete All Characters to the Right of Cursor Press and hold t ■ To Delete Entire Text Move cursor to the end of text Press and hold t Pictographs & Symbols 1 [Text Entry] window p Common Phrases (Templates) 1 [Text Entry] window u Common Phrases d 2 Select a folder d Select a phrase d (twice) Alphanumerics, Numbers & Katakana 2 Select a pictograph/symbol d Press o or p to toggle pictograph/symbol categories. 2-14 Enter alphanumerics, numbers or katakana in kanji/hiragana input mode. 1 [Text Entry] window Enter hiragana p Select a character d [Text Entry] window Move cursor to the left of the character to delete t 2 Position cursor Enter correct characters Copy, Cut & Paste ● Only one entry can be stored on clipboard. If you copy or cut new text, the previously copied or cut text is overwritten. ● Copied or cut text can be pasted repeatedly until you copy or cut new text, or turn handset power off. 1 [Text Entry] window u Copy or Cut d Text Entry Move cursor to beginning of characters d 3 Move cursor to end of characters d 4 Position cursor u Paste Editing Templates 1 i Own Data d Common Phrases d Using Dictionaries Saving Words to Own Dictionary Save frequently used words to Own Dictionary. For each word, save a reading (in hiragana). When the reading is entered in a text entry window, the word appears among the suggestions. d Templates (Common phrases) Window 2 1 Select a folder d ( Enter Security Code d) i Own Data d Own Dictionary d 2 Basic Operations 2 Own Dictionary Window 2 <New> d Enter word d Enter reading d Tip Templates List 3 Select an entry o Enter text d ( Enter title d) ・ To check saved words: Select a word Xd 2-15 Text Entry Using Downloaded Dictionaries 2 Download dictionaries from Yahoo! Keitai sites. Dictionary must be enabled in advance. Basic Operations 1 i Own Data d DL Dictionary d Downloaded Dictionary Window 2 Select a dictionary d ★ appears next to the enabled Entering Characters in 2-touch Mode Each hiragana character is entered by combining two key presses. ● For combinations of character input keys, see P. 15-12. ● Procedures for selecting predicted words and for converting entered hiragana are the same as those used in 5-touch mode (P. 2-12). <Example> Entering “キャンプ “ ● The following example is in Japanese text entry mode. 1 [Text Entry] window 22 ( き ) 80 (change to lower case mode) 81 (ゃ ) 80 (change to upper case mode) 03 ( ん ) 63 ( ふ ) 05 (゜) 2 u d dictionary. Tip ・ To disable a dictionary: [Downloaded Dictionary] window Select a dictionary with ★ Xd ・ If an emoticon dictionary is enabled, its content is reflected in the emoticon list when entering emoticons. Entering Characters in T9 Input Mode Press a key once for each character, and select the word from the suggestion list. ● For key assignment, see P. 15-13. ● When character entry mode is “Number,“ 5-touch input method is automatically applied. <Example> Entering “ 春 “ ● The following example is in Japanese text entry mode. 1 [Text Entry] window 6 (row は ) 9 (row ら ) Word predictions for the key combination appear. Tip ・ Pressing Ww also adds dakuten (゛) and handakuten (゜) or toggles upper case and lower case. ・ Press Oo to toggle double-byte and single-byte modes. 2-16 ■ To Change Conversion Range v Text Entry ■ Toggle Kanji and Hiragana Suggestion Lists q ■ Toggle English and Japanese o 2 c b Select word from among the suggestions in Guide Pane. 1 (ら) 3 (ん) 1 (ら) 3 (ん) 5 (と) Re-enter as shown below if the desired word does not appear. 2 <Example> Entering “らんらんと “ ● The following example is in Japanese text entry mode. 1 ■ To Show Converted Words on Suggestion List [Text Entry] window 9 (row ら ) 0 (row わ ) 9 (row ら ) 0 (row わ ) 4 (row た ) “らんらんと“ does not appear in suggestion list. u For example, if you specify “はる ,“ then “張る,“ “貼る“ and other words that have the same reading appear on the suggestion list. 3 2 p ■ If No Correction is Necessary j to move cursor to the next Basic Operations Suggestion Lists Re-entering Words character ■ To End Re-entering a Word u ■ To Show Predicted Words on The words predicted/converted from the re-entered word appear on the suggestion list. Suggestion List r For example, if you specify “はる ,“ then “春休み ,“ “遥か“ and other words that begin with the same reading appear on the suggestion list. 4 d ■ To Exit Suggestion List and Continue Character Entry t 3 d Cursor is on the first character of the word. The edit window opens in Guide Pane, where hiragana characters of row “ら“ appear. 2-17 Text Entry Customize More Features Advanced 2 Basic Operations Text Entry ● Switch between Lower Case & Upper Case ● Switch between Single-byte & Double-byte ● Cycle Characters in Reverse Order ● Undo Last Operation ● Move Cursor to Top/End of Text ● Overwrite & Insert Modes ● Insert Line Feed ● Input a Space ● Use Dictionary ● Quote Text ● Use Kuten Codes ( P. 2-28) Templates ● Edit a Folder Name ● Reset a Folder Name ● Edit Templates ● Reset Templates ( P. 2-29) Dictionaries ● Edit Entries ● Delete Entries ● Edit Title ● View Information ● Delete Dictionaries ( P. 2-29) 2-18 Text Entry ● Set Text Input Method ● Set Word Prediction ● Set to Show T9 Suggestion Words in Kanji or Hiragana ● Clear Learning History ● Change Font Size ● Set Auto Cursor Movement in 5-Touch Mode ( P. 14-29) Phone Book Overview Save phone numbers, e-mail addresses and other contact information to Phone Book. Entry Items ・ ・ Name & Reading Group 4 Phone Numbers 3 E-mail Addresses Address Speed Dial Location Information Birthday Memo Still Image Entry Number Abbreviated dialing for numbers in Phone Book (P. 3-12 ). Tomo-Den Save frequently accessed Phone Book entries to Tomo-Den (P. 3-12 ). Custom Settings Incoming Ringtone Incoming Image Illumination Handy Functions Basic Operations Contacts & Settings 2 Vibration Outgoing Message Others Reject Calls Reject calls from phone numbers not saved in Phone Book ( P. 4-6 ). Secret Data ● Back Up Important Information Keep a separate copy of Phone Book entry information. When battery is exhausted or removed for extended periods, Phone Book data may be lost or altered. Damage to handset may also affect data recovery. SoftBank is not liable for damages from lost/altered Phone Book data. 2-19 Phone Book 2 Creating Phone Book Entries Basic Operations <Example> Enter a name, phone number, e-mail address and specify a group 1 2 i Phone Book d u Add to Phone Book d Phone d d Enter family name d Check reading d d Enter first name d Check reading d Reading is entered automatically. Edit as necessary. 4 d Enter phone number d Select an icon d To save additional numbers, select <Not Stored> and repeat the same step. 5 d Enter e-mail address d Select an icon d To save additional addresses, select <Not Stored> and repeat the same step. 6 o 3 2-20 d Select a group d Create entries from: ・ Received calls ・ Dialed Calls ・ Redial ・ Text Reader ・ Bar Code Reader ・ Receive/Sent Address List (S! Mail & SMS) ・ Yahoo! Keitai ・ Phone Number Entry window <Example> Create an entry from Received Calls 1 Setting Incoming Image 1 [Phone Book Entry] window d To Capture an Image with Camera Photo Mode d Capture image d To Select an Image in Data Folder Select Image d Select a folder d Select a still image d Tip Phone Book Entry Window Creating Entries from Other Functions ・ To cancel selected image, select Release This and press Xd. h Select a record u Add to Phone Book d Phone d To Save as New Entry New d To Add to Existing Entry Add d Search Phone Book Select an entry d (twice) Phone number is entered. 2 Enter other items o ( YES d) Phone Book Resuming Phone Book Edit Operation 2 o or p to switch tabs c Select an entry d Specifying a Search Method 1 g 2 1 i Phone Book d u Add to Phone Book d Phone d Recall d 2 Enter each item o ( YES d) Tip Entry Details 3 ・ Save entry before you exit Phone Book. Press o for video calls. Tip Dialing from Phone Book 1 i Phone Book d Phone Book Entry List Phone Book Search Window v Select a number r Otherwise, all changes will be lost. Using Phone Book Basic Operations If battery is empty or if another function was activated while editing an entry, resume operation as follows: ・ Alternatively, select a phone number from Phone Book Entry List and press Wr to make a call. If there are multiple entries, the first number is called. 2 Select a search method d Search Reading: Enter a reading and press c. Search Name: Enter a name and press c. Search Phone No.: Enter a phone number and press c. Search E-mail: Enter an e-mail address and press c. Search Memory No.: Enter three-digit entry number. Search Group: Select a group to view saved entries. Search Column: Press a key (1 - 0 or w) to access the tab corresponding to that key. 2-21 Phone Book Search All: Phone Book is organized by tabs (Japanese syllabary order). Access Entries from Dialed Calls 1 2 Basic Operations i Own Data d Dialed Calls d u Look-up Phone Book d Access Entries from Redial 1 Phone Book Entry List Tip . Accessing Entries from Other Functions Access Phone Book entries from Received Calls, Dialed Calls, Redial and Received/Sent Address List (S! Mail & SMS). Access Entries from Received Calls 1 2-22 Customizing Handset Response Set different ringtones, images, etc. per entry item or Group. Indicators The following indicators appear for set items. Access Entries from Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS) ・ Phone Book entries saved on USIM Card are indicated by j u Look-up Phone Book d Phone Book Settings h u Look-up Phone Book d 1 Press and hold h u Look-up Phone Book d Access Entries from Sent Address List (S! Mail & SMS) 1 Press and hold j u Look-up Phone Book d Ringtone (Incoming Calls) Ringtone (Mail) Illumination (Incoming Calls) Illumination (Mail) Vibrator (Incoming Calls) Vibrator (Mail) Incoming Image (Calls) Outgoing Message (Incoming Calls) Phone Book To Customize by Phone Number/E-mail Address <Example> Set a ringtone for incoming voice calls 2 3 [Entry Details] v Select a phone number u Ring Tone/Image d Voice Call (Recv.) d Ring Tone d Select a ringtone type d ( Select a folder d )( Select a ringtone d) To Customize by Group <Example> Set illumination for incoming messages 1 [Phone Book Entry List] u Group Setting d 2 Select a group u Ring Tone/Image d 3 Mail (Recv.) d 4 Illumination d Select a pattern d ・ Custom Settings are unavailable for secret Phone Book entries. ・ Custom Settings are canceled when entry is set as secret. Tip ・ To cancel Custom Settings, select an item with ★ and press Oo. Restricting Calls to/from Specific Phone Numbers Restrict calls to/from specific numbers in Phone Book. This can help manage personal calls and prevent nuisance calls. 1 2 3 [Entry Details] v Select a phone number u Restrictions d Enter Security Code d Select a restriction type d Restrict Dialing: Permit outgoing calls to only one number. Note that the number can only be dialed from Phone Book. Call Rejection: Restrict incoming calls from a specified number. Call Acceptation: Receive incoming calls only from a specified number. Tip ・ ★ indicates currently set restriction; to cancel, select the setting and press Xd. When Restrict Dialing is Set The following operations are disabled: ・ Dialing by Keypad ・ Dialing from Received Calls ・ Calling from Phone Book (except: calling specified number in Phone Book) 2 Basic Operations 1 Note Tip ・ When Restrict Dialing is set, all records on Redial, Dialed Calls and Sent Address List (S! Mail & SMS) are deleted. ・ Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118 are available even when Restrict Dialing is set. ・ If you change or delete the specified number, the set restriction is canceled. Cancel Restrict Dialing to edit or delete. 2-23 Phone Book 2 Prevent others from accessing certain Phone Book entries. ● Phone Book entries set as secret only appear in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode (P. 4-7). Copy d Phone → USIM or USIM → Phone d Phone Book d 3 Search Phone Book 4 Select an entry d [Entry Details] u Set Secret d 5 Setting Secret Entries 2 Basic Operations 1 Tip ・ To cancel Secret Setting: [Entry Details] Uu Release Secret Xd ・ Entries saved while Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode is active are saved as secret entries. ・ When a Tomo-Den entry is set as a secret entry, the entry‘s Tomo-Den setting is canceled. Repeat this step to specify other entries. o YES d Note ・ Items that cannot be saved to USIM Phone Book are not copied. ・ Phone Book entries set as secret cannot be copied. ・ All handset transmissions are unavailable while copying entries. More Features Advanced Managing USIM Phone Book Phone Book entries can be copied between handset and USIM Card. 1 2-24 i Tools d USIM Operation d Enter Security Code d Saving Additional Information ● Save an Address or Memo ● Save Location Information ● Save Birthday ● Change Entry Number Phone Book Search ● Change Index Tab of Phone Book Entry List ● Change Font Size ● Change Phone Number/E-mail Address Order ● Compose an S! Mail from Phone Book ● Compose an SMS Message from Phone Book ( P. 2-30) Managing Phone Book ● Check Custom Ringtone/Image Settings by Item ● Cancel Custom Ringtone/Image Settings by Item ● Check Restriction Settings by Restriction Type ● Cancel Restriction Settings by Restriction Type ● Check Number of Phone Book Entries ● Edit a Phone Book Entry ● Copy a Phone Book Entry ● Check Location Information ● Send Entries by S! Mail ● Delete Entries ● Delete Items from an Entry ● Delete an Entry from USIM Card ( P. 2-31) Customize Phone Book ● Set Preferred Search Method ● Change Group Name ( P. 2-30) ( P. 14-12) S! Addressbook Back-up Overview ・ Fully charge battery beforehand. ・ When Auto Sync Settings is ON, editing entries automatically synchronizes, backs up or downloads updated entries. Packet transmission fees are incurred. ・ All data in the server Phone Book will be deleted if Synchronize, Sync From Client or Backup is performed after deleting all data in handset Phone Book. ・ All data in handset Phone Book will be deleted if Synchronize, Sync From Server or Restore is performed after deleting all data in the server Phone Book. ・ The following Phone Book items are not synchronized. –Ring Tone –Illumination –Vibrator –Incoming Call Image Using S! Addressbook Back-up ● Synchronization can be any of the following types. Synchronize Synchronize handset Phone Book and server Phone Book. Both Phone Books are synchronized with the newest information. Sync From Client Copy updated information to server Phone Book. Sync From Server Copy update information to handset Phone Book. Backup Back up handset Phone Book to server (note that Server Phone Book is deleted). Restore Restore server Phone Book to handset (note that handset Phone Book is deleted). 2 Basic Operations Back up handset Phone Book to server. ● Separate subscription required. ● See SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp) for details. ● Service subscription activates Auto Sync Settings during network information retrieval. Synchronization will automatically begin 10 minutes after you edit Phone Book. ● Even if Auto Sync Settings is set to OFF, it returns to Synchronize after network information is retrieved again. ● After unsubscribing, make sure that Auto Sync Settings is set to OFF. Note Synchronizing Phone Book Connect to Phone Book backed up on server and bring it up to date with handset’s Phone Book. ● The first time you synchronize will be in Synchronize regardless of the setting. 2-25 S! Addressbook Back-up 1 i Tools d S! Addressbook Back-up d Advanced 2 Basic Operations S! Addressbook Back-up ● Delete Synchronize Log ( P. 2-32) Customize S! Addressbook Back-up Window 2 Start Sync d Enter Security Code d 3 Select type of synchronization d YES d Synchronization starts. Synchronization results appear after completion. 4 o Checking Synchronize Log 1 2-26 More Features [S! Addressbook Back-up] window Sync Log d Select an item d S! Addressbook Back-up ● Set Auto Synchronize ● Set Auto Synchronize Off ● Check Auto Synchronize Settings ( P. 14-12) Advanced Features Main Menu Change Main Menu Theme Select a pattern d ( YES or NO d) Switch to Simple Menu i o Simple Menu d ( YES or NO d) In Simple Menu, font size is larger and menu options are limited to basic ones. Temporarily Change Design Theme of Main Menu i o Select a theme o Next time you open Main Menu, default Main Menu returns. Desktop Icons Delete Notifications d Press and hold t Some notifications remain. d d Select an icon u Edit Title Enter title d Change Icon Image d Select an icon u CHG Icon Image d Select Icon Image d Select a folder d Select a file d To reset icon image, select Default Icon Image and press d. Check Icon Information d Select an icon u Icon Info Setting d Change Order of Desktop Icons Select an icon u Sort d YES d v Select a position d d Delete Desktop Icons d Select an icon u Delete d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select icons d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d YES d ● Reset Desktop Icons u Reset Desktop d YES d 2 Basic Operations i o Edit Title of a Desktop Icon d Change Theme of Desktop Icons d o Change Desktop d Select a theme d YES d Show/Hide Desktop Icons d o Display Setting d Display always or Display at Use d ( d) When Display at Use is set, Desktop Icons only appear when you press d in Standby. 2-27 Advanced Features Move Cursor to Top/End of Text Text Entry 2 u Jump d To Beginning or To End d 【Text Entry】window Start Here Basic Operations 【Text Entry】window ........................... P. 2-11 Functions Before Entering Text 【Text Entry】window or Upper Case d u Lower Case 【Text Entry】window or Insert d u Overwrite Text entry windows always open in Insert mode. Insert Line Feed Switch between Single-byte & Double-byte 【Text Entry】window u or Double-Byte d Single-Byte 【Text Entry】window w Press g to add a space at the end of text. Input a Space Functions While Entering Text Cycle Characters in Reverse Order 【Text Entry】window r Input a character This procedure is available in 5-touch mode. Undo Last Operation 【Text Entry】window Press and hold r 2-28 【Text Entry】window u d 【Text Entry】window u Space d Press j to add a space at the end of text. Refer Dic. To Enter a Word Enter Word d Enter word d Select a dictionary d Select a word d Read descriptions of the word ● To Select Area Select Area d Move cursor to beginning of word d Move cursor to end of word d Select a dictionary d Select a word d Read descriptions of the word ● To Enter a Word from Search History Reference History d Select a word d Select a dictionary d Select a word d Read descriptions of the word ● Overwrite & Insert Modes Switch between Lower Case & Upper Case Use Dictionary Advanced Features Quote Text 【Text Entry】window d Templates u Quote Data o To Scan Text by Text Reader Text Reader d Scan text with camera p ● To Scan Bar Code by Bar Code Reader Bar Code Reader d Scan a bar code with camera d window .................................................P. 2-15 【Templates List】.......................................... P. 2-15 Edit a Folder Name 【Templates (Common phrases)】window Select a folder u Edit Folder Name d Enter folder name d ● Use Kuten Codes 【Text Entry】window u Kuten Code d Enter kuten codes (P. 15-14) Reset a Folder Name 【Templates (Common phrases)】window Select a folder u Reset Name d YES d Edit Templates 【Templates List】 Select a template u Edit d Edit phrase d 【Templates List】 Select a template u 2 To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d User entries are deleted, and preinstalled templates return to default. ● Basic Operations To Quote from a Phone Book Entry Quote Phonebook d Search Phone Book Select a data item to quote text from d o ● To Quote from Account Details Account Details d Enter Security Code d Select a data item d ● Start Here 【Templates (Common phrases)】 Reset Templates Dictionaries Start Here 【Own Dictionary】window .................. P. 2-15 【Downloaded Dictionary】window .... P. 2-16 Own Dictionary Edit Entries 【Own Dictionary】window Select an entry o Edit word d Edit reading d 2-29 Advanced Features Delete Entries 2 【Own Dictionary】window Select an entry u Delete d Basic Operations To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select entries d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Downloaded Dictionaries Edit Title 【Downloaded Dictionary】window Select a dictionary u Edit Title d Edit title d View Information 【Downloaded Dictionary】window Select a dictionary u Dictionary Info d 2-30 Delete Dictionaries 【Downloaded Dictionary】window Select a dictionary u ● Save Location Information To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Phone Book Start Here 【Phone Book Entry】window ...............P. 2-20 【Phone Book Entry List】........................... P. 2-21 【Entry Details】............................................. P. 2-21 d From Position Loc. or From Location History d ( Select location information d) 【Phone Book Entry】window To check location information, select Location Info Detail and press d. To delete location information, select Delete Location Info and press d. Save Birthday 【Phone Book Entry】window Enter date of birth d Save an Address or Memo 【Phone Book Entry】window or d Enter content d ( o Select an icon d) d Change Entry Number Change entry number d 【Phone Book Entry】window Saving Additional Information d Phone Book Search Change Index Tab of Phone Book Entry List 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Change Display d Alphabet, Memory No. or Group d Advanced Features Managing Phone Book Change Font Size Check Custom Ringtone/Image Settings by Item 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Ring Tone/Image d Select an item with ★ Change Phone Number/E-mail Address Order This procedure is available when more than one phone number/e-mail address is saved to a Phone Book entry. Compose an S! Mail from Phone Book 【Entry Details】 v Select an e-mail address d Compose S! Mail Compose an SMS Message from Phone Book Compose SMS message d Select a restriction type with ★ u Release Settings d YES d d 【Entry Details】 Select a phone number/e-mail address u Move to Top d 【Entry Details】 v Select a phone number u Compose SMS d 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Restrictions d Enter Security Code Select another item with ★ to view that setting. Cancel Custom Ringtone/Image Settings by Item 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Phone Book d No. of Edit a Phone Book Entry 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Ring Tone/Image d Select an item with ★ d Select an item with ★ u Release Settings d YES d When the same ringtone/image is set for multiple entries, canceling the setting for one entry cancels setting for all entries. Check Restriction Settings by Restriction Type Check Number of Phone Book Entries 2 Basic Operations 【Phone Book Entry List】 【 / Entry Details】 u Font Setting d Standard Font, Big Font (or Small Font) d Cancel Restriction Settings by Restriction Type 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Restrictions d Enter Security Code d Select a restriction type with ★ u Check Settings d 【Entry Details】 u Edit Phone Book d Edit each item o YES d Select and edit the entry number. The edited entry is saved as a new entry and the original entry remains as before. Copy a Phone Book Entry 【Entry Details】 u Copy to USIM or Copy from USIM d YES d Check Location Information 【Entry Details】 v Select location information u Read Map d ( Send or No Confirmation d) 2-31 Advanced Features Send Entries by S! Mail 2 【Phone Book Entry List】 u Attach to Mail d Compose S! Mail o Basic Operations Available only in S! Mail. Delete Entries 【Phone Book Entry List】 Select an entry u Delete Data d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select entries d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d YES d ● Delete Items from an Entry 【Entry Details】 v Select an item u Delete Data d Delete Phone No., Delete Mail Add., Delete Address, Delete Loc. Info, Delete Birthday, Delete Memorandums or Delete Image d YES d 2-32 Delete an Entry from USIM Card i Tools d USIM Operation d Enter Security Code d Delete d USIM d Phone Book d Search Phone Book Select an entry d o YES d S! Addressbook Back-up Start Here 【S! Addressbook Back-up】window.... P. 2-26 Delete Synchronize Log 【S! Addressbook Back-up】window Sync Log d Select Log u To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select Log d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Calling Overview ...................................................... 3-2 Voice Call ...................................................... 3-3 Making Voice Calls ............................................... International Calls ................................................ Answering Voice Calls.......................................... Recording the Other Party’s Voice ...................... Answering Machine ............................................. Playing Messages.................................................. 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-5 Video Call ..................................................... 3-7 Video Call Window .............................................. 3-7 Making Video Calls .............................................. 3-7 Answering Video Calls ......................................... 3-8 Call Logs ..................................................... 3-10 Advanced Features..................................... 3-16 Outgoing Call Functions .................................... International Calls .............................................. Handling Incoming Calls .................................... Engaged Call Operations ................................... Answering Machine ........................................... Call Logs.............................................................. Speed Dial........................................................... Optional Services................................................ 3-16 3-16 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-18 3-19 3-19 3 Dialing from Call Logs........................................ 3-10 Call Time & Cost ................................................. 3-11 Speed Dialing ............................................. 3-12 Speed Dial........................................................... 3-12 Tomo-Den ........................................................... 3-12 Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming) .. 3-13 Calling Japan and Other Countries ................... 3-13 Calling within the Same Country ...................... 3-13 Optional Services ....................................... 3-14 Overview............................................................. 3-14 3-1 Overview Voice call and video call are available on handset. 3 Voice Call Video Call Make Calls to: Make Calls to: Calling SoftBank Handsets Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones SoftBank Non-SoftBank Landlines Handsets Mobile Phones Other party must use a video call compatible phone Landlines Calling Abroad International from Japan Call Make/receive voice and video calls. • International phone service available without separate application. 3-2 Using Handset Abroad Global Handset is Global Roaming Roaming Service eligible. (Prior application may be required.) • For details, see: http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/global_roaming/ or contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information ( P. 15-61 ). Emergency Calls Your location is automatically reported to the corresponding agency (police, etc.) when you place emergency calls (110, 119 or 118) with Softbank 3G handsets. (Emergency Location Report) 940N reports Location Information based on GPS signals. When GPS is unavailable, positioning is calculated based on radio station signals. ● Registration and transmission fees do not apply. ● Positioning accuracy is affected by location and signal conditions. Always provide your location and purpose on the phone. ● Location Information is not reported when: ・The call is placed without Caller ID (e.g. prefixed by 184). However, the corresponding agency may obtain your Location Information in a life threatening situation. ・Abroad (International Roaming) ● Location Information via GPS is unavailable when: ・Dial Lock is set (P. 4-3) Positioning is calculated via radio stations. Emergency calls are possible even while some handset restrictions are active. ・ Restrict Dialing (P. 2-23) ・ Keypad Lock (P. 4-4) ・ Set Max Cost Limit (P. 14-14) ・ Emission OFF Mode (P. 4-6) ・ PIN1 Code Entry Set (P. 4-2) Voice Call Making Voice Calls 1 2 r ・ After Display backlight turns off during a call, Operations during Voice Calls Voice Call Window 3 Phone Number Entry Window ■ Correcting Misentries v to scroll cursor t to delete (press and hold to delete all numbers to the left) Reenter number(s) ■ Deleting Phone Number y y to end call Note ・ The other party may hear a short beep when W0 to W9, Ww or Wq are pressed during a Adjust Earpiece Volume Hold Call 3 Calling if no keys are pressed for about two minutes, Display goes off and handset enters power save mode regardless of Lighting setting for Backlight (P. 14-5). Handset operations are available even in power save mode. ・ Connect stereo earphone-microphone to make or take calls with handset closed. Enter phone number Press and hold c z or x t call. International Calls Tip ・ Always include the area code even when dialing from the same area. ・ When you hear a busy tone, the other party is on another line. ・ When you hear a message saying that the other party cannot be reached, the other party’s mobile phone is off or is out of signal range. ・ When you hear a message asking for your caller ID, call again with your number revealed. Application not required. 1 Enter phone number u Int’l Call d 2 Select a country code d Select an international prefix number d r 3 y to end call 3-3 Voice Call Answering Voice Calls 3 1 When a call arrives r 2 y to end call Calling Recording the Other Party’s Voice 1 Answering Machine Record caller’s messages on handset when you are unable to answer voice or video calls. Setting Answering Machine 1 i Settings d Incoming Call d Answering Machine d 2 ON d Select an outgoing message d 3 Enter ring time Press and hold x during a call A short beep sounds through the earpiece and recording starts. When remaining recording time reaches five seconds, a short beep sounds. When recording is finished, two short beeps sound. To stop recording, press d or press and hold x. When a Call Arrives Answering Machine activates after the set ring time. Outgoing message plays, and the caller’s voice/video message is recorded. Handset returns to Standby when recording is complete. Answering Machine notification and Display indicator appear. The indicator shows the number of messages. Tip ・ When Voice Mail or Call Forwarding is activated, set a shorter ring time for Answering Machine than that for Voice Mail or Call Forwarding. ・ Answering Machine can be set or canceled by pressing and holding Wt in Standby. ・ Answering Machine is unavailable when power is off, in a place with no signal reception, or in Emission OFF Mode. Use Voice Mail instead (see P. 3-14). ■ To Answer Call during Recording r Activate When a Call Arrives Activate Answering Machine when unable to answer an incoming call. Answering Machine setting returns, after message is recorded. 1 When a call arrives t or x Answering Machine is activated and starts recording. 3-4 Voice Call Operations during Playback Note ・ Answering Machine cannot be activated when memory is full. Tip x Stop d or t Return a Voice Call r Return a Video Call o Play Previous/Next Message v Adjust Volume c z or x Manner Mode. Tip ・ Pressing Wt in Standby also plays recorded Playing Messages 1 d Select notification d or voice messages. When there is a voice memo but no voice message, the voice memo plays. ・ To play voice messages from Main Menu: Ii Tools Xd Play/Erase Msg. Pause/Play d Stop t Return a Voice Call r Return a Video Call o 3 Calling ・ Alternatively, press Wq when a call arrives. When answering with Wq, handset enters Play Next Message Operations during Video Message Playback Xd Tip ・ To play video messages from Main Menu: Ii Tools Xd Play/Erase VC Msg. Xd Play/Delete Voice Message Window Items with a message recorded are indicated by ★ . 2 Select a message d Tip ・ To delete a message while playing it: Uu Erase Xd YES Xd 3-5 Voice Call Customize More Features Advanced 3 Calling Outgoing Call Functions ● Show/Hide Caller ID ● Add Area Code and Country Code (Prefix Numbers) ( P. 3-16) International Calls ● Enter “+“ to Call Abroad ( P. 3-16) Handling Incoming Calls ● Reject Calls ● Place Calls on Hold ● Forward Calls ● Forward Calls to Voice Mail Center ( P. 3-16) Engaged Call Operations ● Handsfree ● Toggle Sound Output Between Handset and Bluetooth Device ● Make Other Party Clearer to Hear (Hyper Clear Voice) ● Send Touch Tones ( P. 3-17) Answering Machine ● Delete Recorded Messages ( P. 3-18) Display Settings ● Set an Outgoing Call Image ● Set Image or Video for Incoming Call ( P. 14-4) Incoming Call Alerts Adjust Ringtone Volume ● Set a Ringtone ● Set Random Playback of Melodies as Ringtones ● Set Vibration ● Set Illumination Color ● Set Illumination Pattern ● Set Illumination to Flash for Missed Calls ● Set an Incoming Call Image ● Show Phone Book Entry Images for Incoming Calls ( P. 14-8) ● Answering Incoming Calls Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key ● Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any Key ( P. 14-9) ● Sounds Record Sound to Set as Ringtone or Outgoing Message ● Play Recorded Sound ● Delete Recorded Sound ( P. 14-11) ● Earphone-Microphone ● Audio Output ● Microphone Setting 3-6 ● ● Answer Calls Automatically Save a Phone Number to Dial with an Earphone-Microphone ( P. 14-11) Outgoing Calls Save Area Code and Country Code as Prefix Numbers ● Save Touch Tones ● Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address ( P. 14-12) ● International Calls Change International Access Code Automatically Dialed with “+“ ● Change a Country Code ● Save an International Access Code ( P. 14-13) ● Call Settings Set Reconnection Tone ● Set Noise Reduction ● Set Weak Signal Alarm ● Set Clarity of Other Party Voice ● Automatically Record During Voice Call ● Change Color of Illumination While Calling ● Set Outgoing Message while Call is on Hold ● Set Closing Sound Off ● End Call By Closing Handset ( P. 14-13) ● Key Illumination Set Illumination for Incoming or Outgoing Calls ● Set Illumination for Call Start ( P. 14-30) ● Video Call Visual Check Video Call Window 2 o Photo Mode Portrait Photo Mode Scenery Photo Mode Close-up 3 Making Video Calls Call time Video call indicators Calling Main window Sub window 1 Enter phone number Video Call Window 3 Video Call Indicators Note Mute ・ The other party may hear a short beep when W0 to W9, Ww or Wq are pressed during a Call-In-Progress On Hold Hyper Clear Voice High Hyper Clear Voice Low Transmitting Audio Transmission Failed Transmitting Video Transmission Failed Sending Camera Image Substitute Image Handsfree ON Handsfree OFF y to end call call. Phone Number Entry Window ■ Correcting Misentries v to scroll cursor t to delete (press and hold to delete all numbers to the left) Reenter number(s) ■ Deleting Phone Number y Tip ・ Always include the area code even when dialing from the same area. ・ Video calls made to emergency numbers (110, 119 and 118) are automatically switched to voice calls. ・ An error message with a possible cause appears when a video call fails to be connected. ・ Connect stereo earphone-microphone to talk with handset closed. 3-7 Video Call Operations during Video Calls Adjust Earpiece Volume 3 Hold Call c or press and hold c 1 When a video call arrives r z or x 2 y to end call t Calling Toggle Main and Press and hold d to toggle Sub Window Main window image as Images follows: Other party’s image → Your image → Other party’s image (sub window off) → Your image (sub window off) Toggle Rear and d Front Camera Zoom In/Out Outgoing Camera Image v Mute Audio i or press and hold z To cancel mute, press again. 3-8 Answering Video Calls Tip ・ Press Xd when a video call arrives to send substitute image and answer video call. More Features Advanced Outgoing Call Functions ● Show/Hide Caller ID ● Add Area Code and Country Code (Prefix Numbers) ( P. 3-16) Handling Incoming Calls ● Reject Calls ● Place Calls on Hold ● Forward Calls ( P. 3-16) Engaged Call Operations ● Handsfree ● Toggle Sound Output Between Handset and Bluetooth Device ● Make Other Party Clearer to Hear (Hyper Clear Voice) ● Check Own Appearance ● Set Image Quality ● Adjust Brightness ● Change White Balance ● Change Color Tone ● Change Photo Mode ● Backlight Illumination Time ( P. 3-17) Video Call ● Customize Display Settings ● Set an Outgoing Call Image ● Set Image or Video for Incoming Call ( P. 14-4) Answering Incoming Calls ● Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key ● Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any Key ( P. 14-9) Earphone-Microphone ● Audio Output ● Answer Calls Automatically Call Settings Set Reconnection Tone ● Set Noise Reduction ● Set Weak Signal Alarm ● Set Clarity of Other Party Voice ● Change Color of Illumination While Calling ● Set Outgoing Message while Call is on Hold ● Set Closing Sound Off ● End Call By Closing Handset ( P. 14-13) ● 3 Calling Incoming Call Alerts ● Adjust Ringtone Volume ● Set a Ringtone ● Set Random Playback of Melodies as Ringtones ● Set Vibration ● Set Illumination Color ● Set Illumination Pattern ● Set Illumination to Flash for Missed Calls ● Set an Incoming Call Image ● Show Phone Book Entry Images for Incoming Calls ( P. 14-8) Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address ( P. 14-12) Video Calls Set Outgoing Image for Video Calls ● Redial Automatically as Voice Call When Video Call Connection Fails ● Set an Image to Appear in Main Window ● Reverse Front Camera Image ● Automatically Switch to Handsfree Mode in Video Calls ( P. 14-14) ● Key Illumination Set Illumination for Incoming or Outgoing Calls ● Set Illumination for Call Start ( P. 14-30) ● ( P. 14-11) Outgoing Calls ● Save Area Code and Country Code as Prefix Numbers 3-9 Call Logs Dialing from Call Logs 3 Phone numbers and dates and times of incoming and outgoing calls are saved on handset as call logs. Access call logs to return calls quickly. Answering Machine Voice Messages Video Messages 1 Packet Transmission Calling Redial/Received Calls 1 j or h Voice Calls Outgoing & Incoming Missed Unchecked Missed Dialed Calls Window 2 International Calls Outgoing & Incoming Missed Unchecked Missed Video Calls Outgoing & Incoming Missed Unchecked Missed International Video Calls Outgoing & Incoming Missed Unchecked Missed 3-10 i Own Data d Dialed Calls d Outgoing & Incoming Calls Appears when outside the GMT+09 time zone. Call Log Indicators The following indicators appear in Redial, Dialed Calls and Received Calls windows. Dialed Calls Select a record r or o Select a Dialed Calls record and press d to check its details. Checking Number of Missed Calls Redial Window 2 Received Calls Window 1 Select a record r or o i Own Data d Received Calls d The total number of incoming calls, number of missed calls, and number of unchecked missed calls appear. Select a Redial or Received Calls record and press d to check its details. 2 All Calls or Missed Calls d Call Logs Missed Calls Illumination flashes. Select the “Missed Call“ icon to check details or select the icon and press and hold t to turn off illumination. Call cost and cost limit may be unavailable depending on your subscription. Advanced ( P. 14-14) Redial, Dialed Calls & Received Calls ● Change Font Size ● Show Ring Time (Missed Calls) ● Delete Records ( P. 3-18) Call Time & Cost Reset Total Call Time ● Reset Total Call Cost Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for Missed Call 3 ( P. 14-30) Calling Call Time & Cost Check the total and last call times and costs. Call Costs ● Set Auto Reset of Total Call Cost ● Set a Maximum Call Cost Limit More Features ● ( P. 3-18) 1 i Settings d Call Time/Charge d Call Data d Tip ・ Use indicated call times and costs only as a guide. The actual call time and cost may be different. Your handset may not indicate call costs depending on the service you subscribe. Indicated costs do not include consumption tax. ・ When the last or total call time exceeds 199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds, counting restarts from zero seconds. Customize Incoming Call Alerts ● Set Illumination to Flash for Missed Calls ( P. 14-9) Checking Call Logs Notify Missed Calls with Tone (When x Pressed) ● Change Colors of Names, Phone Numbers and E-mail Addresses in Call and Message Log Windows ( P. 14-10) ● 3-11 Speed Dialing Speed Dial 3 Enter Phone Book entry number (000 to 009) and press r for direct access to that entry. ● If a Phone Book entry has more than one phone number, handset dials the first number. Calling 1 Saving Entries to Tomo-Den 1 r r 2 v Select an entry CALL, MAIL or VIDEO CALL d ・ Alternatively, press W1-W0 in Step 2 to select a recipient. Tomo-Den Tomo-Den Window 2 v Select a tab o To Search from Phone Book View Phone Book d Search Phone Book Select an entry d To Enter the Information Direct input d Enter items o 3 Select a phone number or e-mail address d When a checkbox is selected, other numbers/addresses become grayed and cannot be selected. To select another number/address, first cancel the currently selected checkbox. 4 3-12 1 Tip 0 to 9 r or o Save up to 10 Phone Book entries to Tomo-Den for quick access. ● Tomo-Den is unavailable in Secret Data Only Mode. ● Tomo-Den is available in Secret Mode, however secret entries cannot be saved to Tomo-Den. Using Tomo-Den o More Features Advanced Speed Dial ● Cancel Entries from Tomo-Den ● Change Tomo-Den Entry Image ● To Send an S! Mail to All Tomo-Den Entries ( P. 3-19) Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming) Calling Japan and Other Countries 1 More Features Customize Global Roaming ● Set Operator ● Search Available Operator ● Set Priority for Operators ● Change Network ● Show Operator Name While Roaming ( P. 14-15) 3 Calling Make calls while overseas. ● Global Roaming Service may require prior application. Details are available online at http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/global_roaming/ or contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). ● 940N is compatible with 3G and GSM networks. Press and hold 0 “+“ is entered. 2 Enter country code and phone number (omit first “0“ from area code) r Tip ・ Do not omit the first “0“ from area code when calling Italy. Calling within the Same Country 1 Enter phone number with area code r Do not omit “0“ from area code. Country code not required. 3-13 Optional Services Overview The following services are available with your handset. 3 Calling Call Forward calls to a preset phone Forwarding number. Voice Mail Forward calls to Voice Mail Center when unable to answer a call. Missed Call Notification Notification (SMS) arrives for missed calls while handset was off, out of range or engaged, etc. Call Waiting* Place the current call on hold to answer another incoming call. Talk with two parties alternately. Group Calling* Call others during a call and talk with multiple parties simultaneously. Call Barring Select whether to restrict incoming and outgoing calls and SMS. Caller ID Select whether to show or hide your number when making calls. * Separate application is required. 3-14 Activating Call Forwarding <Example> Forward calls to a specified number after a set ring time 1 i Settings d Optional Services d Voice Mail/Divert d Voice Mail/Divert Window 2 3 Divert ON d YES d Voice/Video Calls, Voice Calls or Video Calls d To Enter Phone Number Enter phone number d To Search from Phone Book c Search Phone Book Select an entry d Select a phone number d (twice) No Answer d Select a ring time d To forward calls immediately, select Always and press d. Tip ・ If No Answer is set, press Wr to answer incoming call before the call is forwarded. If Always is set, handset does not ring/vibrate and all calls are forwarded to the preset number. ・ Call Forwarding and Voice Mail cannot be set simultaneously. Call Forwarding for video calls is only available with Voice Mail. ・ If you activate Call Forwarding when Voice Mail has already been set, Voice Mail is canceled. Activating Voice Mail <Example> Forward calls to Voice Mail Center after a set ring time 1 [Voice Mail/Divert] window Voice Mail ON d YES d 2 No Answer d Select a ring time d To forward calls to Voice Mail Center immediately, select Always and press d. Optional Services Tip More Features ・ If No Answer is set, press Wr to answer Advanced Call Forwarding & Voice Mail ● Delete Icons for Notifying Recorded Messages ● Check Current Setting Status ( P. 3-19) Call Waiting Set Call Waiting ● Answer Incoming Calls during Calls ● Check Current Setting Status ● 3 Calling incoming call before the call is forwarded to Voice Mail Center. If Always is set, handset does not ring or vibrate and all calls are forwarded to Voice Mail Center. ・ Voice Mail and Call Forwarding cannot be set simultaneously. Voice Mail is only available with Call Forwarding for video calls. ・ If you activate Voice Mail when Call Forwarding has already been set, Call Forwarding is canceled. ( P. 3-19) Missed Call Notification SMS notification informs you of missed calls while handset was off, out of range, engaged, etc. 1 1414r Follow voice guidance. To Play Messages 1 [Voice Mail/Divert] window Play Messages d YES d Canceling Call Forwarding & Voice Mail 1 [Voice Mail/Divert] window Voice Mail/Divert OFF d YES d Group Calling ● Hold Current Call to Make Another Call ● Switch Parties ● Talk with Multiple Parties Simultaneously ● Talk with a Specific Party ● End Call with a Specific Party ( P. 3-20) Call Barring Restrict Incoming/Outgoing Calls & SMS ● Cancel Call Barring ● Change Network Password ● Check Current Setting Status ( P. 3-20) ● Caller ID Show/Hide Phone Number ● Check Current Setting Status ● ( P. 3-20) 3-15 Advanced Features Outgoing Call Functions 3 Calling Show/Hide Caller ID Enter “+“ to Call Abroad Enter phone number u Notify Caller ID d OFF, ON or Cancel Prefix d r or o Alternatively, enter “186“ before the phone number to show your number, or “184“ to hide your number. Show/hide Caller ID each time you dial from Phone Book or call logs (Redial, Dialed Calls or Received Calls). Press and hold 0 Enter country code Enter area code Enter phone number r Dial d “+“ appears when you press and hold 0, indicating that the international code set in Auto Int’l Call Set. is entered. Add Area Code and Country Code (Prefix Numbers) Enter phone number u Prefix Numbers d Select an item d r or o Save area codes and country codes beforehand for quick access to prefixes. Add prefix from Phone Book entry, Redial, Dialed Calls or Received Calls windows. 国際発信 (International Dialing Code, 0046010), 184 and 186 are set by default. 3-16 International Calls Forward Calls When a call arrives u Call Forwarding d This procedure is available when Call Forwarding has been activated from Voice Mail/Divert window. Voice Calls Forward Calls to Voice Mail Center Handling Incoming Calls Voice & Video Calls Reject Calls When a call arrives u Call Rejection d Place Calls on Hold When a call arrives y To answer call r Press y again to end the call on hold. When a call arrives u Call Forwarding d This procedure is available when Voice Mail has been activated from Voice Mail/Divert window. Advanced Features Engaged Call Operations Start Here 【Voice Call】window .............................. P. 3-3 【Video Call】window.............................. P. 3-7 Make Other Party Clearer to Hear (Hyper Clear Voice) 【Voice Call】window/【Video Call】window p Press p to toggle setting High, Voice & Video Calls Handsfree 【Voice Call】window/【Video Call】window o Press o again to cancel handsfree mode. Toggle Sound Output Between Handset and Bluetooth Device 【Voice Call】window/【Video Call】window u Bluetooth/Phone d Alternatively, press and hold r during a voice call to toggle device. Voice Calls Send Touch Tones 【Voice Call】window i (twice) Settings d Dialing d Pause Dial d (three times) ● To send touch tones all at once: Press and hold j Send at one time d Each time you press r, a touch tone sequence until “p“ (pause) is sent. Save touch tones in advance (P. 14-12). Check Own Appearance 【Video Call】window u d Visual Check appears and substitute image is sent during visual check. To end visual check: 【Video Call】window u Visual Check Off d 3 Calling OFF or Low. Unavailable when handsfree is On or when an external device (ex. stereo earphone-microphone) is connected. Video Calls Set Image Quality 【Video Call】window u V. Call Settings d Visual Prefer. d Select an item d Available when sending camera image. Adjust Brightness 【Video Call】window u V. Call Settings d Brightness d Select a level d Available when sending camera image. Change White Balance 【Video Call】window u V. Call Settings d White Balance d Select an item d Available when sending camera image. 3-17 Advanced Features Change Color Tone 3 【Video Call】window u V. Call Settings d Color Mode Set d Select an item d Available when sending camera image. Answering Machine Start Here 【Play/Delete Voice Message】window .................................................................P. 3-5 Calling Delete Recorded Messages Change Photo Mode 【Video Call】window u V. Call Settings d Photo Mode d Select a mode d Available when sending Rear Camera image. 【Play/Delete Voice Message】window Select a message u Delete This, Delete Rec. Msg. or Delete All d YES d Selecting Delete All also deletes a voice memo if it has been saved. Backlight Illumination Time 【Video Call】window u Display Light d All Time ON or Same as Backlight d Call Logs Start Here 【Redial】window...................................P. 3-10 【Dialed Calls】window..........................P. 3-10 Show Ring Time (Missed Calls) 【Received Calls】window Time d u Ring Delete Records 【Redial】window,【Dialed Calls】window or 【Received Calls】window u Delete d Delete Selected Entry Delete This d YES d ● Select Entries to Delete Delete selected d Select records d o YES d ● Delete All Entries Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Selecting Delete All in Redial window or Dialed Calls window deletes all records from both Redial and Dialed Calls. ● 【Received Calls】window .....................P. 3-10 Redial, Dialed Calls & Received Calls Call Time & Cost Change Font Size Reset Total Call Time 【Redial】window,【Dialed Calls】window or【Received Calls】window u Font Setting d Standard Font or Big Font d 3-18 Settings d Call Time/Charge d Reset Total d Enter Security Code d Reset Total Duration d YES d i Advanced Features Reset Total Call Cost Settings d Call Time/Charge d Reset Total d Enter Security Code d Reset Total Cost d YES d Enter PIN2 d i To Send an S! Mail to All Tomo-Den Entries 【Tomo-Den】window u Broadcast Mail d Create S! Mail o Start Here Answer Incoming Calls during Calls 【Voice Call】window...............................P. 3-3 【Voice Mail/Divert】window................P. 3-14 【Tomo-Den】window ........................... P. 3-12 Cancel Entries from Tomo-Den 【Tomo-Den】window v Select a tab u To Release Selected Entry Release This d YES d ● To Release All Entries Release All d Enter Security Code d YES d Call Forwarding & Voice Mail 3 【Voice Call】window Call waiting tone sounds r Press d to toggle between two parties. Check Current Setting Status Delete Icons for Notifying Recorded Messages ● Change Tomo-Den Entry Image Settings d Optional Services d Call Waiting d ON or OFF d YES d Calling Start Here Set Call Waiting i Optional Services Speed Dial Call Waiting 【Voice Mail/Divert】window d YES d Erase Icon i Settings d Optional Services d Call Waiting d Get Status d Check Current Setting Status 【Voice Mail/Divert】window d Get Status 【Tomo-Den】window v Select a tab u Image d Select a folder d Select an image d 3-19 Advanced Features Group Calling End Call with a Specific Party Hold Current Call to Make Another Call 3 【Voice Call】window t phone number r Enter Calling To dial from Phone Book, press f or g, search Phone Book, select a number and then press r. To dial from Dialed/Received Calls, press j or h, select a phone number or name and then press r. Switch Parties 【Voice Call】window d Press d to toggle parties. Talk with Multiple Parties Simultaneously 【Voice Call】window While talking with one party u Join Multi Party d Talk with a Specific Party 【Voice Call】window While talking with multiple parties u Select Ans. Call d Select a party d The other parties are placed on hold while talking with the selected party. 3-20 【Voice Call】window While talking with multiple parties u Select Disc Call d Select a party d Call Barring Restrict Incoming/Outgoing Calls & SMS i Settings d Optional Services d Call Barring d Outgoing Calls or Incoming Calls d Select an item d YES d Enter Network Password d Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118 are available even when Call Barring is set. When Bar All Outgoing Calls or Bar All Incoming Calls is set, Call Forwarding and Voice Mail become unavailable. When Call Forwarding or Voice Mail is set, Call Barring is unavailable. If Network Password is incorrectly entered three times consecutively, Call Barring settings are locked. Network Password and Center Access Code must be changed. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). Cancel Call Barring Settings d Optional Services d Call Barring d Cancel All Barring d YES d Enter Network Password d i Change Network Password Settings d Optional Services d Call Barring d Set NW Password d YES d Enter current Network Password d Enter new Network Password d Enter new i Network Password again for confirmation d Check Current Setting Status Settings d Optional Services d Call Barring d Get Status d Select an item d i Caller ID Show/Hide Phone Number Settings d Optional Services d Caller ID Notification d Activate/Deactivate d ON or OFF d YES d i Advanced Features Check Current Setting Status Settings d Optional Services d Caller ID Notification d Get Status d i 3 Calling 3-21 Security PIN Settings .................................................. 4-2 Setting PIN1 Entry ................................................ 4-2 Changing PIN1/PIN2 ............................................. 4-2 Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use ..... 4-3 Dial Lock ............................................................... Original Lock ........................................................ Disabling Keypad ................................................. Secure Remote Lock ............................................. IC Card Authentication ........................................ 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-5 Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming Calls......... 4-6 Rejecting Calls without Caller ID......................... Rejecting Calls from Unsaved Numbers .............. Delaying Ringtone ............................................... Emission OFF Mode .............................................. 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4 Secret Modes ............................................... 4-7 Secret Mode & Secret Data Only Mode .............. 4-7 Hiding Handset Data............................................ 4-7 4-1 PIN Settings Setting PIN1 Entry Set to require PIN1 entry each time handset is turned on. 4 Security 4-2 Changing PIN1/PIN2 ● PIN1 Code Entry Set must be set to ON before changing PIN1. 1 i Settings d Security d PIN Setting d 1 i Settings d Security d PIN Setting d 2 3 Enter Security Code d 2 3 Enter Security Code d 4 5 Enter current PIN1/PIN2 d PIN1 Code Entry Set d ON d Enter PIN1 d Change PIN1 Code or Change PIN2 Code d Enter new PIN1/PIN2 d Enter new PIN1/PIN2 again for confirmation d Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use Dial Lock Prevent others from operating handset. i Settings d Security d Lock d 2 3 Enter Security Code d Dial Lock d 1 2 Enter Security Code d Enter Security Code d If incorrect Security Code is entered, press y and enter correct Security Code. 4 Tip ・ If Security Code is incorrectly entered five times, handset powers off. Turn handset power on and enter correct Security Code. Note Lock Window ・ GPS positioning features unavailable during Dial Lock. Location Information is based on radio station signals for: – Emergency Location Report (P. 3-2) Location Information is reported to corresponding agencies (110, 119 or 118) when emergency calls are placed. – 紛失ケータイ捜索サービス (Lost Mobile Phone Search) ・ Location Navi is unavailable during Dial Lock. Tip ・ The following operations are possible even when Dial Lock is activated: – Power on/off – Calling emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118 – Answering incoming voice/video calls Original Lock Prevent others from accessing handset functions/data (e.g. Phone Book, Mail, etc). Select from three levels (high, medium or low) and customize as required. ● For IC Card Lock and Call Remote Lock, see P. 11-3. Activating Original Lock 1 i Settings d Security d Lock d 3 Select an Original Lock level d Security 1 Canceling Dial Lock Functions/data specified under the selected lock type are locked. Tip ・ To edit title: [Lock] window Select an Original Lock Uu Edit Title Xd Edit title Xd ・ Security Code entry is requested when accessing a locked function or data. Enter Security Code to unlock and access function/ data. Original Lock setting returns when handset returns to Standby. ・ Dial/Sending Mail and Incoming/Mail Disp. cannot be unlocked temporarily. 4-3 Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use Customizing Original Lock Set lock per function, group or category. Some functions/groups are locked. All functions in Group/Category are locked. Customize by Function/Data 4 Security 1 [Lock] window Select an Original Lock o 2 3 4 Select a category d Select a group d Select an item d Checked items are locked. To uncheck an item, select the item and press d. ■ To Select All Functions u Select All d ■ To Deselect All Functions u Release All d 5 o (three times) 3 To deselect, press u, select Release and then press d. ■ To Select Lock for Category or Group u Select All d ■ To Cancel Lock for Category or Group u Release All d 4 4-4 [Lock] window Select an Original Lock o 2 Select a category ( d Select a group) o ( o) Disabling Keypad Set Keypad Lock to automatically lock handset keys. Customize Lock settings as required. Setting Keypad Lock 1 i Settings d Security d Keypad Lock d 2 Enter Security Code d To Lock When Handset Closed After Closed d ON d To Lock After Handset Closed a Customize by Category or Group 1 u Select d Certain Time Timer d Select time until lock activates d 3 o Tip ・ All keypad operations are disabled, except for answering incoming calls and turning power on/off. appears at bottom of Display when keypad operation is available in Keypad Lock. ・ Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118 are available even when Keypad Lock is set. ・ Temporarily Unlocking Keypad Lock 1 Enter Security Code d Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use Secure Remote Lock i Settings d Security d IC Card Authentic. d Enter Security Code d 1 [IC Card Authentication] window u New Ext. IC Card d 2 Place IC Card over e logo disappears after card is registered. Tip ・ To delete IC card registration: [IC Card Authentication] window Uu Del. Ext. IC Card Xd Select IC Card to delete Xd Oo YES Xd IC Card Authentication Hold a FeliCa compatible contactless IC card over handset to authenticate the user ID without canceling Dial Lock or Keypad Lock, or without entering a code number. ● IC Card Authentication is available even when IC Card Lock is activated. ● Register up to two contactless IC cards. Registering IC Card 4 Security If your handset is lost, lock handset functions remotely from a PC or other mobile phones. All key operations are disabled except Power Key. For details, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp), or access My SoftBank from your handset: p メニューリスト (Menu List) d My SoftBank d Activating IC Card Authentication 1 IC Card Authentication Window 2 ON d OK d ■ To Activate Registered IC Card ON d 3 Place IC Card over e logo disappears after card is registered. Tip ・ To deactivate Authentication: [IC Card Authentication] window OFF Xd YES or NO Xd Select YES to delete or NO not to delete all registered IC Card data. 4-5 Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming Calls Rejecting Calls without Caller ID Incoming calls from hidden and/or unidentified numbers can be rejected. 4 1 Security 2 3 4 i Settings d Security d Call Setting W/O ID d Enter Security Code d Unknown, Payphone or User Unset d Reject d Tip ・ To allow incoming calls, after Step 3: Accept Xd Select Ring Tone or Select Calling Disp. Xd Select type Xd ( Select a folder Xd) Select a ringtone or image Xd Rejecting Calls from Unsaved Numbers 4-6 1 i Settings d Security d Reject Unknown d 2 Enter Security Code d 3 Reject d 3 Note ・ This procedure is unavailable when Set Mute Seconds under Ring Time (sec.) is set to ON (P. 4-6). Tip Missed Calls Display d Display or Not Display d Tip ・ For calls from numbers in Secret Phone Book, only the number appears when Set Mute Seconds is set to OFF. ・ Ringing starts in zero seconds when Set Mute Seconds is OFF. ・ To allow incoming calls, after Step 2: Accept Xd Emission OFF Mode Delaying Ringtone Delay ringtone, for callers not saved in Phone Book (including Secret Phone Book). In addition, set Missed Calls Display to Not Display so missed calls with a short ring time do not appear in Received Calls. This can prevent you from accidentally returning calls from nuisance calls. ● This procedure is unavailable when Reject Unknown is set to Reject. 1 2 i Settings d Incoming Call d Ring Time (sec.) d Set Mute Seconds d ON d Enter time before ringtone plays The following are prohibited in Emission OFF Mode: ・ Incoming/Outgoing Calls ・ Incoming/Outgoing Messages ・ Yahoo! Keitai Access 1 i Settings d Security d Emission OFF Mode d YES d Repeat procedure to cancel Emission OFF Mode. Tip ・ Emergency numbers (110, 119 and 118) are available even in Emission OFF Mode. Secret Modes Secret Mode & Secret Data Only Mode Activating Secret Mode & Secret Data Only Mode 1 2 i Settings d Security d Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode d Enter Security Code d Canceling Secret Mode & Secret Data Only Mode 1 Files stored in Secret Folders are accessible only when Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode is activated. ● Storable file types: Images, videos, received and sent messages and bookmarks (Yahoo! Keitai and PC Browser). ● Data saved on memory card or USIM Card cannot be stored in Secret Folders. ● Each Secret Folder of Data Folder has a fixed storage capacity as follows: ・ My Picture: Approx. 4 MB ・ Videos: Approx. 10 MB Moving Data from Secret Folders 1 Set handset to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode 2 3 In a folder list Secret d Select an item u Put Out d 4 Select a destination folder d Tip ・ Functions available with Secret Folder data 4 Security Activate Secret Mode/Secret Data Only Mode to view secret Phone Book entries, secret Schedule events and secret files. Secret Mode: View all data and secret data. Secret Data Only Mode: For Phone Book and Schedule, only secret entries appear. For image files, messages and bookmarks, all saved data appear. Hiding Handset Data are limited. Moving Data to Secret Folders 1 Set handset to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode 2 From a folder, select an item u Keep in Secret d In Standby, y 4-7 Mail Overview ...................................................... 5-2 Advanced Features..................................... 5-20 Customizing Handset Address............................. 5-4 Setting PC Mail Accounts..................................... 5-4 Sending Messages .............................................. 5-20 Receiving/Opening Messages ............................ 5-23 Managing/Using Messages ................................ 5-25 Sending Messages ....................................... 5-6 Sending S! Mail .................................................... Sending SMS Messages ........................................ Sending PC Mail ................................................... Attaching Files...................................................... Saving Addresses to Blog/Mail Member ............. 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-8 Receiving & Opening Messages ............... 5-10 Opening New Messages..................................... Opening S! Mail & SMS Inbox Messages........... Replying to S! Mail/SMS Messages .................... Using Mail List (S! Mail) ..................................... Retrieving New PC Mail ..................................... Opening PC Mail Inbox Messages ..................... Replying to PC Mail Messages ........................... 5-10 5-10 5-11 5-11 5-12 5-12 5-12 5 Handling Messages ................................... 5-14 Message Folders ................................................. Opening Sent & Received Messages ................. Sorting Messages................................................ Using Tomomato-Mail ....................................... Prohibiting Access to Messages ......................... Saving Attachments ........................................... 5-14 5-14 5-16 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-1 Overview Handset supports SMS, S! Mail and PC Mail. Available Mail Services SMS 5 Mail SoftBank Handsets Server Handset Exchange long text messages with S! Mail compatible SoftBank handsets and other (Separate e-mail compatible mobile phones and contract PCs. Images and melodies can also be required) attached to S! Mail. S! Mail Graphic Mail Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones Use HTML mail to change font size/color, background, etc. PC Mail Server ● If recipient’s handset is turned off or out of range, sent message is stored on the server up to 30 days until the recipient’s handset becomes available. Exchange short text messages with other SoftBank handsets. PCs Send and receive messages from your PC mail account and manage messages on your handset. Tip ・ Send and receive S! Mail or PC Mail at up to 2 MB (300 KB for message text) including attachments. Sending/receiving attachments may require time if file size is large or multiple files are attached. May incur high transmission fees, depending on your subscription. 5-2 Overview Send and receive messages for PC e-mail addresses. Precautions ● Receiving mail for the first time after account PC Mail Set your PC Mail account on handset to receive and send messages from your PC Mail or Yahoo! account. ● ● Server Internet Service Provider (ISP) ● Yahoo! Japan Handset PCs ● 5 Mail ● setup may incur high transmission fees. Note also that transmission fees may be incurred for checking messages, even if no new messages are received. Setting handset to automatically retrieve mail may incur high transmission fees, especially while abroad. Checking for new mail may slow down other functions in use. Single-byte katakana may not be supported on receiving device. Pictographs in incoming HTML messages appear on handset. However, handset does not support pictographs for outgoing messages. Attachments are encoded when sending PC Mail. Since files are larger when encoded, the maximum size when including attachments is smaller than 2 MB. New PC Mail is managed in a separate folder from S! Mail and SMS messages. Press p in Mail menu to toggle Mail menu and PC Mail menu. Set the default mail menu in Priority Mail Menu ( P. 14-19 ). 5-3 Overview Customizing Handset Address 5 Change handset address (portion before @) to reduce the risk of receiving spam. The default address is random alphanumerics. ● For details, see: http://www.softbank.jp or contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). Mail 1 2 Send Settings (SMTP Settings) Check your provider settings before setup. 1 SMTP Server Port d Enter server port d Setting is “587” by default. d 2 Account Settings d Select an account ( アカウント 1, アカウント 2 or アカウント 3) d ■ To Set POP before SMTP POP before SMTP d ON or OFF d ■ To Set SMTP over SSL SMTP over SSL d SSL, STARTTLS or OFF d o Mail Setting d Custom Mail Address d Setting PC Mail Accounts Set up to three e-mail accounts. For details on Yahoo! Mail setup, see P. 5-5. ● Check your ISP settings before setup. ● PC Mail service may be unavailable depending on your mail account subscription, settings or specifications. Make sure your PC mail system supports POP retrieval and SMTP transmission. ● Check the following information prior to setup. ・ E-mail address ・ User name (user ID) ・ Password ・ POP server ・ SMTP server Mail Address d Enter address d ■ To Set a Port Number o p PC Mail Settings Follow onscreen instructions. 5-4 6 7 SMTP Auth. d When ON Is Set ON d SMTP Auth. User ID and SMTP Auth. Password d Enter ID and password d When OFF Is Set OFF d 8 o PC Mail Account Settings Window 3 Manual Settings d Manual Settings Window 4 5 SMTP Settings d SMTP Server Address d Enter address d Overview Retrieval Settings (POP3 Settings) Check your provider settings before setting. Yahoo! Mail Setup If you have a Yahoo! Mail account, enter an e-mail address and password to configure the account setting. [Manual Settings] window POP3 Settings d 2 POP3 Server Address d Enter address d 3 POP3 Login ID d Enter address d 2 Mail Address d Enter Yahoo! Mail address d 4 POP3 Login Password d Enter password d 3 Password d Enter password d 4 o ■ To Set a Port Number POP3 Server Port d Enter server port d Setting is “110” by default. ■ To Set Receiving Authentication APOP Auth. d ON or OFF ( P. 14-19) 5 Note ■ To Set POP3 over SSL POP3 over SSL d SSL, STARTTLS or OFF d ■ To Set to Leave/Delete Messages on Server Delete Server Mail d ON or OFF d o [PC Mail Account Settings] window Set Quick Yahoo! Mail d ・ If you edit your account, the following d 5 1 Customize PC Mail Account Settings ● Edit Account Name ● Reset PC Mail Account Settings Mail 1 More Features operations become unavailable for some previously received messages: - full-text retrieval - reply - forward - re-edit - resend Tip ・ To obtain a Yahoo! Japan ID: [PC Mail Account Settings] window Yahoo! JAPAN ID Xd 5-5 Sending Messages Sending S! Mail 1 5 o When Start Packet Connection appears d Alternatively, press p during transmission. Press and hold o ■ If Resend mail? Appears YES d S! Mail Composition Window 5 Mail 2 d Enter Address d Enter address d To add more recipients, Select , press d and repeat the same step. After adding recipients, press o. 3 4 d Enter subject d d Enter text d and Bcc fields. Graphic Mail Create html messages to change font color/size and background color. Add scrolling text, paste images, etc. 5-6 1 [S! Mail Text Entry] window r d Select a font size d Enter text d 2 d b Select a background color d Press o while selecting to toggle between 25-color and 256-color palettes. d Select a folder d Select an image d ■ Inserting Images with Large File Size Insert Mail or SubQCIF Scale Down d ( Check an image d) 4 d text d d Tip ・ Add up to 20 recipients total between To, Cc <Example> Change font size, background color, insert an image and set flashing text. S! Mail Text Entry Window 3 ■ To Cancel Transmission 5 u d d Enter d Sending Messages Sending SMS Messages Send short text messages to SoftBank handsets, using recipient’s phone number. 1 ■ When Several Accounts Are Set d Select PC Mail account d o Compose SMS d PC Mail Composition Window 2 d Enter Address d Enter phone number d d Enter text d 3 4 2 d Enter Address d Enter address d 3 d Enter subject d 4 d Enter text d o ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ Images Melodies Documents Books Phone Book entries Schedule (To Do List) ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ Videos PDF files Music (Songs) Widgets Account Details Bookmarks ● For information about image, video, melody, PDF, other document, music files, book and widgets, see P. 12-2. 1 [S! Mail Composition] window/[PC Mail Composition] window p 2 Select a file type d ( Enter Security Code d) Select a file d 5 ■ Images with Large File Size Sending PC Mail 1 Attach the following files to S! Mail/PC Mail: Mail SMS Composition Window Attaching Files Attach Mail, FullHD Scale Down, VGA Scale Down or QVGA Scale Down d (YESd) ( Check an image d) o p Compose PC Mail d Note PC Mail Text Entry Window 5 ・ Copy protected files cannot be sent as attachments or output to external devices. o 5-7 Sending Messages 3 Tip ・ To open or play an attached file: Select the file Xd <Not Stored> To Enter an Address o Enter address d To Save an Address From Phone Book or Sent/Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS) u Look-up address d Phone Book, Sent Address or Received Address d Select an address d ( d) Saving Addresses to Blog/Mail Member 5 Mail Use Blog/Mail Member to group mail addresses together. Create up to 20 groups; save up to 20 addresses per group. Also, save a blog address for easy access when posting blog entries. 1 i Own Data d Blog/Mail Member d Setting Default Blog Address Save blog addresses to Blog/Mail Members and set one address as the default upload address. Save blog address beforehand. 1 Select item p ★ appears next to the default address. Tip Blog/Mail Member List 2 Select a Blog/Mail Member list d ・ To cancel default blog address: Select item with ★ Pp More Features Advanced Composing Messages ● Enter Address from Phone Book ● Enter Address from Sent/Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS) ● Enter Address from Blog/Mail Member List ● Set To, Cc or Bcc ● Delete an Address ● Insert Header/Signature ● Enter My Pictograms ● Delete Text ● Change SMS Message to S! Mail ● Change S! Mail to PC Mail ( P. 5-20) Sending Messages ● Change Size of S! Mail to Send ● Set Priority (S! Mail) ● Server Storage Period (SMS) ● Request Delivery Report (S! Mail/SMS) ● Save Messages to Draft ● Quit Composing and Delete Message ( P. 5-21) Attaching Files ● Capture and Attach Still Image/Video ● Delete Files Attached to S! Mail/PC Mail ( P. 5-21) Blog/Mail Member Window 5-8 Sending Messages Blog/Mail Member ● Edit an Address ● Delete Addresses from a Blog/Mail Member List ● Edit a Blog/Mail Member List Name ● Reset a Blog/Mail Member List Name ( P. 5-22) ( P. 14-16) SMS Settings ● Request Delivery Report ● Set Server Storage Period of SMS Messages ● Set SMS Input Language ( P. 14-16) PC Mail Setting Set Default Account ● ( P. 14-17) Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for Sending Messages ( P. 14-30) 5 Mail Graphic Mail ● Add/Edit Text Decoration ● Undo ● Preview Graphic Mail ● Cancel All Decoration ● Create Graphic Mail Automatically ● Save Graphic Mail as a Template ● Download Templates ● Create Graphic Mail from a Template ● Edit a Template ● Edit Title of a Template ● Delete Templates ( P. 5-22) S! Mail Settings Request Delivery Report ● Set Default Mail Size ● Customize Display Settings ● Set an Outgoing Message Image ( P. 14-4) Header/Signature Settings ● Edit Header/Signature ● Insert Header/Signature Automatically ( P. 14-16) 5-9 Receiving & Opening Messages Opening New Messages ● Pictograms Hurry Advice Like Cheer Dislike Join Happy Impression Angry Request Emotion-Expressing Mail Sad Notice When a message is received, a pictogram matching the message content appears in Received Result Window and Message List. Set the Keyword setting on, to show Keyword indicators when messages include user-set keywords (P. 14-17). Fun OK Surprise Reply Question Other Auto Receiving (P. 14-17) is Auto(1MB) by default and S! Mail and SMS messages are received automatically. When receiving messages that exceed 300 KB, packet transmission fees are incurred regardless of your subscription. 5 Mail Indicator/ Pictogram Received Result Window 5-10 1 [Received Result] window Mail d 2 Select a message d Note ・ By default, complete S! Mail messages (including attachments) are automatically retrieved. Transmission fees apply, depending on your subscription plan. While traveling abroad, message retrieval may incur high transmission fees. Tip ・ Alternatively open new S! Mail/SMS messages from desktop notification. Desktop notifications are unavailable for PC Mail. ・ Indicator may not always correspond to ・ message content. appears if message content does not match any of the above moods or information. Opening S! Mail & SMS Inbox Messages 1 o Inbox d Folder List Receiving & Opening Messages 2 Select a folder d Replying to S! Mail/SMS Messages 1 [Inbox Message List] Select a message d o ■ When Original Message Has Multiple Recipients To Sender or To All d Edit subject/text o Select a message d Using Mail List (S! Mail) Retrieve Mail List and select messages to download or forward. 1 Message List 3 reply messages. ・ Quoting text is unavailable for SMS replies. Replying (Quote Message) 1 o Server Mail d Mail List d ( YES d) 5 Mail 2 Tip ・ Attachments are automatically deleted from [Inbox Message List] Select a message d p ■ When Original Message Has Multiple Recipients To Sender or To All d 2 Edit subject/text o Note ・ If To All is selected, your address is also Message Window To check previous/next message, press v. Tip included in the reply. Save your address to Account Details (P. 1-21) to exclude your address as a destination. Mail List 2 Select a message u Message Receive d To Receive a Message Receive This d ・ Some attachments may require content keys to open/play the file. 5-11 Receiving & Opening Messages To Receive Multiple Messages Receive Selected d Select messages d o To Receive All Messages Receive All d Opening PC Mail Inbox Messages 1 3 Select a message d o p PC Mail Inbox d Tip ・ If download fails while retrieving all messages, download is canceled. ・ When there is only one message, message 5 opens upon retrieval. Mail PC Mail Folder List PC Mail Message Window Retrieving New PC Mail 2 Select a folder d Retrieve new messages. ● When retrieving a large number of messages, some may be unreceivable at the same time. 1 o p 2 3 Retrieve New d ・ Use Auto Check (P. 14-18) to set to receive automatically. Auto Check is Manual by default. When set to Auto, expensive packet transmission fees may be incurred. 5-12 Replying to PC Mail Messages 1 Select an account d Tip To check previous/next message, press v. [PC Mail Folder List] Select a message d o ■ When Original Message Has Multiple Recipients To Sender or To All d PC Mail Message List 2 Edit subject/text o Receiving & Opening Messages Replying (Quote Message) 1 [PC Mail Message List] Select a message d p ■ When Original Message Has Multiple Recipients To Sender or To All d 2 Edit subject/text o ● Read Out Messages Check Message Information ( P. 5-24) Server Message Operations ● Update Mail List ● Switch Mail List Views ● Check Server Message Information (S! Mail) ● Forward a Server Messages (S! Mail) ● Delete Server Messages (S! Mail) ● Check Server Memory Status ( P. 5-24) ・ If To All is selected, your address is also included in the reply. Save your address to Account Details (P. 1-21) to exclude your address as a destination. ・ When replying to HTML messages, pictograms/ decorations are deleted from quoted text. Tip ・ Files attached to an originally sent PC Mail are deleted from the reply message. More Features Advanced Receiving Messages ● Manually Retrieve Messages (S! Mail) ( P. 5-23) Checking Messages ● Retrieve Complete S! Mail/PC Mail Manually ● Delete S! Mail from Server Customize Display Settings ● Set Image or Video for Incoming Message ● Set Image for New Message/Received Result Window ● Show New S! Mail/SMS Message Info While Viewing TV ( P. 14-4) Incoming Message Alerts Adjust Ringtone Volume ● Set a Ringtone ● Set Random Playback of Melodies as Ringtones ● Set Ringtone Duration for Incoming Message ● Set Vibration ● Set Illumination Color ● Set Illumination Pattern ● Set Illumination to Flash for New Messages ● Set an Incoming Message Image ( P. 14-8) ● Incoming Message Settings ● Do Not Show Emotion Indicators ● Show Keyword Indicators ● Delete Keywords ● Set Priority When Receiving Messages during Operation ( P. 14-17) Incoming S! Mail Messages Set Whether to Read Out Received Messages ● Set Voice to Read Out Messages ● Set Mail Retrieval Method ● Restrict Incoming S! Mail Size ( P. 14-17) ● 5 Mail Note ● Incoming PC Mail Messages Set New Message Retrieval Method ● Retrieve Notification Only or Full Message ● Set Interval for New Message Retrieval ● Set New Message Retrieval Off During Set Hours ● New Message Retrieval While Abroad ( P. 14-18) ● Reply Settings Quote Message Marks ● (P. 14-18) Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for Receiving Messages ● Set Illumination for Emotion-Expressing Mail ● Set Illumination for New Message ( P. 14-30) 5-13 Handling Messages Message Folders Press o to open Mail Menu. Sent, received and draft messages are saved in the locations below. Press p to toggle Mail menu and PC Mail menu. Set the default mail menu in Priority Mail Menu (P. 14-19). Opening Sent & Received Messages 3 Select a message d <Example> Open a Sent Message (S! Mail) 1 o Outbox d Received messages 5 Mail Sent messages Draft messages Message Window Folder List 2 Select a folder d To check previous/next message, press v. Tip ・ When Outbox/Inbox is full, the oldest Mail Menu message is deleted for each message sent/received. Unread and protected messages and Secret Folder messages are not deleted. p Received messages Sent messages Draft messages PC Mail Menu 5-14 Message List Handling Messages Windows & Indicators Check message status, attachment type, etc. by indicators. General Folder Secret Folder ② Message Status Folder Lists ① ① Folder Type ① Outbox Folder List Message Lists ③ Message Type ② ③ ② Inbox Message List ③ Outbox Message List Message Windows ② ② ③ Received Message Window Sent Message Window SMS on Handset SMS on USIM Card S! Mail/PC Mail Notification Attachment Type Image Video Melody (Tones/Ringtones) Music Copy-protected File Phone Book Entry, Account Details, Schedule Event or Bookmark Widget Book PDF Document Forwarded Server Mail Others Multiple Files Tip 5 Mail Inbox Folder List Unread Read Protected (Unread) Protected (Read) Forwarded Replied Sent to a Single Recipient Sent to Multiple Recipients The following marks appear on indicators to inform you: Folder Contains Unread Messages Locked Folder Folder with Auto Sort Set Protected Message Delivery failed to Some Recipients or Some Attachments Deleted Delivery Failed/All Attachments Deleted Attachment Deleted High Priority S! Mail ・ To open/play copy-protected files, save files to ・ Data Folder. appears in Report is received. field when Delivery 5-15 Handling Messages Sorting Messages Automatically sort incoming/outgoing messages into folders. 1 5 [Folder List] Select a folder u Auto-sort d To Sort by Address Address Sort d Look-up Mail Address, Look-up Group, Look-up Member or Enter Address d To Sort by Subject Subject Sort d Enter subject d To Sort by Reply Failed, Send Failed Canceling Auto Sort 1 [Folder List] Select a folder u Auto-sort d 2 Select a criterion u Release d To Cancel a Criteria Release This d YES d To Cancel Multiple Criteria Release Selected d Select criteria d o YES d To Cancel All Criteria Release All d YES d Using Tomomato-Mail Store e-mail addresses in Tomomato-Mail and check messages (S! Mail/SMS) with stored addresses by selecting Tomomato-Mail BOX. Checking Tomomato-Mail 1 o Tomomato-Mail BOX d or Unregistered Address Reply Impossible, Sent Impossible or Unregistered Add. d Tip Tomomato-Mail Folder List ・ Only one Inbox folder can be specified for sorting Reply impossible messages. ・ Only one Outbox folder can be specified for sorting Send impossible messages. ・ Only one Inbox/Outbox folder can be specified for sorting Unregistered Add. messages. ・ Search addresses from Phone Book, Received/Sent Address List (S! Mail & SMS) in Look-up address. 5-16 2 Select a folder d Handling Messages Storing Tomomato-Mail 1 [Tomomato-Mail Folder List] Select a folder o To Enter an Address Enter Address d Enter Address d To Store E-Mail Address From Phone ● Set handset to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode beforehand (P. 4-7). Setting Mail Box Lock ● Unread Messages, S! Mail/PC Mail with Text 1 o ( p ) Mail Setting or PC Mail Settings d 2 Mail Box Lock d Enter Security Code d 3 Select a mail box d Unreceived or delivery reports cannot be stored in Secret Folders. 1 Repeat Step 3 to specify other boxes. 4 o Canceling Tomomato-Mail 1 [Tomomato-Mail Folder List] Select a folder u Unregister d YES d Setting Folder Lock 1 5 d [Folder List] Select a folder u Folder Lock d Enter Security Code d YES d Locked folders are indicated by [Message List] Select a message u Keep in Secret d To Store a Message Keep This d To Store Multiple Messages Keep Selected d Select a message d (repeat to select another message) o YES Mail Book or Sent/Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS) Phonebook, Sent Address or Received Address d Select an address d Storing Messages in Secret Folders Prohibiting Access to Messages . Tip ・ Repeat the same procedure to cancel mail box and folder lock. ・ Security Code entry is required to view messages in locked mail boxes and folders. To Store All Messages in a Folder Keep All d YES d Returning Messages in Secret Folders to Ordinary Messages 1 [Folder List] Secret d 2 Select a message u Put Out d To Return a Message Put Out This d Select a folder d 5-17 Handling Messages To Return Multiple Messages Put Out Selected d Select a folder d Select a message d (repeat to select another message) o YES d To Return All Messages Put Out All d Select a folder d YES d Saving Attachments 5 Mail Saving Image, Video, Melody, Music, Flash, Book and PDF Files <Example> Save an image 1 [Message] window Select a file u Save Data d YES d 2 3 Select a folder d YES or NO d ( Select an item d ( Select a view d Check an image d)) Saving an Image Inserted in Text 1 [Message] window u Save Insert Image d 2 Select an image d YES d Select a folder d 3 YES or NO d ( Select an item d ( Select a view d Check an image d)) Saving a Phone Book Entry 1 d 2 Edit each item o Saving a Schedule Event 1 5-18 [Message] window Select contact information (a phone number, etc.) d (twice) Phone or USIM d New [Message] window Select Schedule events d (twice) Saving a Bookmark 1 [Message] window Select a link (URL, etc.) d (twice) Select a destination d Select a folder d Note ・ Mail-attached phone book entries, schedule events or bookmarks cannot be saved to microSD. Handling Messages Save Number/Address in Text to Phone Book or Blog/Mail Member List ● Search Information by Keyword ● Switch Subject Field Views ● Change Message Font Size ● Search for Messages in a Folder ● Sort Messages ● Filter Messages ● Return Message List View to Default ● Switch All Unread Messages to Read Messages ● Open S! Mail Delivery Report ● Check Attachment Properties (Image File) ( P. 5-27) ● More Features Advanced Using Messages ● Edit a Sent Message ● Edit & Send a Draft Message ● Forward a Message ● Save Sender, Recipient’s E-mail Address or Phone Number to Phone Book ● Call a Phone Number in Text ● Send an S! Mail to an E-mail Address in Text ● Access the Internet from a URL in Text Customize 5 Mail Managing Messages ● Protect a Message ● Move Messages to a Different Folder ● Delete Messages ● Delete All Read Messages ● Delete All Delivery Reports ● Delete Attached Files ● Copy SMS Messages between Handset and USIM Card ● Delete SMS Messages on USIM Card ● Change Message Color ● Add a Folder ● Edit a Folder Name ● Change Order of Folders ● Delete a Folder ● Check Number of Saved Messages ● Check Sent/Received Addresses (S! Mail & SMS) ● Delete All Messages (S! Mail & SMS) in Tomomato-Mail Folder ( P. 5-25) Message Window/Messaging Settings ● Set Default Mail Menu ● Set Message List View ● Set Auto-Play for Melody Attachments ● Set Scroll Unit ● Set Font Size ● Check Mail Settings ● Restore to Default Settings ( P. 14-19) SMS Server Settings Change SMS Center Address ● Reset to SoftBank SMS Center Address ( P. 14-19) ● 5-19 Advanced Features Enter Address from Sent/Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS) Sending Messages Start Here 5 【S! Mail Composition】window ............ P. 【S! Mail Text Entry】window ................ P. 【SMS Composition】window................. P. 【PC Mail Composition】window ........... P. 【Blog/Mail Member List】...................... P. 【Blog/Mail Member】window ............... P. 5-6 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-8 5-8 Mail Composing Messages Enter Address from Phone Book 【S! Mail Composition】window, 【SMS Composition】window or 【PC Mail d Composition】window Phonebook d Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d Select an e-mail address or phone number d 【S! Mail Composition】window, 【SMS Composition】window or 【PC Mail d Composition】window Sent Address or Received Address d Select an e-mail address/phone number d (twice) Alternatively, select and press v to open Sent/Received Address List (S! Mail & SMS). Enter Address from Blog/Mail Member List 【S! Mail Composition】window/【PC Mail d Composition】window Blog/Mail Member d Select a Blog/Mail Member list d All addresses in the selected Blog/Mail Member list are entered in the Address field. You must save addresses to a Blog/Mail Member list in advance. Set To, Cc or Bcc 【S! Mail Composition】window/【PC Mail d Composition】window Select an address u Change Rcv. Type d To, Cc or Bcc d Cc (Carbon copy): S! Mail/PC Mail copies are sent to other addresses. Addresses in the Cc field are revealed to the other recipients. Bcc (Blind carbon copy): S! Mail/PC Mail copies are sent to other addresses. Addresses in the Bcc field are hidden to the other recipients. When there is no address in the To field, the message cannot be sent. Delete an Address 【S! Mail Composition】window/【PC Mail d Composition】window Select an address u Delete Receiver d YES d Insert Header/Signature 【S! Mail Composition】window/【PC Mail Composition】window u Add Header or Add Signature d Save header/signature in advance. 5-20 Advanced Features Sending Messages Enter My Pictograms 【S! Mail Text Entry】window Press and hold p Select a pictograph d t Toggle categories by pressing o or p. Available only in S! Mail. Change Size of S! Mail to Send 【S! Mail Composition】window u Compose Size d 300KB or 2MB d Set Priority (S! Mail) Delete Text Change SMS Message to S! Mail 【SMS Composition】window S! Mail Conversion d u Change S! Mail to PC Mail 【S! Mail Composition】window u PC Mail Conversion d YES d My Pictograms and any Graphic Mail items/ settings are deleted. Phone numbers are deleted from the Recipient field. 【S! Mail Composition】window u Priority d High, Normal or Low d Server Storage Period (SMS) 【SMS Composition】window u SMS Valid. Per. d Select a period d Specify a period the SMS message is stored in the server in case it fails to reach the recipient because the recipient’s handset is out of range, etc. When None is set, the SMS message is deleted from the server after it is resent once in a certain period of time. Request Delivery Report (S! Mail/SMS) 【S! Mail Composition】window/【SMS Composition】window u Delivery Report or SMS Report Req. d ON or OFF d 【S! Mail Composition】window, 【SMS Composition】window or 【PC Mail Composition】window u Save d YES d The message is saved to Draft or PC Mail Draft. Messages saved in Draft or PC Mail Draft can be edited and sent at a later time. 5 Quit Composing and Delete Message 【S! Mail Composition】window, 【SMS Composition】window or 【PC Mail Composition】window u Delete d YES d Mail 【S! Mail Composition】window, 【SMS Composition】window or 【PC Mail Composition】window u Erase Message d YES d Save Messages to Draft Attaching Files Capture and Attach Still Image/Video 【S! Mail Composition】window/【PC Mail Composition】window u Activate Camera d Photo Mode or Movie Mode d Shoot image/video d ( YES d) When ON is set, handset receives a delivery report. 5-21 Advanced Features Delete Files Attached to S! Mail/PC Mail 【S! Mail Composition】window/【PC Mail Composition】window Select an attached file u Delete Att. File or Del All Att.Files d YES d Reset a Blog/Mail Member List Name 【Blog/Mail Member List】 Select a Blog/Mail Member list u Reset Member Name d YES d 【S! Mail Text Entry】window Enter text r d p to toggle effects d Blog/Mail Member Add/Edit Text Decoration Mail Edit an Address 【Blog/Mail Member】window Select an address o Edit address d Delete Addresses from a Blog/Mail Member List 【Blog/Mail Member】window Select an address u To Select Delete this Delete this d YES d ● To Select Delete all Delete all d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Edit a Blog/Mail Member List Name 【Blog/Mail Member List】 Select a Blog/Mail Member list u Edit Member Name d Edit name d 5-22 【S! Mail Text Entry】window r d Select beginning of characters d Select end of characters d Select effects menu d Apply or Change effects Available only in S! Mail. Select , press p, select YES and then press d to select the entire text. Undo 【S! Mail Text Entry】window d r Available only in S! Mail. Preview Graphic Mail 【S! Mail Text Entry】window r d t or p to close preview Available only in S! Mail. Available only in S! Mail. Create Graphic Mail Automatically Graphic Mail 5 Cancel All Decoration 【S! Mail Text Entry】 window r d YES d ( d) Available only in S! Mail. Emotion of the message is detected from the entered text, and a set of effects that matches the emotion is automatically applied. Press u to toggle insert and no insert for pictographs and emoticons. Save Graphic Mail as a Template 【S! Mail Text Entry】window Enter text d u Template d Save Template d YES d Available only in S! Mail. Attached files except images inserted in text are not included in a template. Save up to 1,000 templates including downloads. Delete saved templates as needed. Advanced Features Download Templates Delete Templates Templates d Download Templates d YES d Follow Templates d Select a template u Delete d onscreen instructions ● o Create Graphic Mail from a Template o Templates d Select a template d o o Templates d Select a template d u Edit d Edit text d (twice) YES or NO d Edit Title of a Template o Templates d Select a template u Edit Title d Edit title d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select templates d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Receiving/Opening Messages Start Here 【Message List】............................................. P. 【Message】window .............................. P. 【Mail List】...................................................... P. 【PC Mail Message List】............................. P. 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-12 Receiving Messages Manually Retrieve Messages (S! Mail) o Retrieve New d Received Result window opens Mail d Select a message d Press p or press and hold t to cancel message retrieval. Retrieve messages that were stored on the server while handset was off or out of range. 5 Mail Edit a Template o 5-23 Advanced Features Checking Messages Check Message Information Retrieve Complete S! Mail/PC Mail Manually 【Message List】 【 / PC Mail Message List】 Select an S! Mail/PC Mail notification d o S! Mail/PC Mail notification is deleted when you retrieve the complete message. Manually retrieve complete messages when Auto Receiving is set to Manual (S! Mail Settings, P. 14-17). Manually retrieve complete messages when Auto Receiving or Manual Receiving is set to Part (PC Mail Settings, P. 14-18). 5 Mail Delete S! Mail from Server 【Message List】 Select an S! Mail notification d u Delete d ( Notification, Server Mail or Notifi./Server d) YES d Read Out Messages 【Message】window Message d 【Message List】 【 / PC Mail Message List】 Select a message u Mail Info d 【Mail List】 Select a message Delete d u To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select messages d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Server Message Operations Update Mail List 【Mail List】 u Mail List d Switch Mail List Views Check Server Memory Status 【Mail List】 u List Setting d Subject, Name or Address d Check Server Message Information (S! Mail) 【Mail List】 Select a message Mail Info d u Forward a Server Message (S! Mail) u Read Out Available only in S! Mail/SMS. Press d to stop reading. Press o to end reading. 5-24 Delete Server Messages (S! Mail) 【Mail List】 Select a message u d Enter Forward d address o o Server Mail d Server Mail Memory d Advanced Features Managing/Using Messages Start Here Managing Messages Protect a Message 【Message】window ON/OFF d u Protect If a message is protected, this procedure cancels protection. 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-16 【Message List】 Select a message Move d u To Select Move This Move This d Select a destination folder d YES d ● To Select Move Selected Move Selected d Select a destination folder d Select messages d o YES d ● To Select Move All Move All d Select a destination folder d YES d A message can also be moved to a different folder from Message window. ● Delete Messages 【Folder List】 u Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d 【Message List】 Select a message u Delete d ● To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select messages d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Protected messages cannot be deleted. 5 Mail 【Folder List】................................................... P. 【Message List】.............................................. P. 【Message】window.............................. P. 【Inbox Folder List】...................................... P. 【Inbox Message List】................................. P. 【Received Message】window ............. P. 【Sent Message】window..................... P. 【Tomomato-Mail Folder List】.................. P. Move Messages to a Different Folder Delete All Read Messages 【Inbox Folder List】 u d YES d Delete Read 【Inbox Message List】 u Delete d Delete Read d YES d Protected messages cannot be deleted. Delete All Delivery Reports 【Inbox Message List】 u Delete d Delete All Reports d Enter Security Code d YES d Available only in S! Mail/SMS. Protected delivery reports cannot be deleted. 5-25 Advanced Features Delete Attached Files 【Message】window Select attached files u Delete Att. File or Del All Att. Files d YES d Copy SMS Messages between Handset and USIM Card i Tools d USIM Operation d Enter Security Code d Copy 5 Mail d Phone→USIM or USIM→Phone d SMS d Inbox or Outbox d Select a folder d Select an SMS message d o YES d Delete SMS Messages on USIM Card i Tools d USIM Operation d Enter Security Code d Delete d USIM d SMS d Inbox or Outbox d Select a folder d Select an SMS message d o YES d Change Message Color 【Message List】 Select a message Press and hold w Each time you press and hold w, the message color toggles as follows: Red → Blue → Default (Black) 5-26 Add a Folder 【Folder List】 u Add Folder d Enter folder name d YES or NO d ( Address Sort, Subject Sort, Reply Impossible, Send Impossible or Unregistered Add. d Make auto Sort settings o) YES or NO d Edit a Folder Name 【Folder List】 Select a folder u Edit Folder Name d Edit folder name d Preinstalled folders cannot be renamed. Change Order of Folders 【Folder List】 Select a folder u Sort Folder d Select a position d The order of preinstalled folders cannot be changed. Delete a Folder 【Folder List】 Select a folder u Delete Folder d Enter Security Code d YES d Folders containing protected messages and preinstalled folders cannot be deleted. This procedure also deletes messages stored in the folder. Auto Sort settings are also canceled when you delete a folder with Auto Sort settings. Check Number of Saved Messages 【Folder List】 【 / Message List】 u of Messages d No. Check number of total, unread, protected and USIM Card SMS Messages. Folder List: The total of all folders. Message List: The total of the selected folder. Check Sent/Received Addresses (S! Mail & SMS) Press and hold h or press and hold j Select an entry d Delete All Messages (S! Mail & SMS) in Tomomato-Mail Folder 【Tomomato-Mail Folder List】 Select a folder u Del All in Folder d Enter Security Code d YES d Advanced Features Using Messages Edit a Sent Message o Edit (account,) address, subject and text o 【Sent Message】window Edit & Send a Draft Message Forward a Message 【Received Message】window u Reply/Forward d Forward d (twice) Enter address o The subject and text can also be edited. When forwarding an HTML message with PC Mail, decorations are deleted. 【Message】window u Address List d Select an e-mail address/phone number u Save Address d YES d To Save to Handset Phone d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( YES or NO d) ( Enter entry number d) ● To Save to USIM Card USIM d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( Overwrite or Add d) ( YES or NO d) ● Call a Phone Number in Text 【Message】window Select a phone number d Voice Phone or Video Call d Dial d Send an S! Mail to an E-mail Address in Text Access the Internet from a URL in Text Select a URL d Yahoo! Keitai or PC Site Browser d ( YES or NO d) 【Message】window Save Number/Address in Text to Phone Book or Blog/Mail Member List Select an e-mail address/phone number u Save Address d Phonebook or Blog/Mail Member d ● To Save to Handset Phone d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( YES or NO d) ( Enter entry number d) ● To Save to USIM Card USIM d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( Overwrite or Add d) ( YES or NO d) ● To Save to Blog/Mail Member List Select a Blog/Mail Memer list d Select an item d ( YES d) 【Message】window 5 Mail o ( p ) Draft or PC Mail Draft d Select a message d Edit (account,) address, subject and text o Save Sender, Recipient’s E-mail Address or Phone Number to Phone Book 【Message】window Select an e-mail address d Compose S! Mail o 5-27 Advanced Features Search Information by Keyword 【Message】window u Quick Search d Enter Keyword d Enter or keyword d d Select an item from search results Sort Messages Check Attachment Properties (Image File) 【Message List】 u Sort Select a criterion d d This procedure can be combined with the Search Mail or Filter. d Filter Messages 5 Switch Subject Field Views Mail 【Message List】 Press and hold q When Mail List Disp. is set to 2 Lines, view toggles in the order Name → Address. When Mail List Disp. is set to 1 Line, or to 1 Line+Body, the view cycles as follows: Subject → Name → Address Change Message Font Size 【Message】window Press and hold v Search for Messages in a Folder 【Message List】 u Filter d Select a criterion d This procedure can be combined with Search Mail or Sort. Return Message List View to Default 【Message List】 u Display All d Switch All Unread Messages to Read Messages 【Inbox Message List】 u d YES d Read All 【Message List】 u Search Mail d Search Sender, Search Receiver or Search Subject d ( Select a search criterion d) Select an address, enter address or subject d Narrow down search results by repeating the search operation. This procedure can be combined with Sort or Filter. 5-28 Open S! Mail Delivery Report 【Sent Message】window Report d u Disp. Only available in Message window of a sent message with a requested delivery report. 【Message】window u d Select image d Property Internet Overview ...................................................... 6-2 Yahoo! Keitai ............................................... 6-3 Connecting to Yahoo! Keitai............................... 6-3 PC Site Browser............................................ 6-5 PC Site Browser..................................................... 6-5 Connecting to PC Websites.................................. 6-5 Page Operations .......................................... 6-7 Navigating Pages.................................................. Open Linked Page in New Tab ............................ Jumping to Next or Previous Page ...................... Selecting Links and Other Items.......................... Streaming Music and Video................................. 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-8 6-8 Bookmarks & Saved Pages ........................ 6-10 6 Using Bookmarks................................................ 6-10 Using Saved Pages.............................................. 6-10 Advanced Features .................................... 6-12 Connecting to the Internet................................ 6-12 Page Operations................................................. 6-13 Bookmarks & Saved Pages ................................. 6-15 6-1 Overview Internet PC Websites Browse PC websites using PC Site Browser ( P. 6-5 ). 6 Mobile Internet Sites Internet Press p to access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai ( P. 6-3 ). ・ SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) and TLS (Transport Layer Security) protocols encrypt data before transmission. Connect via SSL/TLS to safely transmit personal information, credit card numbers and internal corporate information, and guard against eavesdropping, data manipulation, impersonation and other Internet risks. ・ When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the page. Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the terms of SSL/TLS usage. SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign Japan K.K., Cybertrust Japan Co., Ltd., Entrust Japan Co., Ltd., GlobalSign K.K., RSA Security Japan Ltd. and Secom Trust Systems Co., Ltd. cannot be held liable for any damages associated with the use of SSL/TLS. * When Warning Messages is set to ON, an alert appears each time handset connects to a website using PC Site Browser. Transmission & Information Fees Some web contents automatically connect to different pages incurring transmission fees. Information fees may also apply. 6-2 About Security Handset supports SSL/TLS (encryption protocols for Internet transmissions of important/sensitive information). Root certificates necessary to use SSL/TLS are saved on handset by default. Yahoo! Keitai Connecting to Yahoo! Keitai 1 Using Access History 1 Press and hold p History d p 2 <NEW> d Enter URL d OK d Tip ・ A confirmation for SSL/TLS communication appears each time a secure page is opened. appears in SSL/TLS compatible pages. ・ Some pages require user authentication. Select text entry field and enter your user ID or password. 6 2 Select an item d 2 Select a record d Internet History List Web Page Repeat to select more links. 3 y YES d to close browser Entering URLs 1 Press and hold p Enter URL d URL Entry Window 6-3 Yahoo! Keitai Set Whether to Send Manufacture Number Set Whether to Send Referer ● Enable/Disable Cookies ● Set Whether to Activate Scripts ● Check Internet Settings ● Reset Internet Settings ( P. 14-20) ● More Features ● Advanced Yahoo! Keitai ● Toggle 3G & Wi-Fi Manually ● Switch to PC Site Browser ● Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu ( P. 6-12) 6 Internet History ● Save a URL in History to Bookmark ● Check a URL in History ● Delete Records in History ( P. 6-12) Using URL Log ● Use Previously Entered URLs ● Edit Previously Entered URLs ● Send URLs by S! Mail ● Delete URL Records ( P. 6-12) Root Certificates ● Check Certificate Details ● Switch a Certificate between Valid & Invalid ( P. 6-13) Customize Internet ● Clear Cache ● Delete Cookies ● Initialize Memory Status of Internet 6-4 PC Site Browser ① Tabs PC Site Browser View PC websites using PC Site Browser. Scroll up, down, left or right to view entire page. ● You may not be able to view as you want depending on the site. ● Note that transmission fees may be expensive for pages with large amounts of data. ① One for each title/URL appears when viewing several pages. Connecting to PC Websites 1 ② Page Toggle Appears when viewing several pages. Toggle with o. ③ Layout Display PC Screen Small Screen PC Site Browser Menu ④ New Tab 2 Repeat to select more links. About Page Layout ④ ③ PC Site Browser Window Home d ( YES or NO d) Select an item d When using PC Site Browser, two page layout types are available for each of PC Screen and Small Screen: PC Screen: Scroll pages vertically and horizontally. Small Screen: Scroll pages vertically. Pages are laid out to fit Display width. 6 Internet Open link in a new tab. ② Press and hold p PC Site Browser d Web Page 3 y YES d to close browser 6-5 PC Site Browser Using Access History Entering URLs 1 1 [PC Site Browser Menu] History d [PC Site Browser Menu] Enter URL d Using URL Log ● Use Previously Entered URLs ● Edit Previously Entered URLs ● Send URLs by S! Mail ● Delete URL Records ( P. 6-12) Customize URL Entry Window 6 Internet 2 History List 2 Select a record d ( YES or NO d) <NEW> d Enter URL d OK d ( YES or NO d) More Features Advanced PC Site Browser Do Not Show Alert When Activating PC Site Browser & Switching Browsers ( P. 14-21) PC Site Browser ● Toggle 3G & Wi-Fi Manually ● Switch Page View ● Return to Home ● ( P. 6-12) History ● Save a URL in History to Bookmark ● Check a URL in History ● Delete Records in History ( P. 6-12) 6-6 Internet ● Clear Cache ● Delete Cookies ● Initialize Memory Status of Internet ● Set Whether to Send Manufacture Number ● Set Whether to Send Referer ● Enable/Disable Cookies ● Set Whether to Activate Scripts ● Check Internet Settings ● Reset Internet Settings ( P. 14-20) Page Operations Navigating Pages Scrolling Pages If a page extends beyond view, use b to scroll page. Press z or x to jump between sections of the page. Open Linked Page in New Tab Open up to five pages simultaneously. Press o to toggle pages. 1 [Web Page] Select a link p The linked page appears in a new tab. Viewing Frames 1 b Select a frame 2 u Frame In d Navigate through the frame as you would a page. To exit frames, press u, select Frame Out and then press d. p New Tab Press o to toggle tabs. pages: [Web Page] Uu Window Operation Xd Open New Window Xd Bookmark, Enter URL (,Yahoo! Keitai or Home) Xd Specify page to open Xd ・ To close opened pages: [New Tab] Wt YES Xd ・ Use Wt to return to previous pages stored in cache. Return through pages opened in tabs to close. Jumping to Next or Previous Page 6 Internet When a page includes multiple frames, select frames to view. Tip ・ To open pages in a new tab other than linked Once opened pages are stored in a temporary storage area (cache). Press u, select History Back or History Forward and press d to go back to the previous page or proceed to the next page, without connecting to the network as long as the pages are stored in the cache. ● Network connection is made when the cache is full. 6-7 Page Operations Selecting Links and Other Items Operate as follows when buttons and menus appear in web pages. ① Link Select a link and press d to access the linked page. ② Text Box Select a text box and press d to open a text entry window to enter text. ③ Pull-down Menu ① ② ③ 6 Internet ④ ⑤ ⑥ Select a pull-down menu and press d to open a list of options. Use c to select an item and press d. ④ Radio Button Use b and press d to select only one item from a range of options. item is selected. indicates the ⑥ Command Button indicates Select a command button and press d to activate the assigned function. 6-8 Play music and videos appearing on a page as you download (streaming). ● Downloaded data is not stored. ● See P. 9-5 for details on using Music Player. ● Only available when using Yahoo! Keitai. 1 [Web Page] Select music or video d ( YES or NO d) Once downloading starts, Music Player activates and play starts. Note ⑤ Checkbox Use b and press d to select multiple items from a range of options. the item is selected. Streaming Music and Video ・ Packet transmission fees are incurred during streaming even if you pause play. ・ Note that expensive packet transmission fees may be incurred. Page Operations More Features Yahoo! Keitai Set Font Size ● Set Flash Sound On/Off ● Advanced ( P. 14-20) PC Site Browser ● Set Page Layout ( P. 14-21) 6 Internet Page Operations ● Reload Page ● Save Image/Melody Files ● Save Background Image of a Page ● Send URL Links via S! Mail ● Call a Linked Phone Number ● Send S! Mail to a Linked E-mail Address ● Access URL Link ● Save Numbers/Addresses to Phone Book ● Search Information by Keyword ● Change Page Font Size ● Zoom In/Out ● Jump to Top/End of a Page ● Change Character Code ● Play Flash from the Beginning ● Check Title, URL or Certificate of a Page ● Show Key Guidance ( P. 6-13) Customize Internet ● Set Scroll Unit/Speed ● Enable/Disable Image Download ● Set Auto-Play for Melody Attachments ( P. 14-20) 6-9 Bookmarks & Saved Pages Using Bookmarks 2 Select a folder d Save URLs to Bookmark for quick access. Save a page to Saved Pages to view that page at a later time without incurring connection fees. ● Only Yahoo! Keitai pages can be saved. ● Viewable content is page as it was saved. Saving URLs to Bookmark 1 6 2 [Web Page] u Bookmark d Add Bookmark d YES d Internet 1 Saving a Page Select a folder d Accessing Pages from Bookmark Press and hold p From Yahoo! Keitai Bookmark d From PC Site Browser PC Site Browser d Bookmark d Using Saved Pages Bookmark List 3 1 Select a bookmark d ( YES or NO d) Tip ・ To access a bookmarked page from another page: [Web Page] Uu Bookmark Xd Bookmark List Xd Select a folder Xd Select a bookmark Xd [Web Page] u Saved Pages d Add Saved Pages d YES d Opening Saved Pages 1 Press and hold p Saved Pages d Bookmark Folder List Saved Pages List 6-10 Bookmarks & Saved Pages 2 Select a page d More Features Tip ・ To open a saved page from another page: [Web Page] Uu Saved Pages Xd Saved Pages List Xd Select a page Xd Advanced Saved Pages Edit a Title ● Protect Saved Pages ● Check Number of Saved Pages ● Delete Saved Pages 6 Internet Bookmarks ● Edit a Title ● Edit a URL ● Send a Bookmark by S! Mail ● Check Number of Bookmarks ● Create a Folder ● Edit a Folder Name ● Change Order of Folders ● Move Bookmarks to a Different Folder ● Delete a Folder ● Delete Bookmarks ( P. 6-15) ● ( P. 6-16) 6-11 Advanced Features Connecting to the Internet Start Here Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser Internet 【Web Page】 u Switch to 3G or Switch to Wi-Fi d Packet transmission fees are incurred for 3G access. For more details about Wi-Fi, see P. 13-11. 【Web Page】 u d Change Disp. Mode Page view toggles between PC screen and Small screen. Small screen adjusts width to handset Display. 【Web Page】 u Home d 【Web Page】 u Switch to PC YES d ( YES or NO d) d Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu Yahoo! Keitai d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select records d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Use Previously Entered URLs 【History List】 Select a record u Add Bookmark d YES d Select a folder d Switch to PC Site Browser u Using URL Log History Save a URL in History to Bookmark Yahoo! Keitai 6-12 【History List】 Select a record Delete d Return to Home Toggle 3G & Wi-Fi Manually 【Web Page】 u Delete Records in History Switch Page View 【Web Page】................................. P. 6-3, P. 6-5 【History List】............................... P. 6-3, P. 6-6 【URL Entry】window ................... P. 6-3, P. 6-6 6 PC Site Browser Check a URL in History 【History List】 Select a record URL d u 【URL Entry】window d OK d Select a record Edit Previously Entered URLs 【URL Entry】window Select a record d Select URL entry field d Edit URL d OK d Advanced Features Send URLs by S! Mail 【URL Entry】window Select a record u Compose Message d Enter address, subject and text o Composition (S! Mail) window opens with the URL inserted in the text. Select a record Root Certificates Check Certificate Details Settings d Connection Settings d Certificate d Select a certificate d Page Operations Start Here 【Web Page】.................................P. 6-3, P. 6-5 Save Background Image of a Page 【Web Page】 u Save File d ( Background Image d) Save d YES d ( YES or NO d) To check file properties, select Property and press d. Send URL Links via S! Mail 【Web Page】 u Convenient Tools d Compose Message d Attach URL d Enter address, subject and text o Composition (S! Mail) window opens with the URL inserted in the text. Reload Page 【Web Page】 u Reload d Save Image/Melody Files 【Web Page】 u Save File d ( Object d) ( Select a file d) Save d YES d ( Select a folder d) ( YES or NO d) To play a melody, select Play and press d. To check file properties, select Property and press d. 6 Internet To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select records d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● i Settings d Connection Settings d Certificate d Select a certificate u Valid/Invalid d i This procedure switches a valid certificate to invalid and an invalid one to valid. Delete URL Records 【URL Entry】window u Delete d Switch a Certificate between Valid & Invalid Call a Linked Phone Number 【Web Page】 Select a phone number d Voice Phone or Video Call d Dial d Only available when using Yahoo! Keitai. Send S! Mail to a Linked E-mail Address 【Web Page】 Select an e-mail address d Compose S! Mail o Access URL Link 【Web Page】 Select a URL d 6-13 Advanced Features Save Numbers/Addresses to Phone Book 【Web Page】 Select a phone number/e-mail address u Add to Phone Book d YES d To Save to Handset Phone d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select an entry d (twice)) Edit each item o ( YES or NO d) ( Enter entry number d) ● To Save to USIM card USIM d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select an entry d (twice)) Edit each item o ( Overwrite or Add d) ( YES d) ● 6 Internet Search Information by Keyword 【Web Page】 u Quick Search d To Enter a Keyword Enter Keyword d Enter keyword d d ( or YES d) ( YES or NO d) Select an item from search results d ● To Select a Keyword from Previous Entries History d Select a keyword d d ( YES or d) ( YES or NO d) Select an item from search results d ● 6-14 Change Page Font Size 【Web Page】 u ( Browser Settings d) Change Font Size d Select a font size d Only available when the page view is Small Screen in PC Site Browser. Zoom In/Out 【Web Page】 u Zoom d Select a magnification d Zoom is only available when PC Site Browser is set to PC Screen. Play Flash from the Beginning 【Web Page】 u Convenient Tools d Replay d Only available when using Yahoo! Keitai. Check Title, URL or Certificate of a Page 【Web Page】 u Convenient Tools d Site Info d Title, URL or Certificate d Show Key Guidance 【Web Page】 u Jump to Top/End of a Page 【Web Page】 u Convenient Tools d Head of Sentence or End of Sentence d Change Character Code 【Web Page】 u Convenient Tools d Change CHR Code d Select a character code d Use this procedure when characters of a page are illegible. Help d Only available when using PC Site Browser. Advanced Features Bookmarks & Saved Pages Start Here 【Bookmark Folder List】................................. P. 6-10 【Bookmark List】........................................... P. 6-10 【Saved Pages List】...................................... P. 6-10 Bookmarks Edit a Title Edit a URL 【Bookmark List】 Select a bookmark u Edit URL d Edit URL d Send a Bookmark by S! Mail 【Bookmark List】 Select a bookmark u Compose Message or Attach to Mail d Enter address, subject and text o 【Bookmark Folder List】 【 / Bookmark List】 u No. of Bookmarks d The total number of bookmarks can be checked from Bookmark Folder List and the number of bookmarks in a folder can be checked from Bookmark List. Create a Folder 【Bookmark Folder List】 u Add Folder d Enter folder name d Edit a Folder Name 【Bookmark Folder List】 Select a folder u Edit Folder Name d Edit folder name d Change Order of Folders 【Bookmark Folder List】 Select a folder u Sort Folder d Select a position d Move Bookmarks to a Different Folder 【Bookmark List】 Select a bookmark u Move d To Select Move This Move This d Select a destination folder d YES d ● To Select Move Selected Move Selected d Select a destination folder d Select bookmarks d o YES d ● To Select Move All Move All d Select a destination folder d YES d ● Delete a Folder 【Bookmark Folder List】 Select a folder u Delete Folder d Enter Security Code d YES d 6 Internet 【Bookmark List】 Select a bookmark u Edit Title d Edit title d Check Number of Bookmarks This procedure also deletes all the bookmarks saved in the folder. The order of Preset folders cannot be changed. Compose Message: URL is inserted in S! Mail Composition window. Attach to Mail: Bookmark is attached to S! Mail. 6-15 Advanced Features Delete Bookmarks 【Bookmark List】 Select a bookmark u Delete d Check Number of Saved Pages To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select bookmarks d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Alternatively, to delete all bookmarks: 【Bookmark Folder List】 u Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d 【Saved Pages List】 u d No. of Pages ● 6 Internet Saved Pages Edit a Title 【Saved Pages List】 Select a saved page u Edit Title d Edit title d Protect Saved Pages 【Saved Pages List】 Select a saved page u Protect ON/OFF d Use this procedure to toggle saved pages between protected and unprotected. 6-16 Delete Saved Pages 【Saved Pages List】 Select a saved page u Delete d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select saved pages d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Protected Saved Pages cannot be deleted. ● Camera Overview ...................................................... 7-2 Viewfinder Indicators........................................... 7-3 Switching Cameras ............................................... 7-5 Capturing Still Images ................................. 7-6 Capturing Still Images.......................................... 7-6 Recording Videos ......................................... 7-8 Recording Videos ................................................. 7-8 Various Features ........................................ 7-10 Using Smile Mode .............................................. Continuous Shooting ......................................... Add Frames to Images ....................................... Auto Timer.......................................................... Panoramic Shooting ........................................... Recording Slow-Motion Video (Speed Movie)..................................................... Chance Capture .................................................. Recording Only Sound ....................................... 7-10 7-10 7-11 7-11 7-11 7 7-12 7-12 7-13 Advanced Features .................................... 7-14 During Shooting................................................. 7-14 After Shooting.................................................... 7-14 7-1 Overview Capture still images and record videos with handset camera. ・ Lens' focus sound may be audible when using Capture Still Images/Videos Wide Range of Image Sizes Various Features Select image size accordingly. Use small sizes for S! Mail/PC Mail attachments and larger sizes for saving high resolution images. Features include: Auto Timer Continuous Shooting Adding Frames (P. 7-10, P. 7-11) Photo Modes Smile Mode Select a mode suited to the subject/scene such as Portrait, Scenery and Sports mode. Shutter automatically releases when Camera detects a smile (P. 7-10). Rear Camera. This is normal. ・ Still images are saved in JPEG format and videos in MPEG4 format. ・ Clean the lens with soft cloth. Fingerprints or grime on the lens may result in blurred images. ・ Handset movement during shooting may ・ 7 Camera ・ ・ Send by S! Mail/PC Mail Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones 7-2 ・ SoftBank Handsets PCs cause image blurring when Shake Correction is OFF. Setting Shake Correction to Auto is recommended. Although Camera is made with high-precision technology, some pixels may appear brighter and some darker. Shooting or saving images when handset is warm may affect image quality. Exposing the lens to direct sunlight for an extended period may result in discoloration of photo images. Shutter click and Auto Timer tone sound at a fixed volume even in Manner Mode. When Auto-change Screen is set to ON, turn handset on its left side while using Camera for Landscape View. Overview Portrait View Viewfinder Indicators ① Focus Frame (Still Images) A white frame appears for Auto Focus. Focus Frame is green when focus is locked, and red if focusing failed. Landscape View ② ① ② Shake Correction Auto ① ③ Storage Location (Still Image) ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ② ③④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫⑬ ⑭ ③ ② ⑭ ⑬ Photo Viewfinder ⑯⑮ Storage Location (Video) Handset Memory Card Storage Capacity (Video)1 Blue: 500 KB or more Yellow: Less than 500 KB Red: No memory space 7 Camera Photo Viewfinder ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦⑧ ⑨ Handset Memory Card Storage Capacity (Still Image)1 White number: 11 or more files Yellow number: 10 or less files Red number: No memory space ④ Camera Mode ③④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑰ ⑬ ⑭ ⑯ ⑮ ② ⑰ Video Viewfinder ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥⑦ ⑧ ⑨ Movie Mode Speed Movie Chance Capture Photo Mode Auto Continuous Shooting Manual Continuous Shooting Voice Mode Panorama Cap. Mode ⑭ ⑬ Video Viewfinder 7-3 Overview ⑤ Image Size ・Photo Mode/Continuous Shooting QCIF 8M (2448 × 3264) to (176×144) ・Panorama Cap. Mode Panorama (4096 × 480 : Vertical) Panorama (2738 × 480 : Horizontal) ・ Movie Mode/Speed Movie2/Chance Capture VGA (640 ×480) to (176 ×144) QCIF 7 Camera File Size (Video) Mail attachment3 Up to 2 MB Normal +2 4 ⑨ White Balance Auto Fine Cloudy 7-4 For AF toggle and focus lock ⑫ Face Select Mode (Still Image) Face selecting mode Auto Timer set Auto Save Captured still images and videos are automatically saved to handset. Tip ・ To set so that a preview window appears after recording: [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video Viewfinder] Uu Auto Save Set Xd OFF Xd Shake Correction ⑭ Zoom (16 steps) Minimum to Maximum Normal (Video & Sound) Video only Sound only ⑯ Image Quality (Video) Sports Mode Night Mode Pet Food OFF ⑧ Brightness -2 to ⑪ AF Guidance (Still Images) ⑮ Recording Type (Video) Long time ⑦ Photo Mode Auto Portrait Smile Scenery Backlight Face ON (Face detection + AF ON) AF ON Close-up AF OFF ⑬ Auto Timer ⑥ Image Quality (Still Image) Super Fine Fine ⑩ AF Mode (Still Image) Light bulb Fluorescent lamp Long time Normal Fine Super Fine ⑰ Recording Status (Video) Recording ready Recording 1 Approximate value 2 Switches to QVGA (320×240) in Speed Movie. 3 Available when Select Size is QCIF (176×144). 4 Available only when Photo Mode is set to OFF (in normal and continuous shooting modes). Camera is equipped with Shake Correction. This function reduces camera shake in 6 axial directions for still images and 4 axial directions for videos taken with the rear camera. Set Shake Correction off when not needed. Overview Switching Cameras 1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video Viewfinder] u Front Camera or Rear Camera d Rear Camera Front Camera 7 Use for people, animals and scenery. Image appearing on Display appear as seen. Camera Rear Camera Front Camera Use to photograph yourself. Image appearing on Display is in mirror display, but the saved image is displayed normally. 7-5 Capturing Still Images Capturing Still Images 1 i Camera d Photo Mode d Photo Preview Window Appears when Auto Save Set is set to OFF. Press d to save image. Operations in Viewfinder f AF Change g AF Lock 1 Press and hold g ・ Press o or p and Face Select Mode move Focus Frame to the subject. Press and hold g again. 7 Camera Photo Preview Window Photo Viewfinder 2 Frame image in Viewfinder d When the focus locks, Focus Frame turns green and shutter is released. Image is automatically saved. Tip ・ Alternatively, press and hold Tx to activate Camera in Photo Mode. ■ To Discard Image and Return to Viewfinder t YES d Tip ・ Attach still images to S! Mail or set as wallpaper (P. 7-14, P. 7-15). ・ Still images are saved to My Picture in Data Folder. The storage location can be changed to memory card (P. 14-24). ・ Shutter clicks even if focusing fails and Focus Frame turns red. Zoom In j Zoom Out h Open Menu o Toggle Camera Mode 1 Select Size 2 Quality Setting 3 Photo Mode 4 Adjust Brightness 5 White Balance2 Toggle Viewfinders Help 6 3 9 0 1 Available when AF is set to Face ON. 2 Available when Photo Mode is set to OFF. 3 Available when Auto-change Screen is set to OFF. 7-6 Capturing Still Images More Features Advanced During Shooting ● Use Camera Menu ● Switch Color Modes ● Reduce Flicker ● Check Storage Capacity ● Set Shake Correction ( P. 7-14) 7 Camera After Shooting ● Zoom In/Out ● Upload Still Image to Blog ● Send Still Image with Graphic Mail ● Send Still Image by S! Mail ● Show Mirror Image of Shot Still Image ● Save Mirror Image of Shot Still Image ● Show Shot Still Image in Standby ( P. 7-14) Customize Camera Settings ● Set Shutter Sound ● Set Display for Landscape View Shooting ( P. 14-24) File Storage Set Storage Location for Still Images ( P. 14-24) ● 7-7 Recording Videos Recording Videos 1 i Camera d Movie Mode d Video Preview Window Appears when Auto Save Set is set to OFF. Press d to save video. Operations in Video Viewfinder Zoom In j Zoom Out h Open Menu o Toggle Camera Mode 1 7 Video Preview Window Camera Video Viewfinder 2 Frame image in Viewfinder d Recording starts. 3 d Recording ends. Video is automatically saved. ■ To Discard the Recording and Return to Viewfinder t YES d Tip ・ Video is saved to Videos in Data Folder. The storage location can be changed to memory card (P. 14-24). Select Size 2 File Size Setting 3 Photo Mode 4 Adjust Brightness 5 White Balance 6 Toggle Viewfinders* 9 Help 0 * Available when Auto-change Screen is set to OFF. Tip ・ Key operation tones may be recorded if you adjust zoom, etc. while recording a video. 7-8 Recording Videos More Features Advanced During Shooting ● Use Camera Menu ● Set Image Quality ● Switch Color Modes ● Reduce Flicker ● Check Storage Capacity ● Change Video Type ● Set Shake Correction ( P. 7-14) 7 ( P. 7-14) Camera After Shooting ● Upload Video to Blog ● Send Video by S! Mail ● Show Recorded Video in Standby ● Edit Title of Video Customize Video Settings ● Set Shutter Sound ● Set Display for Landscape View Shooting ( P. 14-24) File Storage Set Storage Location for Videos ● ( P. 14-24) 7-9 Various Features Using Smile Mode Camera automatically detects a smile and automatically releases the shutter. 1 [Photo Viewfinder] 4 d Shoot up to 20 still images continuously. Automatic continuous shooting mode: Automatically shoots a set number of images at set intervals after you release the shutter. Manual continuous shooting mode: Shoots a set number of images, each of which is shot by releasing the shutter manually. ● See P. 14-24 for details on setting interval/ number of shots for Continuous Shooting. 1 7 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video or Viewfinder] 1 Appears when Auto Save Set is set to OFF. Press and hold p, Save or Mirror Save and press d to save all still images. Camera d Thumbnail Preview Window ■ To Discard Shot Images and Return to Smile Mode Viewfinder 2 Viewfinder t YES d Frame image in Viewfinder d Tip When the person in Focus Frame smiles, the shutter is automatically released. flashes while the smile is being detected. Image is automatically saved. ・ Image size can only be set to WQVGA, QVGA V. (,QVGA) or QCIF. Continuous Shooting Viewfinder (Manual) 2 Frame image in Viewfinder d Image is automatically saved. 7-10 Thumbnail Preview Window Continuous Shooting Various Features Add Frames to Images 1 [Photo Viewfinder] u Select Frame d Select a folder d Select a frame Auto Timer ● Auto Timer returns to OFF after shooting. 1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video Viewfinder] u Auto Timer d 2 3 ON d Enter time d d 2 Compose image in the frame d Image is automatically saved. Framed Image Preview Window Appears when Auto Save Set is set to OFF. Press d to save image. Frame image in Viewfinder d Create a single panorama shot by moving handset horizontally while shooting. ● Up and down handset movements may cause blurred images. ● Subject image may blur depending on the subject or if the subject is moving. 1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video d Viewfinder] 1 7 Camera Auto Timer starts countdown, and Illumination flashes blue. About five seconds before shooting, a countdown tone sounds and Illumination flashes rapidly. To stop Auto Timer, press o or t. Panoramic Shooting For Still Images Images are automatically saved. For Videos d Recording ends. Videos are automatically saved. Framed Image Preview Window ■ To Discard Shot Images and Return to Panorama Cap. Window Tip ・ To shoot manually during Auto Timer countdown, press Xd. Viewfinder t YES d 7-11 Various Features 2 Display one end of subject d Panorama shooting starts. Recording Slow-Motion Video (Speed Movie) Use Speed Movie to record video in slowmotion. ● Available in Landscape View. 1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video d Viewfinder] 1 2 Frame image in Viewfinder d Chance Capture Continue recording video even when memory is full. 1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video d Viewfinder] 1 2 Frame image in Viewfinder d Recording starts. When the available recording time is over, the remaining time indication flashes. Recording starts. Panorama Shooting 7 Camera Pan horizontally (left or right) using green line as a guide. Maintain even speed, making sure appears. If appears, image may not be captured properly. 3 d Panorama shooting ends. Image is automatically saved. Shooting automatically ends if the maximum storable capacity is reached. 7-12 3 d Recording ends. Video is automatically saved. Tip ・ Sound is not recorded. ・ Zoom is unavailable. ・ Available only for Rear Camera. 3 d Recording ends. Video is automatically saved. Note ・ When recorded video exceeds available memory, handset saves the maximum recordable time from the end of recording. Initial portion is deleted. Various Features Recording Only Sound More Features Record only audio in Movie Mode (Voice Mode). 1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video d Viewfinder] 1 2 d Recording starts. 3 d Recording ends. Video is automatically saved. ・ To activate Voice Mode from Main Menu: Ii Camera Xd Voice Mode Xd Customize Camera Settings ● Set Level of Smile for Smile Mode ● Set Interval for Continuous Shooting ● Set Number of Shots for Continuous Shooting ( P. 14-24) 7 Camera Tip Advanced After Shooting ● View Images ● Save One Frame ● Save Only Selected Images ● Save as Animation ● Open an Image as Mirror Image ● Attach to S! Mail ● Change Frame before Saving Image ( P. 7-15) File Storage Set Storage Location for Still Images/Videos ( P. 14-24) ● 7-13 Advanced Features During Shooting Start Here 【Photo Viewfinder】............................... P. 7-6 【Video Viewfinder】............................... P. 7-8 Use Camera Menu 【Photo Viewfinder】 【 / Video Viewfinder】 o Select an item d Set Image Quality 7 【Video Viewfinder】 u Quality Setting d Select an item d Check Storage Capacity 【Photo Viewfinder】 【 / Video Viewfinder】 u Memory Info d Change Video Type 【Video Viewfinder】 u Movie Type Set d Normal, Video or Voice d Set Shake Correction 【Photo Viewfinder】 【 / Video Viewfinder】 u Shake Correction d Auto or OFF d Camera Switch Color Modes 【Photo Viewfinder】 【 / Video Viewfinder】 u Camera Settings d Effect d Full Color, Sepia or Monochrome d Reduce Flicker 【Photo Viewfinder】 【 / Video Viewfinder】 u Camera Settings d Flicker d Auto, Mode 1(50Hz) or Mode 2(60Hz) d 7-14 After Shooting Start Here 【Photo Preview】window.......................P. 7-6 【Video Preview】window.......................P. 7-8 【Thumbnail Preview】window.............P. 7-10 【Framed Image Preview】window.......P. 7-11 Zoom In/Out 【Photo Preview】window p o or p to zoom in or out. Press u to return to original size. Upload Still Image/Video to Blog 【Photo Preview】window/【Video Preview】 window o Blog Cont. or Blog Contribution d ( Attach Mail, FullHD Scale Down, VGA Scale Down or QVGA Scale Down d) Enter information o Save your blog e-mail address to Blog/Mail Member beforehand (P. 5-8). Video files exceeding the size limit are not uploaded to a blog. Send Still Image with Graphic Mail 【Photo Preview】window o Insert Image d Insert Mail or SubQCIF Scale Down d Create Graphic Mail o Send Still Image/Video by S! Mail 【Photo Preview】window/【Video Preview】 window o Attach Image or Compose Message d ( Attach Mail, FullHD Scale Down, VGA Scale Down or QVGA Scale Down d) Compose S! Mail o Video files exceeding the size limit are not attached. Advanced Features Show Mirror Image of Shot Still Image 【Photo Preview】window Display d u Mirror Save Mirror Image of Shot Still Image 【Photo Preview】window Save d u Mirror Show Shot Still Image in Standby Show Recorded Video in Standby 【Video Preview】window Stand-by d u Set as Attach to S! Mail 【Thumbnail Preview】window Select an image o Press v to switch to the previous/next 【Thumbnail Preview】window Select an image o (twice) Attach Image d ( Attach Mail or QVGA Scale Down Compose S! Mail o d) image. Save One Frame Change Frame before Saving Image 【Thumbnail Preview】window Select an image d p Save or Mirror Save d Save Only Selected Images 【Framed Image Preview】window u Change Frame d Select a folder d Select a frame d (twice) 7 【Thumbnail Preview】window Select an image d Repeat the same step p Save or Mirror Save d Select a checked image and press d to Camera 【Photo Preview】window u Set as Display d Stand-by Display d Select a layout d Check preview d View Images cancel the selection. Save as Animation Edit Title of Video 【Video Preview】window u Title d Edit title d Edit 【Thumbnail Preview】window u Store All&Anime d Save or Mirror Save d Select a destination d Open an Image as Mirror Image 【Thumbnail Preview】window Mirror Display d u 7-15 TV About TV ...................................................... 8-2 Initial Setup .......................................................... 8-3 TV Windows.......................................................... 8-4 Watching TV................................................. 8-6 Time Shift Playback While Watching .................. 8-7 Data Broadcasts (Japanese) ................................. 8-7 Program Guide ..................................................... 8-8 Recording/Playing Programs ...................... 8-9 Recording Programs............................................. 8-9 Playing Recorded Programs................................. 8-9 View/Record Timer .................................... 8-11 Setting View Timer............................................. 8-11 Setting Record Timer ......................................... 8-11 8 Advanced Features .................................... 8-13 Channel Settings ................................................ Watching TV ....................................................... Data Broadcasts.................................................. TV Link ................................................................ Recording Programs........................................... Playing Programs................................................ View/Record Timer ............................................. 8-13 8-13 8-13 8-14 8-14 8-15 8-15 8-1 About TV Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for cellular phones. ● One Seg is available only in Japan. Precautions ● Never watch TV while riding a bicycle, One Seg One Seg is a digital TV broadcasting service for mobile devices. It uses one segment of the terrestrial digital band for TV and data broadcasts that you enjoy at home, on your handset. Data Broadcasts Enjoy data broadcasts while watching TV. Access program-related information and even participate in the program ( P. 8-7 ). Record Programs Record a program on memory card while viewing it and enjoy it again at a later time ( P. 8-9 ). 8 ● View and Record Timer TV Watch TV in Widescreen Book programs you want to view/record. Program Guide can be used for booking programs ( P. 8-11 ). Quick Info Sender and subject information appears for new S! Mail/SMS message while TV is active ( P. 14-5 ). When Auto-change Screen is set to ON, turn handset on its left or right side while watching TV for Landscape View. However, view does not change when TV Power Saving is set. 8-2 ● ● ● motorcycle or driving a car. You may not hear the sounds around you clearly, or TV image/sound may distract you creating the risk of accident. Even while walking, pay attention to the traffic around you. Be especially careful at railway crossings and pedestrian crosswalks. TV image/sound may be affected if a call or message is received while watching TV. TV information (TV links or data you entered in Data Broadcast Mode) saved on handset cannot be transferred to another handset when you change your handset to another model or when it is repaired. Keep a memo of necessary information. TV is available when USIM Card is inserted and with a valid SoftBank contract. TV antenna is built into handset. If image quality does not improve, move handset away from body or change locations. About TV ● TV image/sound may deteriorate or signal reception may become impossible in the following areas: ・ Areas far from signal towers ・ Mountain areas or places beside tall buildings ・ In tunnels, underground malls or buildings with a lot of signal obstructions ● For more information on One Seg services, visit the following website: The Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcasting From PC: http://www.dpa.or.jp/ From handset: http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/ (Japanese) The first time you activate TV, the following information appears. ・ How to switch between Portrait and Landscape View ・ Functions unavailable in Landscape View Read information then press d, select YES, and press d. If NO is selected, information no longer appears when activating TV. Initial Setup Configure channel settings for your area and save stations to a channel list. 1 i TV d Channel Settings d 2 Select Area d Select area d Select prefecture/city d YES d Stations for the area are saved to a channel list. 8 TV When You First Activate TV Operating in Landscape View Multi Selector for selecting channels or adjusting the volume is operated the same way in both Portrait and Landscape View. Tip ・ If signals from stations of the selected area are difficult to receive, search for stations using the Automatic option. 8-3 About TV ① Quick Info TV Windows ⑫ ① ⑪ ② ③ ⑪ Recording Status Ticker scrolls across top of Display for new S! Mail/SMS messages (P. 14-5). ② Channel ③ Program Title ④ Subtitles ④ ⑤ ⑩ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧⑨ ⑤ Sound Effect on (always on) Program guide OFF CS5.1ch Auto ⑪ ⑫ ③ ⑫ EPG ⑥ Sound Effect Landscape View ⑬ Data Broadcast ⑭ TV View Mode 8 Modes by TV Program Type Sound Leak Minimized ④ ⑦ Signal Strength Strong Moderate Weak Out of Broadcasting Area ⑬ ⑭ ① ⑧ Subtitle Data ⑥ ⑩ ⑦ ②⑧ ⑨ Portrait View Subtitles Available ⑨ Volume ⑩ TV Power Saving TV Power Saving Active 8-4 Recording Timer Recording Activated (Red) Recording Paused Time Shift Status (Green) Pause Normal Speed 1.3x Speed 2x Speed Image Mode Data Broadcast Mode About TV More Features Advanced Channel Settings ● Save Stations to a Channel List Automatically ● Save Stations of a Different Area to a Channel List ● Switch Channel Lists ( P. 8-13) Customize 8 TV Channel List ● Change Title of Channel List ● Delete a Channel List ● Assign Channels to Remote Control Numbers ● Delete a Channel ( P. 14-22) Other Settings Check TV Settings ● Reset Channel Settings ● Clear Data Broadcast Memory ● Reset TV Settings ● ( P. 14-23) 8-5 Watching TV 1 i TV d Watch TV d Switch to Data Broadcast Mode4 TV Operations Pause or Continue1 d Change Channel in v Order TV Window 2 Use Keypad to select a channel Press w for channel 10, 0 for channel 11, and q for channel 12. 3 8 Press and hold v ・ Press o or t to Adjust Volume c or press and hold c TV Follow the same step to end TV in Portrait view. Tip and no earphone is connected. Adjust with Xc. ・ Play TV audio from any Bluetooth compatible audio device (P. 13-5). Taking Calls While Watching TV Press and hold zor press and hold x Mute 1 TV viewing resumes in Time Shift playback. 2 Available when Auto-change Screen is set to OFF. 3 Available in Landscape View. 4 Available in Portrait View. stop search z or x y or press and hold t to end TV YES d ・ TV volume is “0“ when Manner Mode is active 8-6 Automatically Search for Receivable Channels r t Toggle Portrait and Press and hold 9 Landscape2 Show/Hide Subtitles3 Press and hold r Toggle Windows4 Press and hold r Windows toggle as follows: Data Broadcast → Image & Data Broadcast → Image & Subtitles & Data Broadcast When a call arrives or when Alarm or Schedule Alarm is activated while watching TV, TV is interrupted to receive the call, etc. TV resumes after call or function ends. Watching TV Time Shift Playback While Watching Resume watching TV even after pausing with playback. ● Time Shift playback is available when TV is paused or you receive a call. ● Time Shift playback is unavailable when Time Shift Setup is set to Auto OFF. 1 [TV] window d TV is paused. 2 d Time Shift playback starts. Note Start from Beginning of Stored Playback Data h Change Playback Speed j End Playback d Select a link d If a confirmation for Internet access appears, select YES and press d to access the Internet. Select YES (By default) and confirmation no longer appears. TV Link Operations Data Broadcasts (Japanese) Data broadcasts are available while watching TV in Portrait view. Access various kinds of program-related and other information in Data Broadcast Mode. 1 [TV] window r recording. Data is overwritten starting from the oldest data. If you resume viewing after pausing for more than two minutes, viewing starts from the beginning of stored data (not from where you paused). Select a Link c Confirm Selection of a Link d Switch Pages v Previous Page* t Toggle Windows Press and hold r Windows toggle as follows: Data Broadcast → Image & Data Broadcast → Image & Subtitles & Data Broadcast Switch to TV Mode Tip 8 TV ・ Handset stores up to two minutes of 2 Playback Operations r * Available when connected to a data broadcast website. ・ Other channels are unavailable while TV is paused or during Time Shift playback. Data Broadcast Mode Window Data Broadcast Mode is activated. 8-7 Watching TV Note no fees. However, accessing Internet links will incur transmission fees. ・ Data broadcasts are unavailable in Landscape view. Program Guide ● Use Program Guide to set timer to record/activate programs. 1 8 TV 8-8 i TV d Program Guide d See Program Guide help for further operations. Before first using Program Guide, configure initial settings and agree to the terms of use. Follow the onscreen instructions. Customize More Features ・ Viewing data broadcast information requires Advanced Watching TV ● Show Program Information ● Adjust Brightness ● Switch Main & Sub Audio ● Switch Audio Channels ● Show Current Channel List Information ● Add Current Station to Channel List ● Select a Program ( P. 8-13) Data Broadcasts Reload Page Accessed from Data Broadcast ● Check Certificate for SSL Page ● Exit Page and Return to Data Broadcast ( P. 8-13) ● TV Link Save TV Links ● Access Pages/Information from TV Links ● Show Details of a TV Link ● Show Number of Saved TV Links ● Delete TV Links ( P. 8-14) ● Image & Sound ● Set Subtitle Display ● Show/Hide Icons in Landscape View ● Save Battery by Dimming Backlight ● Set Sound On While Handset Closed ● Keep Backlight On When Viewing TV ● Set Backlight Duration for Viewing TV ● Set Sound Effects ● Set Visual Image Effects ● Set TV to Pause or Continue for Incoming Calls (Time Shift Playback) ( P. 14-22) Data Broadcasts Set Whether to Show Images in Pages Accessed from Data Broadcasts ● Enable/Disable Sound Effects of Data Broadcasts ● Show Confirmation Window Again ( P. 14-23) ● Recording/Playing Programs Recording Programs TV programs can be recorded on memory card while you are watching them. ● Data broadcasts are not saved with recording. 1 [TV] window Press and hold o Recording starts. ■ To Capture a Screenshot o Captured screenshots are saved to TV folder in Data Folder. 2 o Recording ends. Note Video d microSD d ・ The channel remains fixed during recording. ・ Recording certain programs is restricted. If a restriction is activated while recording a program, recording automatically ends, and the part that has been recorded so far is saved. ・ When appears to indicate handset is out of the broadcasting area, recording is paused. When the signal strength recovers to weak or better, recording automatically resumes. ・ Recording continues even if handset is closed. However, this may affect signal reception. ・ Recordings that you make are for personal use only. Other uses require the permission of the copyright holder. Recorded Program List ■ To View Captured Screenshots Image d Select a folder 3 ■ When Memory Becomes Full d Select a file d Playing Recorded Programs 1 8 TV Recording ends and the recorded portion is saved. 2 i Data Folder d TV d Recorded Program Playback Window ■ To Stop Playback t 8-9 Recording/Playing Programs Tip ・ If a program was stopped partway through, resume playback from that point. Select YES and press Xd. 2 Available when recorded program is 30 seconds or more. 3 Available when Auto-change Screen is set to OFF. More Features Playback Operations Pause/Play d or a Adjust Volume c or press and hold c z or x 8 TV Mute p Fast Play1 v or press and hold a Frame Forward j during pause Skip Ahead 30 Seconds2 Press and hold j or press and hold z Skip Back 30 Seconds2 Press and hold h or press and hold x Toggle Sound Effects o Toggle Portrait and Landscape View3 Press and hold 9 Show/Hide Subtitles Press and hold r 1 Toggle normal and fast play. 8-10 Advanced Recording Programs ● Edit Title of a Recorded Program ● Reset Title of a Recorded Program ● Switch Views of Recorded Program List ● Check Information on a Recorded Program ● Check Volume of Recorded Programs ● Delete Recorded Programs ( P. 8-14) Playing Programs Specify Point to Start Playback ● ( P. 8-15) Customize Recording Programs ● Continue/End Recording at Low Battery ( P. 14-23) View/Record Timer Setting View Timer 1 3 i TV d Booking Program List d 4 5 6 Booking Program List View Timer Setting Window Setting Record Timer 1 i TV d Timer Recording List d 2 u New d d Select a channel d d ON, ON/Set Time or OFF d ( Select a time d) o Tip ・ When the set time arrives, alarm sounds for about five minutes and information (start date/time, channel, program title and animation) appears. Press any key to stop alarm tone. Timer Recording List 8 TV 2 u New d d To Enter Date Manually Enter Date d Enter date and time d To Select a Date from Calendar Choose Date d Select a date d Enter time d Record Timer Setting Window 8-11 View/Record Timer d 3 Enter date and time to start/end recording. To Enter Date Manually Enter Date d Enter date and time to start and end recording d To Select a Date from Calendar Choose Date d Select a date d Enter time d d Select a channel d 4 5 6 8 d ON or OFF d o ( YES or YES (Confirm Once) d) TV Note ・ If multiple recordings are set back-to-back (same end and start times), the first recording ends ahead of its set end time. Tip ・ One minute before recording starts, alarm sounds for about two seconds. Information appears on Display (start and end dates and times, channel, program title and animation) and TV activates. Recording starts at the set start time. 8-12 More Features Advanced View/Record Timer ● Select a Timer Alarm Tone ● Enter Title of Booked Program ● Set Regular Activation of View or Record Timer ● Set Timer Alarm Volume ● Activate TV Directly from Timer Alarm Notification Window ● Set Priority at Recording Start Time When a TV & Music Group Function is Active ● Edit View/Record Timer Settings ● Change Order of Booked Programs ● Delete Booked Programs ● Check Volume of Recorded Programs ● Check Result of Timer Recording ( P. 8-15) Advanced Features Channel Settings Save Stations to a Channel List Automatically TV d Channel Settings d Automatic d YES d YES d Enter title d i When a Remote Control Number applies to two or more channels, select an area manually. Save Stations of a Different Area to a Channel List Switch Channel Lists TV d Channel List d Select a channel list d i 【TV】window Start Here 【TV】window...........................................P. 8-6 Show Program Information 【TV】window Show Current Channel List Information u Program Info d Adjust Brightness 【TV】window u Display Setting d Brightness d Select a level d u Channel d Channel Info d Add Current Station to Channel List u Channel d Add Channel d YES d This function is useful when you find new stations via auto-search (press and hold v). 【TV】window Select a Program u Channel d Tune Service d Select a service (program) d Tune Service is available when more than one service (program) is broadcast from the same station. 【TV】window Switch Main & Sub Audio u Sound d Main/Sub Sound d Select an audio output option d 【TV】window 8 TV TV d Channel List d Not Stored u Channel Settings d Select Area d Select area d Select prefecture/city d YES d i Watching TV Switch Audio Channels u Sound d Sound Switch d Select an audio channel d Sound Switch is available when there is more than one audio channel. 【TV】window Data Broadcasts Start Here 【Data Broadcast Mode】window ..................P. 8-7 Reload Page Accessed from Data Broadcast 【Data Broadcast Mode】window u Data Broadcast d Reload Contents d 8-13 Advanced Features Check Certificate for SSL Page 【Data Broadcast Mode】window u Data Broadcast d Show Certificate d Exit Page and Return to Data Broadcast 【Data Broadcast Mode】window u Data Broadcast d Back to Data BC d TV Link 8 Start Here TV 【Data Broadcast Mode】window .............. P. 8-7 Save TV Links 【Data Broadcast Mode】window Select an item d ( YES or YES (By default) d) Some TV links may have expiration dates. 8-14 Access Pages/Information from TV Links i TV d TV Link d Types of TV links are indicated by the following icons: Memo information Data broadcast site Internet content Show Details of a TV Link i TV d TV Link d Select a TV link u Display detail d Show Number of Saved TV Links i TV d TV Link d u No. of TVlink d Delete TV Links i TV d TV Link d Select a TV link u ● To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select a TV link d Repeat step of selecting TV link o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Recording Programs Start Here 【Recorded Program List】............................ P. 8-9 Edit Title of a Recorded Program 【Recorded Program List】 Select a program u Edit Title d Edit title d Reset Title of a Recorded Program 【Recorded Program List】 Select a program u Initialize Title d YES d Switch Views of Recorded Program List 【Recorded Program List】 u Switch List d Title or Title+Image d Check Information on a Recorded Program 【Recorded Program List】 Select a program u Show Info d Check Volume of Recorded Programs 【Recorded Program List】 u Memory d Check Advanced Features Delete Recorded Programs Set Timer Alarm Volume View/Record Timer 【Recorded Program List】 Select a program u Start Here To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Multiple-choice Multiple-choice d Select a file d (repeat to select another file) u Delete d YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● 【Booking Program List】................................ P. 【View Timer Setting】window.............P. 【Timer Recording List】.................................. P. 【Record Timer Setting】window .............P. 8-11 8-11 8-11 8-11 Select a Timer Alarm Tone 【View Timer Setting】window d Select a folder d ( Select a sub folder d) Select an alarm tone d 【View Timer Setting】window/【Record d c Timer Setting】window to adjust volume d Activate TV Directly from Timer Alarm Notification Window 【View Timer Setting】window d ON or OFF d When ON is set, press d twice, select YES and press d from Alarm Notification window to activate TV and watch the booked program. Enter Title of Booked Program Playing Programs Start Here 【Recorded Program Playback】window ................................................................. P. 8-9 Specify Point to Start Playback 【Recorded Program Playback】window d u Location d v to specify point d Set Regular Activation of View or Record Timer 【View Timer Setting】window/【Record d Timer Setting】window 1 Time, Daily or Select Day d When Select Day is specified, select days of the week and press o. Set Priority at Recording Start Time When a TV & Music Group Function is Active 【Record Timer Setting】window d Recording or Operation Preferred 8 TV 【View Timer Setting】window/【Record d Timer Setting】window Enter program title d d When Recording is set, the function in operation is interrupted/ended, and recording starts. When Operation Preferred is set, a confirmation asking to start recording appears. Edit View/Record Timer Settings 【Booking Program List】 【 / Timer Recording List】 Select a booked program o Edit each item o 8-15 Advanced Features Change Order of Booked Programs 【Booking Program List】 【 / Timer Recording List】 u Sort d Select a criterion d Delete Booked Programs 【Booking Program List】 【 / Timer Recording List】 Select a program u Delete d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select programs d Repeat step of selecting programs o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d Select Delete past to delete old bookings. ● 8 TV Check Volume of Recorded Programs 【Timer Recording List】 u Info d Memory Check Result of Timer Recording i TV d Result Timer Rec d Select an entry d Press d to play the recorded program. 8-16 Music Player & S! Appli About Music Player ..................................... 9-2 Playback Windows ............................................... 9-3 Downloading Music ............................................. 9-4 Music Playback............................................. 9-5 Playing Music........................................................ 9-5 Using Playlists ....................................................... 9-6 S! Appli ......................................................... 9-8 About S! Appli...................................................... 9-8 Downloading S! Appli.......................................... 9-8 Activating S! Appli ............................................... 9-8 Advanced Features .................................... 9-10 Music Player........................................................ 9-10 S! Appli ............................................................... 9-12 9 9-1 About Music Player Use Music Player to play and organize songs on handset. ● Access the Internet to download music. ● Also play videos with Music Player. When Auto-change Screen is set to ON, turn handset to its left side to view in full screen mode. ● Some files are unplayable depending on their format. ● Alarm notification, received calls, etc. while playing music will pause play. For videos, select the same video to resume watching. Music Player & S! Appli Play & Organize Songs/Videos on Handset Save Music Inbox Handset Save downloaded music, or music transferred or copied from Memory Card. Record Videos Save music moved/copied from handset or transferred from PC. Transfer to Memory Card 9 Save Videos PC Inbox Save downloaded videos, videos attached to messages and videos moved/copied from Memory Card. Download Download and play music/videos (packet transmission fees are charged). Camera Save recorded videos. Streaming Play music/videos as you downloaded (packet transmission fees are incurred even while paused). Downloaded data is not stored. Internet 9-2 microSD WMA Save WMA format music. microSD Save videos moved/copied from handset or transferred from PC. Tip ・ Be sure to save music files from PC to Memory Card in the following folder. ¥PRIVATE¥MYFOLDER¥My Items¥Music About Music Player ⑪ To Web 1 ① Artist Name <Creator> Playback Windows Connect to the URL in the song. ② Title ① ② ③ Playback Image or Jacket Image <Video>1 Play Fast Forward Slow Play2 ⑮ Pause Rewind Fast Play2 ⑤ Sound Effect on (always on) ⑤ ⑥ ⑭ ⑥ Current Track/Total Tracks in Folder (Current File Number/Total Files in Folder) ⑦ Equalizer ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ OFF ⑩⑪ ⑫ ⑬ Normal Screen Mode ① ② Modes by Music Type/Genre User settings ③ Time ⑮ Playback Position indicates the current playback position. Use v to move playback position during pause. 1 Descriptions in < > apply to video playback. 2 Available during video playback. 3 Available during music playback. Music Player & S! Appli ④ ⑬ Volume ⑭ Elapsed Playback Time/Total Playback ④ Playback Status ③ ⑫ Song/file Selection 9 ⑧ Sound Effect OFF Modes by Song Type User settings ⑨ Repeat Mode OFF Repeat One3 ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑮ ⑥ ④ ⑭ ⑤⑬ Full Screen Mode (For Video Playback) Repeat All3 ⑩ Shuffle Mode ON3 OFF 9-3 About Music Player Downloading Music ● Check the fees, expiration date, etc. on the download site. Music Player & S! Appli 1 i Music d Download Music d YES d 2 Follow onscreen instructions Once transferred, remove USB cable from your PC and handset Remove from PC according to method for the OS. Note ・ Windows Media Player 10 is unsupported. Use Windows Media Player 11. Tip Transferring from PC ● Convert music CD data to WMA format and store to memory card using Windows Media Player. 1 i Settings d External Connection d USB Mode Setting d MTP Mode d 2 Connect handset to your PC with a USB cable 9 Music can now be transferred by operation from your PC. See the Help for “Windows Media Player“ for details. 3 9-4 4 Transfer WMA data from your PC to memory card ・ After transferring WMA data, return USB Mode Setting to Communication Mode. Music Playback Playing Music i Music d 2 Select a folder d Song List 3 Select a song d x to start Music Player. Play resumes from where it was paused last. ・ Use any Bluetooth compatible audio device (P. 13-5). ・ To play videos downloaded or recorded with camera: Ii Data Folder Xd Videos Xd Select a folder Xd Specify a video to play ・ When video is about to be played the first time with Auto-change Screen set to OFF, a confirmation appears asking whether to play video in Full Screen Mode all the time. Select YES or NO and press Xd. Confirmation no longer appears. Rewind Press and hold h Fast Forward Press and hold j Move Playback Position v during pause Open/Close Menu o Select a Song/File p or 6 Equalizer1 1 Sound Effect1 3 Mode1 4 Repeat Mode Shuffle Access the Internet Playback Operations While Handset is Open Music Playback Window (Video Playback Window) Pause/Play d or a Adjust Volume c or press and hold c z or x Play from Beginning h or press and hold Play Previous Song or z Video 2 1 5 Music Player & S! Appli 1 Play Next Song/Video j or press and hold Tip ・ Alternatively, in Standby, press and hold Ya 9 Toggle Normal Screen 9 and Full Screen2 3 4 Toggle Jacket Image q or w When there are several jacket images. End Playback 1 2 3 4 t Press key to toggle on/off. Unavailable during streaming. Available when playing videos. Available when Auto-change Screen is set to OFF. 9-5 Music Playback While Handset is Closed Music Player & S! Appli 9 Adjust Volume z or x Playing from Beginning Play Previous Song or Video Press and hold z Play Next Song/Video Press and hold x Using Playlists 3 Select a folder d Select a song d Repeat this step to add other songs. 4 When all songs are selected o Enter playlist name d Playing Songs from Playlist 1 [Playlists] window Select a playlist d To play all songs in the playlist, press o. Use playlists to play songs by genre or by artist, or gather your favorite songs and arrange them in your favorite order. ● Songs saved on memory card can also be added to playlists. Playlist Creating a Playlist 1 i Music d Playlist d 2 Select a song d Songs play back in the listed order. Tip ・ To play all songs, select All Tracks in Playlists window and press Xd (twice). Playlists Window 2 9-6 u Create Playlist d More Features Advanced Playing Music /Video ● Resume Playback ● Use Menu ● File Information ● Repeat ● Set Preferred Sound Quality ● Set Preferred Sound Effect ● Specify Play Start Position ● Change Video Playback Speed ● Use a Different Function While Playing Music ● Open Lyrics ● Open Jacket Image ● Check Operation Methods ( P. 9-10) Organizing Songs ● Set a Song as Ringtone ● Search for Songs ● Change Order of Songs ● Check Volume of Saved Music ● Delete All Music in WMA Folder ( P. 9-11) Playlists ● Add Songs to Playlist ● Change Order of Playlist Songs ● Cancel Playlist Songs ● Edit a Playlist Name ● Add All Music in Memory Card to Playlist Music Playback Copy a Playlist Check Playlist Information ● Delete Playlists ● ● ( P. 9-11) Music Player & S! Appli Customize Playback Window ● Change Design of Playback Window ● Set Image Display Size ( P. 14-25) 9 9-7 S! Appli About S! Appli Music Player & S! Appli 9 S! Appli are applications designed for SoftBank handsets. Download games and other applications. About Lifestyle-Appli Handset includes Osaifu-Keitai-compatible S! Appli “Lifestyle-Appli“ (P. 11-3). Change Lifestyle-Appli settings as any other S! Appli. About Network S! Appli Since network S! Appli require network (Internet) connection, transmission fees are incurred. A confirmation may appear when an application is connecting to the network. Follow onscreen instructions. Tip ・ For information on transmission fees, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). About License Information To check Java and JBlend license information: 1 9-8 i S! Appli d Information d Downloading S! Appli 1 i S! Appli d S! Appli List d Download S! App d YES d Tip ・ For how to download Lifestyle-Appli, see P. 11-2. ・ See S! Appli’s Help menu or the download site for operational information. Follow onscreen instructions. Note ・ Check the battery level before downloading S! Appli. If the battery level is low, download may fail. ・ If you replace USIM Card due to damage or loss, downloaded S! Appli are no longer available. ・ If you initialize handset when using an S! Appli moved to Memory Card, the S! Appli will no longer be usable. You will need to download it again. ・ When using an S! Appli moved to Memory Card, using the procedures below will resave the S! Appli to your handset and the S! Appli in Memory Card will no longer be usable. – Download the same S! Appli with no Memory Card inserted – Download the same S! Appli with different Memory Card inserted Use an S! Appli resaved to handset as it is in handset, or again move it to Memory Card. Activating S! Appli 1 i S! Appli d S! Appli List d S! Appli List 2 Select an application d Tip ・ S! Appli is paused when a call arrives. When the call ends, a prompt appears. Select Resume to resume the S! Appli. ・ To end S! Appli: While running, Wy End Xd S! Appli More Features Advanced ( P. 9-12) Customize When Running S! Appli ● Set Sound Volume ● Set Vibration ● Set Backlight ● Set Blinking of Backlight ● Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Connect to Network ● Allow S! Appli to Read User Data ● Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Write Personal Information ● Allow S! Appli to Obtain Location Information ● Reset Security Settings of S! Appli ( P. 14-25) Music Player & S! Appli S! Appli ● Check S! Appli Information ● Check Volume of Saved S! Appli ● Delete an S! Appli 9 S! Appli Reset S! Appli Settings ● Delete All S! Appli ● ( P. 14-26) 9-9 Advanced Features Repeat Music Player Start Here Music Player & S! Appli 9 【Music Playback】window ..................... P. 【Video Playback】window ..................... P. 【Song List】....................................................... P. 【Playlists】window ................................. P. 【Playlist】........................................................... P. 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-6 9-6 Playing Music/Video Resume Playback 【Music Playback】window u Action Setting d Repeat Setting d All Repeat or Single Repeat d Set Preferred Sound Quality 【Music Playback】window/【Video Playback】 window u Action Setting d Sound Effect d Equalizer d Select user setting 1 to 3 o Set level for each wavelength d ● i Music d Resume Play d To return sound quality to initial state Select user setting 1 to 3 o (twice) d Use Menu Set Preferred Sound Effect 【Music Playback】window/【Video Playback】 window o Select an item d* *Press to toggle. File Information 【Music Playback】window/【Video Playback】 window u Detail Info d File Property or Video Info d 【Music Playback】window/【Video Playback】 window u Action Setting d Sound Effect d Effect d Select user setting 1 to 3 o Set level for each effect d To set by existing effects Select user setting 1 to 3 o p Select effect d ● To return sound effect to initial state Select user setting 1 to 3 o (twice) 【Music Playback】window u Play Menu d Position to Play d Specify play start position with v d Change Video Playback Speed 【Video Playback】window u Play Menu d Fast or Slow d Press o to return to normal speed. Use a Different Function While Playing Music 【Music Playback】window y Switch to BGM d Activate another function In Standby, press and hold a during BGM playback to end Music Player. Open Lyrics 【Music Playback】window u Info d Lyric d Use v to toggle between lyrics. Detail ● d 9-10 Specify Play Start Position Open Jacket Image 【Music Playback】window u Detail Info d Jacket Image d Use v to toggle jacket images. Advanced Features Check Operation Methods Delete All Music in WMA Folder 【Video Playback】window u Help d Organizing Songs Playlists Set a Song as Ringtone 【Song List】 Select a song u Select Ring Tone d ( v to specify play start position d) Select ringtone item d 【Playlist】 u Edit Playlist d Add Music d Select a folder d Select songs d o YES d The songs you selected are added at the end of the playlist. Search for Songs 【Song List】,【Playlists】window or 【Playlist】 u Search d Title d Enter condition d Select a song from search results and press d to play it. Change Order of Songs 【Song List】 【 / Playlist】 u Select a criterion d Sort d Check Volume of Saved Music 【Song List】 u Add Songs to Playlist Change Order of Playlist Songs 【Playlist】 Select a song u Edit Playlist d Sort Playlist d Select a position d Cancel Playlist Songs 【Playlist】 Select a song u Edit Playlist d Release Settings d To Select Release This Release This d YES d ● To Select Release Selected Release Selected d Select songs d o YES d ● To Select Release All Release All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Edit a Playlist Name 【Playlists】window Select a playlist u Edit Playlist Name d Edit playlist name d Music Player & S! Appli Music d WMA d u Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d i 9 Add All Music in Memory Card to Playlist 【Playlists】window u Update All Tracks d YES d Copy a Playlist 【Playlists】window Select a playlist u Copy to Playlist d Memory Info d 9-11 Advanced Features Check Playlist Information Delete an S! Appli 【Playlists】window Select a playlist u Playlist Info d Music Player & S! Appli Delete Playlists 【Playlists】window Select a playlist u Delete Playlist d To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete Selected Delete Selected d Select playlists d o YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d YES d ● 9 S! Appli Start Here 【S! Appli List】................................................. P. 9-8 Check S! Appli Information 【S! Appli List】 Select an S! Appli Properties d u Check Volume of Saved S! Appli 【S! Appli List】 u Memory Info d 9-12 【S! Appli List】 Select an S! Appli Delete d YES d u Entertainment Mobile Widget ........................................... 10-2 About Mobile Widget........................................ Using Mobile Widget (Japanese) ...................... Downloading Widgets ....................................... Adding Widgets ................................................. 10-2 10-2 10-2 10-3 S! Quick News ............................................ 10-4 Using S! Quick News (Japanese) ........................ 10-4 S! Info Channel .......................................... 10-5 Using S! Info Channel (Japanese)...................... 10-5 Books .......................................................... 10-7 Obtaining Books................................................. 10-7 Using BookSurfing ........................................... 10-7 Advanced Features .................................... 10-8 Mobile Widget ................................................... S! Quick News..................................................... S! Info Channel................................................... Weather Indicators............................................. 10 10-8 10-8 10-8 10-9 10-1 Mobile Widget About Mobile Widget Entertainment Download widgets to access the latest information or use various tools. Access widgets from Standby by pressing f. ● Add up to five widgets per Desktop page. Select from four Desktop pages. ● In addition to preinstalled widgets, download widgets as needed. ● Screenshots are for illustrative purposes and may differ in appearance from actual widgets. Network Widgets Using Mobile Widget (Japanese) 1 [Active Desktop Page] p Open Desktop page and use widgets. In Standby, press y to show or hide widgets. Note ・ Handset may briefly connect to network after you press Wy. Packet transmission fees apply. 1 f Use pointer to select widgets. Some widgets require network connection. Transmission fees incur when using such widgets. Follow onscreen instructions when connecting. ● Packet transmission fees apply for downloading widgets. A ★ appears next to the selected Desktop page. 2 Select a Desktop page d Downloading Widgets Tip 10 Select Desktop Page Download and add to Desktop page. ● Store up to 100 widgets. ・ Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information for details on transmission fees. 1 i Entertainment d Mobile Widget d Widget Contents d Download Widget d YES d 2 Select widgets to download d (twice) Active Desktop Page 2 b Select a widget d Installation is complete. 10-2 Mobile Widget 3 Paste on Desktop d Select a Desktop page d Move into position d ① Widgets Access Widget Store. Appears when icon is unavailable for widget. Widget not installed. Select to install. ■ To Activate Immediately Open d ■ To Check Information Property d ② Widget Information ■ To Open List ■ To Return to Previous Window Back d Widget List Icons & Indicators Adding Widgets 1 i Data Folder d Widget d 2 Select widgets to add u Paste on Desktop d Select a Desktop page d Move into position d ① ② Widget List Advanced Mobile Widget ● Change Position of widgets ● Delete from Desktop Page ● Place widgets in Foreground or Background ● Update Display ( P. 10-8) Customize Mobile Widget ● Check Auto Synchronize Settings ● Set Whether to Automatically Transmit When Abroad ● Delete All Widgets from Desktop Page ● Set Whether to Use Cookies ● Delete Cookies ● Set Widgets On/Off ( P. 14-27) Entertainment Preinstalled widgets Downloaded widgets Added to Desktop Page Sendable by mail Infrared transmittable Transferable to Memory Card Widget Contents d More Features 10 Tip ・ Add up to five widgets in each Desktop page. 10-3 S! Quick News Using S! Quick News (Japanese) Registered news can be updated automatically and checked from Standby. ● Packet transmission fees are incurred for using S! Quick News. Registering News Entertainment <Example> Register news on S! Quick News List 1 Press and hold f 10 S! Quick News List 2 3 Add News d YES d Select an item d Follow onscreen instructions. 10-4 Checking Updated Information 1 2 [S! Quick News List] Select an item d Select information d To check next updated information, press p. More Features Advanced S! Quick News ● Manually Update List ● View Descriptions of Registered News ● Delete Registered News/Items ( P. 10-8) Customize S! Quick News ● Set Automatic Updates for S! Quick News ● Hide S! Quick News in Standby ● Set Ticker Speed ● Set Information to appear in S! Quick News ● Hide S! Quick News Images ● Reset S! Quick News Registered Contents ( P. 14-27) S! Info Channel Using S! Info Channel (Japanese) This information service automatically receives the latest news, weather and other information. ● Packet transmission fees are incurred for using S! Info Channel/Weather Indicators. Checking Latest Information A Desktop Icon notifies you when new information is received. 1 d Desktop Icons d Weather Indicators After subscribing, weather indicators showing current weather appear in Standby. Weather Indicators Subscribing for Service Later Clear (Night) Partial Cloudy Pollen (Low) Rain Pollen (High) Snow UV Rays (Low) Thunder UV Rays (High) Entertainment Clear (Daytime) Subscribe by registering to receive service. 1 i Entertainment d S! Info Ch./Weather d Web Page Follow onscreen instructions. Tip ・ To check from a menu: [S! Info Channel Menu] What’s New Xd ・ To check previous information: S! Info Channel Menu 2 [S! Info Channel Menu] History Xd Select a date Xd Unread or read backnumbers are indicated with or . <Example> Cloudy, partial rain ● For a complete list of indicators, see Appendix (P. 15-20). 10 Checking Weather Report 1 [S! Info Channel Menu] Weather Indicator d Weather d Register/Cancel d YES d Follow onscreen instructions. 10-5 S! Info Channel More Features Advanced S! Info Channel ● Receive Previous Unreceivable Information ● Store Images/Melodies from Web Pages ● Add Phone Numbers/Mail Addresses from Web Pages ( P. 10-8) Entertainment 10 Weather Indicators ● Manually Update Weather Information ( P. 10-9) Customize S! Info Channel ● Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon For New Received Information ● Set Font Size for Web Pages ( P. 14-28) Weather Indicators Set Whether to Automatically Update Weather Information ● Set Whether to Display Weather Indicators in Standby ● Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon For New Received Information ( P. 14-28) ● 10-6 Books Download e-comics, e-photo albums and other CCF file books. Obtaining Books Download books from the Internet. ● Downloaded books are stored in Books in Data Folder. ● Some books require you to obtain a contents key (right to use contents). i Data Folder d Books d Download Books d YES d Follow onscreen instructions. Tip ・ Downloads from BookSurfing are also available. View e-comics, e-photo albums, etc. (CCF file). 1 i Entertainment d BookSurfing d BookSurfing is activated. See the Help for BookSurfing for operation. Tip ・ Alternatively, activate BookSurfing by selecting ブックサーフィン (BookSurfing) from the S! Appli list. Entertainment 1 Using BookSurfing 10 10-7 Advanced Features Mobile Widget Start Here 【Active Desktop Page】........................ P. 10-2 Change Position of widgets 【Active Desktop Page】 Point to target widgets u Change Layout d Move into position d Entertainment 10 Delete from Desktop Page 【Active Desktop Page】 Point to target widgets u Delete Content d YES d S! Quick News S! Info Channel Start Here Start Here 【S! Quick News List】.................................. P. 10-4 Manually Update List 【S! Quick News List】 Select an item u Refresh This or Refresh All d YES d View Descriptions of Registered News 【S! Quick News List】 Select an item u Outline d 【Active Desktop Page】 Point to target widgets u To front or To back d Update Display 【Active Desktop Page】 Point to target widgets u Renew Display d 10-8 【S! Quick News List】 Select an item u To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d YES d (twice) Enter Security Code d (twice) ● Receive Previous Unreceivable Information 【S! Info Channel Menu】 Get Latest Contents d YES d Store Images/Melodies from Web Pages Delete Registered News/Items Place widgets in Foreground or Background 【S! Info Channel Menu】........................... P. 10-5 【Web Page】................................................... P. 10-5 【Web Page】 u Save File d ( Select a file d) Save d YES d ( Select a folder d) ( YES or NO d) Select Play and press d to play melody file. Select Property and press d to check file information. Advanced Features Add Phone Numbers/Mail Addresses from Web Pages 【Web Page】 u Add to Phone Book d YES d To Save to Handset Phone d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( YES or NO d) ( Enter entry number d) ● To Save to USIM Card USIM d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( YES d) ● Entertainment Weather Indicators 10 Start Here 【S! Info Channel Menu】............................ P. 10-5 Manually Update Weather Information 【S! Info Channel Menu】 Weather Indicator d Manual Update d YES d 10-9 Tools Osaifu-Keitai ............................................ 11-2 About Osaifu-Keitai ......................................... 11-2 Using Osaifu-Keitai .......................................... 11-3 Activating IC Card Lock...................................... 11-3 S! GPS Navi................................................. 11-5 About S! GPS Navi .............................................. Activating a Navi Appli ...................................... Checking Current Location ................................ Using Location Navi (Japanese) ......................... 11-5 11-5 11-5 11-6 Calculator .................................................. 11-16 Alarm......................................................... 11-17 Setting Alarm ................................................... 11-17 Canceling Alarm ............................................... 11-18 Pedometer ................................................ 11-19 About Pedometer............................................. Setting User Information ................................. Activating Pedometer ...................................... Viewing Data.................................................... 11-19 11-19 11-19 11-20 Life History Viewer .................................... 11-7 Bar Code Reader ....................................... 11-21 Life History Viewer Window.............................. 11-7 Viewing Data in Chronological Order .............. 11-7 Scanning Bar Codes.......................................... 11-21 Checking Scanned Data ................................... 11-21 Schedule ..................................................... 11-9 Text Reader............................................... 11-23 Schedule Window .............................................. 11-9 Saving Events to Schedule ................................. 11-9 Checking Saved Events..................................... 11-10 Deleting Events ................................................ 11-11 Scanning Text ................................................... 11-24 Checking Scanned Text .................................... 11-24 To Do List ................................................. 11-12 Saving Tasks...................................................... 11-12 Checking Saved Tasks....................................... 11-12 Deleting Tasks .................................................. 11-13 Text Memo ............................................... 11-14 Saving Text Memos .......................................... 11-14 Deleting Text Memos....................................... 11-14 Voice Memo ............................................. 11-15 11 Advanced Features................................... 11-26 Osaifu-Keitai ................................................... S! GPS Navi ....................................................... Life History Viewer........................................... Schedule ........................................................... To Do List .......................................................... Text Memo ....................................................... Alarm ................................................................ Pedometer ........................................................ Bar Code Reader & Text Reader ...................... 11-26 11-26 11-27 11-27 11-28 11-28 11-28 11-28 11-29 Recording Your Voice ...................................... 11-15 11-1 Osaifu-Keitai About Osaifu-Keitai “Osaifu-Keitai “ is a range of IC Card-based services used by Osaifu-Keitai compatible handsets. Make purchases using e-money or e-ticketing. Hold handset up to a reader/ writer to pay for your purchase. Osaifu-Keitai Terms OsaifuKeitai Cellular phone equipped with “FeliCa“ contactless IC card technology for reading and writing data by holding phone up to a reader/writer. Tools IC Card An IC chip embedded in OsaifuKeitai-compatible handsets. LifestyleAppli S! Applications to use OsaifuKeitai. Some applications are preinstalled. 11 Tip ・ Data saved in IC Card varies by service content and usage history. Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by Lifestyle-Appli. Contact Osaifu-Keitai service providers for details. ・ Softbank is not liable for damage from accidental loss or alteration of IC Card data or settings. ・ IC Card data can be misused if your OsaifuKeitai compatible handset is lost or stolen. Softbank is not liable for any resulting damages. Getting Started Downloading Lifestyle-Appli Download Lifestyle-Appli via Internet website. ・Lifestyle-Appli is saved to Data Folder. Registrations/Settings Activate Lifestyle-Appli to complete registration or customize settings. ・ Make deposit into account, check payment records or balance, etc. 11-2 Note ・ Keep a copy of service passwords, customer service contact, etc. in a separate place. Downloading Lifestyle-Appli 1 i Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d Lifestyle-Appli d Download LifeApp d YES d Follow onscreen instructions. Note ・ Check the battery level before downloading Lifestyle-Appli. If the battery level is low, download may fail. ・ If you replace USIM Card due to damage or loss, downloaded Lifestyle-Appli are no longer available. Osaifu-Keitai Activating Lifestyle-Appli 1 i Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d Lifestyle-Appli d Using Osaifu-Keitai Reader/Writer Transactions ● There is no need to activate a Lifestyle-Appli during transaction. ● Make sure battery is adequately charged. ● Transactions are possible even when handset power is off or during calls or Internet transmissions. 1 Hold e logo up to a reader/writer Check scan result on reader/writer display Tip ・ Data may be unreadable if a metal object, etc. is between e logo and reader/writer. Activating IC Card Lock Use this function to restrict access to and prevent unauthorized use of Osaifu-Keitai. 1 i Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d IC Card Lock Set. d 2 Enter Security Code d Lifestyle-Appli List Select a Lifestyle-Appli d Tools 2 Note IC Card Lock Setting Window ・ Keep a copy of service passwords, customer service contact, etc. in a separate place. Tip ・ Lifestyle-Appli is paused when a call arrives. When the call ends, a prompt appears. Select Resume to resume the Lifestyle-Appli. ・ To end Lifestyle-Appli: While running, Wy End Xd Place this part over reader/writer 3 11 IC Card Lock d ON d appears in Standby. Hold handset parallel to the reader/writer. Try moving handset around if recognition is slow. Note ・ Softbank is not liable for damages from accidental loss or alteration of IC Card data or settings. Setting Operation of IC Card Lock after Power Off 1 [IC Card Lock Setting] window IC Lock (Power-off) d Maintain or IC Card Lock ON d 11-3 Osaifu-Keitai Tip 4 ・ Alternatively, to set IC Card Lock: In Standby, press and hold W3 ・ To cancel IC Card Lock: In Standby, press and hold W3 Enter Security Code Xd <Not Recorded> To Enter and Save Numbers d Enter phone numbers d To save numbers from Phone Book, To save a Payphone number u Payphone d Call from a specified phone to activate Call Remote Lock. 1 Tools 11 2 3 i Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d Call Remote Lock d Enter Security Code d ON d 5 o Tip ・ To cancel Call Remote Lock: At Step 3, select OFF Xd 1 Using one of the specified phones, call handset 2 Hang up after handset receives the call 3 Within three minutes, repeat 1 - 2 twice After the third Missed Call, IC Card Lock is set; a message announces IC Card Lock activation. 11-4 More Features Advanced Osaifu-Keitai ● Check Lifestyle-Appli Properties ● Check Memory Status ● Delete a Lifestyle-Appli ● Edit Call Remote Lock Numbers ● Delete Call Remote Lock Numbers ( P. 11-26) Customize Activating Call Remote Lock Send Caller ID. Call Remote Lock Setting Window Call count is reset. Start over from the beginning. Redial or Received calls u Look-up Address d Phone Book, Redial or Received Calls d ( Search Phone Book d) Select a number d] Remote Lock Saving Numbers to Activate Call Remote Lock Note ・ If series is interrupted by another call, Missed Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for IC Transmission ( P. 14-30) Osaifu-Keitai Set Illumination for IC Card ● Delete all Lifestyle-Appli ● Set Whether to Enable Opening from Reader/Writer ( P. 14-30) ● S! GPS Navi About S! GPS Navi Use this GPS feature to find your location and routes to destinations. Activating a Navi Appli 1 i Tools d S! GPS Navi d Checking Current Location Confirm your location by map. 1 Note A confirmation appears. Select Send to allow location to be sent. To disable confirmation, select No Confirmation. ・ Positioning accuracy may be affected by GPS ・ ・ ・ ・ [S! GPS Navi] window Current Location d satellite/radio station signal strength. SoftBank accepts no liability for damages resulting from provided location information. S! GPS Navi applications may require subscription. Transmission fees apply, even when positioning fails. May incur high transmission fees. 2 Send d Note ・ This function is unavailable when Send S! GPS Navi Window 2 Tip ・ To activate Navi appli from positioning for current location: [S! GPS Navi] window Position Location Xd Navi Appli Xd Select an application Xd Tip ・ Alternatively, to check current location: [S! GPS Navi] window Position Location Xd Read Map Xd Tools Navi Appli d Select an application d Location Info is set to Not Send; change setting to Confirm or Send. 11 11-5 S! GPS Navi Using Location Navi (Japanese) Search for someone's location. Also determine approximate location of lost handset. ● Separate subscription required. 1 [S! GPS Navi] window NAVI Settings d Location Navi d Service Settings d Follow onscreen instructions. Tools 11 11-6 More Features Advanced S! GPS Navi ● Add Current Location to Phone Book ● Check Location Logs ● Use Location Logs ● Delete Location Log Records ( P. 11-26) Customize S! GPS Navi ● Set Default Navi Appli ● Begin Positioning Before/After Activating Map ● Save Map URL ● Edit URL Name ● Delete Map URL ● Set Map URL ● Set Location Information Send Method ( P. 14-31) Life History Viewer View activities in chronological order. ① Time Axis Life History Viewer Window ⑤ ・ Still images and images in JPEG format can be Zoom in or out to adjust time span. Select Axis unit between one-minute and onemonth. - ① Tip ② Time Axis Zoom - - ③ Data Type Still image, Image data ④ Video Schedule browsed. Viewing Data in Chronological Order 1 i Tools d Life History Viewer d Received (S! Mail/SMS) ② ③ o Sent (S! Mail/SMS) Received & sent S! Mail/SMS messages ④ Data properties Life History Viewer Window p ⑤ Icon ⑥ ⑦ ⑤ Thumbnail: Image files Movie files etc. Schedule events , , , etc. S! Mail and SMS Life History Viewer Window Tools No Title: Image files and movie files Title: Schedule events Sender/Receiver Name: S! Mail and SMS 11 To reduce/enlarge scale of time axis, press o or p. ⑥ Date and time ② ③ ⑦ Title Title/Name: Image files, movie files and schedule events Sender/Receiver Name: S! Mail and SMS 11-7 Life History Viewer 2 Select a data item d More Features Advanced Life History Viewer ● Hide Some Items in Life History Viewer ● Update Life History Viewer ( P. 11-27) Life History Viewer Closeup Window 3 o The function corresponding to the data type is activated and the data is opened. Tools 11 11-8 Schedule Save future events to Schedule. Set alarm to be activated at a specified time with message and animation appearing to remind you of the event. Saved events can be checked from Schedule window. Schedule Window ① Calendar Blue date: Saturdays Red date: Sundays, public and other holidays _ Today □ Events for the morning ■ Events for the afternoon Saving Events to Schedule 1 i Tools d Schedule d 2 o Schedule d ② Information Panel ① ② Event Edit Window 3 d Enter subject d Select an icon d 4 d Enter start/end date and time d 5 d 1 Time, Daily ( ), Weekly ( ), Monthly ( ) or Annually ( ) d ( Put checkmarks to days of the week o) Tools Schedule Window Date, day of the week, content type icon, time and saved content ・ Content Type Icon (or a user icon) Event Holiday ・ Event Repetition Icon Daily event Weekly event Monthly event Annual event Event for over a day 11 11-9 Schedule d Select an alarm notification option d ( Enter time) 6 d Select an alarm tone type d ( Select a folder d Select an alarm tone d) 7 Folders are unavailable when Clock Alarm Tone, Voice Announce or OFF is selected. d Enter place d 8 d Enter details d 9 Adding Holidays 1 [Schedule] window o Holiday d 2 d Enter year, month and date d 3 ( 4 5 Checking Saved Events 1 i Tools d Schedule d d 1 Time or Annually ) d d Enter content d o o Entered content appears when alarm sounds or vibrates. Tools 11 Alarm Notification When the set time arrives, alarm sounds and animation appears (on Display or External Display) for approximately five minutes. When handset is closed, press a to stop alarm. When handset is open, press any key to stop alarm. Press any key again to end notification message. Tip ・ If the set alarm time arrives during a call, alarm tone sounds through earpiece. ・ If a call arrives while alarm is sounding, alarm stops. 11-10 Schedule Window Setting Secret Entries Set private events as secret entries. ● Activate Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode beforehand (P. 4-7). ● Events set as secret entries are viewable only in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode (P. 4-7). 1 Press p to toggle between weekly and monthly view. 2 b Select a date with events d [Event Edit] window Enter items o Tip ・ To cancel setting in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only Mode: [Event List]/[Event Details] Uu Release Secret Xd YES Xd Event List Schedule 3 Select an event d 3 Select an event d Repeat this step to specify other events. 4 o YES d To Delete All Events Prior to a Specified Date 1 In [Schedule] window, select date, [Event List] or [Event Details] u Event Details Deleting Events To Delete One Event In [Event List], select an event or [Event Details] u 2 Delete d Delete This d YES d Delete d Delete Past d Select an item d YES d Advanced Schedule ● Sort Events by Icon ● Check Number of Saved Events ● Edit an Event ● Copy an Event ● Delete All Events ● Reset Holidays ● Search Information by Keyword ( P. 11-27) Customize Alarm ● Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time ● Change Alarm Tone ( P. 14-2) Key Illumination ● Set Illumination for Alarm Notification ( P. 14-30) Tools 1 2 More Features 11 To Delete Multiple Events 1 In [Schedule] window, select date, [Event List] or [Event Details] u 2 Delete d Delete selected d 11-11 To Do List To Cancel a Due Date No Date d Save tasks to To Do List. Set Alarm to remind you of deadlines. 5 Saving Tasks 1 i Tools d To Do List d 2 u New d ■ To Edit a Saved Task Select a task u 6 7 Edit d 8 d Select a priority level d Tip ・ If the set alarm time arrives during a call, alarm tone sounds through earpiece. ・ If a call arrives while alarm is sounding, alarm stops. d Select a category d d Select an alarm notification option d ( Enter time) Checking Saved Tasks 1 i Tools d To Do List d d Select an alarm tone type d ( Select a folder d Select an alarm tone d) o Tools Task Edit Window 3 11 4 d Enter task d Task appears when alarm time arrives. d To Enter Date Manually Enter Date d Enter due date and time d To Enter Due Date from Calendar Choose Date d Select a date on Calendar d Enter date/time d 11-12 Folders are unavailable when Clock Alarm Tone, Voice Announce or OFF is selected. Task List 2 Select a task d Alarm Notification When the set time arrives, alarm sounds and animation appears (on Display or External Display) for approximately five minutes. When handset is closed, press a to stop alarm. When handset is open, press any key to stop alarm. Press any key again to end notification message. Task Details To Do List Tip More Features ・ Overdue tasks are indicated by red status icons (e.g. ). Deleting Tasks To Delete One Task 1 2 Advanced To Do List ● Sort Tasks by Category ● Change Order of Tasks ● Set Task Status ● Delete All Tasks ( P. 11-28) In [Task List], select a task or [Task Details] u Delete d Delete This d YES d To Delete Multiple Tasks [Task List] u 2 Delete d Delete selected d 3 Select a task d Alarm ● Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time ● Change Alarm Tone ( P. 14-2) Key Illumination Set Illumination for Alarm Notification ( P. 14-30) ● Tools 1 Customize 11 Repeat this step to specify other tasks. 4 o YES d To Delete All Completed Tasks 1 2 [Task List] u Delete d Delete Completed d YES d 11-13 Text Memo Save short notes or messages as text memos. ● Saved text memos can be inserted in Schedule or in messages. Saving Text Memos 1 i Tools d Text Memo d Deleting Text Memos To Delete One Text Memo 1 [Text Memo List] Select a text memo u 2 Delete d Delete This d YES d To Delete Multiple Text Memos Tools 11 1 2 [Text Memo List] u 3 Select a text memo d Repeat this step to specify other text memos. Text Memo List 2 <Not Recorded> o Enter content d ■ To Edit a Saved Text Memo Select a text memo o content d 11-14 Delete d Delete selected d Edit 4 o YES d More Features Advanced Text Memo ● Save a Text Memo to Schedule ● Sort Text Memos by Category ● Check Text Memo Information ● Delete All Text Memos ( P. 11-28) Voice Memo Record voice for up to 20 seconds. Handset makes single recording and overwrites each time. ● See P. 3-5 and P. 3-18 for playing and deleting a recorded voice memo. Recording Your Voice 1 i Tools d Voice Memo d 2 YES d Record your voice Speak into microphone after short beep sounds through earpiece. When remaining recording time reaches five seconds, a short beep sounds. When recording is finished, two short beeps sound. To stop recording, press d. arrives, alarm goes off or another function is activated. ・ See P. 3-4 for details on recording the other party’s voice. Tools Tip ・ Recording stops automatically when a call 11 11-15 Calculator 1 2 i Tools d Calculator d Enter numbers with Keypad Enter + , − , × or ÷ with Multi Selector ■ To Calculate Negative Numbers h Enter numbers with keypad Enter + , − , × or ÷ with Multi Selector 3 d Result appears. Operations Tools 11 Enter Number 0 -9 + (Add) j − (Subtract) h × (Multiply) f ÷ (Divide) g = (Equal) d Decimal Point o Cancel Calculation t( ) Clear Number t( ) 11-16 Tip ・ If the calculation result exceeds 10 digits, .E appears. Alarm Setting Alarm 1 5 d 1 Time, Daily ( ) or Select Day ( ) d ( Put checkmarks to days of the week o) 6 d Select an alarm tone type d ( Select a folder d Select an alarm tone d) i Tools d Alarm d ■ To View Alarm Entries Select an entry d Folders are unavailable when Clock Alarm Tone, Voice Announce or OFF is selected. 7 Alarm List 2 Select an alarm o 8 d c to adjust volume d d interval To Cancel Snooze OFF d Enter ringing duration 9 Alarm Setting Window 3 d ON or OFF d o Alarm Operations When the set time arrives, alarm activates and animation appears (on Display or External Display). When Auto Power is set to ON (Alarm Setting window), handset automatically turns on for alarm. Press a to stop alarm tone with handset closed. Press any key to stop alarm tone with handset open. When Snooze is set to OFF, press any key again to cancel alarm and return to previous window. When Snooze is set to ON, alarm tone repeats at the set interval. Press y to cancel Snooze. Tools To Set Snooze ON d Enter number of activation times Enter time Alarm Details 11 d Enter title d Title appear in Alarm message. 4 d Enter time d 11-17 Alarm Note More Features ・ When Keypad sound is set to ON, two short beeps sound if you: – Press a key, after canceling alarm (Snooze not set). – Press Wy while snooze is still set. ・ Set the auto power-on function to OFF in Alarm Setting window and turn off handset, when you are near high-precision electronic devices or devices using weak signals, on an aircraft or in a hospital where handset use is prohibited. ・ If a call arrives while alarm is sounding, alarm stops. ・ If the alarm activation time comes during a call, alarm sounds from Earpiece. Snooze does not work even if it is set to ON. Tools Canceling Alarm 1 [Alarm List] Select an alarm p 11 Each time you press p, alarm toggles between ON and OFF. Tip ・ Alarm settings are retained even if alarm is canceled. 11-18 Advanced Alarm ● Cancel All Alarms ● Edit Alarm Settings ( P. 11-28) Customize Alarm ● Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time ● Change Alarm Tone ( P. 14-2) Key Illumination Set Illumination for Alarm Notification ● Set Illumination for Snooze Notification ( P. 14-30) ● Pedometer About Pedometer Use Pedometer to track number of steps and elapsed time. Pedometer also records traveled distance and burned calories/fat. Setting User Information 1 i Tools d Pedometer d 3 Height/Weight d Enter Security Code d Enter height and weight o 4 Stride d To Enter Manually Enter stride o To Calibrate u Calibration d ( YES d) Enter distance to measure o Walk distance o YES d Note ・ Accuracy may be affected by walking style or vibrations (Calculation is paused when handset vibrates/shakes). ・ 歩行距離 (Distance), 消費カロリー (Burned Calories) and 脂肪燃焼量 (Burned Fat) are based on the entered height, weight and stride. Use these results as a rough guide only. ・ When handset is inside a bag or holder, place handset in a pocket or compartment. This can prevent handset from moving around and provide a more accurate count. Tip ・ Calibration is available when Set Pedometer 2 SETTINGS d 1 Pedometer shows two types of steps: ・ Paced Steps: Records number of steps taken at a pace of 90 steps/minute for over 10 continuous minutes. ・ Steps: Shows total number of steps (including Paced Steps). Tools Activating Pedometer きっちり歩数 (Paced Steps) [SETTINGS] window Set Pedometer d ON d appears when Pedometer is activated. Step count is saved every 10 minutes. 11 Tip Using Pedometer for the First Time A confirmation appears the first time you use Pedometer. Press d to begin initial setup (go to Step 3 of “Setting User Information“). is ON. Pedometer Window ・ Pedometer is unavailable when handset SETTINGS Window power is off. ・ To Deactivate Pedometer: [SETTINGS] window Set Pedometer Xd OFF Xd 11-19 Pedometer 1 Toggle data Tip Viewing Data [Pedometer] window WALK d only in Japanese. –歩数 (Steps) –きっちり歩数 (Paced Steps) –歩行距離 (Distance) –歩行時間 (Time) –消費カロリー (Burned Calories) –脂肪燃焼量 (Burned Fat) ・ 歩数 (Steps) includes the value for きっちり歩 数 (Paced Steps). Operations WALK Window (Data View) Tools p d 11 Data View Toggle DAILY, WEEKLY and MONTHLY modes c Scroll past data v Activate Music Player o Graph View WALK Window (Graph View) 11-20 WALK Window (List View) d to cycle through 歩数→歩行 距離→消費カロリー ・ In WALK window, category names appear List View Select previous/next day c (Select date) ・ Press d to switch to Data View for selected day. View other months v Activate Music Player o Toggle data p to cycle items through 歩数 & きっちり歩数→歩行 距離 & 歩行時間→ 消費カロリー & 脂 肪燃焼量 More Features Toggle DAILY, WEEKLY and MONTHLY modes c Scroll past data v Activate Music Player o Advanced Pedometer ● Set a Walking Target ● Reset Today’s Data ● Reset All Data ( P. 11-28) Bar Code Reader About JAN & QR Codes 2 Frame barcode in Scan Viewfinder in Scan Viewfinder. Scan Viewfinder JAN Code JAN codes are linear (1-dimensional) barcodes consisting of parallel bars of varying width. Scan JAN8 (8-digit) and JAN13 (13-digit) codes. Scanning Bar Codes 1 Scan Window Scanning starts automatically. Use v to zoom in/out. ■ To Cancel d OK i Tools d Bar Code Reader d d ■ To Scan Split Data OK d (twice) Saved Scan Results List Scan a QR code Repeat to scan another QR code. Scan all split data to access and save information on handset. from the bar code. 1 [Scan] window u Reading Data List d 3 2 Select an entry d 11 Check scanned data ■ To Discard Scanned Data t YES d 4 Tools ● Position handset camera at a distance of 10 cm ・ Scanning may take a while. ・ Some bar codes may not be scanned. Checking Scanned Data QR Code QR codes are matrix (2-dimensional) barcodes which can store information including kanji, kana and pictographs. Some data may require multiple QR codes to store the complete data (split data). Tip ・ Make sure to zoom in and focus JAN/QR code Scan JAN and QR codes with Bar Code Reader. u Store d YES d OK d Scanned Information Tip ・ Characters that are not supported by Bar Code Reader are replaced with spaces (blanks). 11-21 Bar Code Reader More Features Advanced Using Scanned Data ● Make a Call ● Compose S! Mail ● Access the Internet ● Save to Phone Book ● Save a Bookmark ● Copy Text ● Edit Title of Scanned Data ● Delete Scanned Data ( P. 11-29) Tools 11 11-22 Text Reader About Text Reader ① Scan Viewfinder Scan Window ② Category Icons Use Text Reader to scan printed text. ⑦ Scan Modes Card read Compose message Scan name, phone number, e-mail address, postal code, address and memo printed on business cards, and save all scanned data collectively as a Phone Book entry. URL Scan URL, and access the page or save the URL to Bookmark. Mail address Scan e-mail address, and compose an S! Mail to the address. Phone number Scan phone number, and make a call to the number. Free memo Scan Japanese or English text, and save the text to Text Memo. ② ③ ④ ⑥ ⑤ Scan Window ③ Scanned Text ④ Scan Mode ⑤ Remaining Number of Characters That Can be Scanned ⑥ Negative Mode Nega appears when NEGA/POSI Mode is set to Negative Fix. ⑦ Key Guidance Tools Scan address, subject or message text, and open Composition (S! Mail) window with the address, subject or message text entered. ① Name Phone number E-mail address Postal code Address Memo Address Subject Message text 11 11-23 Text Reader Scanning Text ■ To Scan Following Text d Frame text in the Scan Viewfinder (include several scanned characters of the preceding text) d ● Position handset camera at a distance of 10 cm from the text. <Example> Scanning in Card Read mode 1 i Tools d Text Reader d 2 New d Card Read d Checking Scanned Text 1 ■ To Scan Another Item d v Select a category icon Frame text in the Scan Viewfinder d 5 i Tools d Text Reader d Reading Data List d p Tip ・ Make sure to zoom in and focus text in Scan Viewfinder. Scanned Text List ・ When Processing … appears, do not move Tools 11 Scan Window 3 v Select a category icon Frame text in the Scan Viewfinder Use c to zoom in/out. 4 d The scanned text appears. ■ To Rescan the Same Text t YES d ■ When Text Extends Beyond View b to scroll the field 11-24 handset. ・ Handwritten text is not recognized. ・ Text may not be recognized correctly when: – Faxed or copied text is scanned. – Decorated characters are scanned. – Spaces between characters are uneven. – Text is indistinguishable from the background. – Ambient lighting is inappropriate. 2 Select an entry d Scanned Text Details Text Reader More Features Advanced Scanning Text ● Correct Scanned Text ● Edit Scanned Text ● Set Printing Status of Text ● Set Guidance ON/OFF ● Set Vertical/Lateral Scan ( P. 11-29) Tools Using Scanned Data ● Make a Call ● Compose S! Mail ● Access the Internet ● Save to Phone Book ● Save a Bookmark ● Search Phone Book ● Save a Text Memo ● Copy Text ● Delete Scanned Data ( P. 11-29) 11 11-25 Advanced Features Osaifu-Keitai Start Here 【Lifestyle-Appli List】.................................. P. 11-3 【Call Remote Lock Setting】window... P. 11-4 Check Lifestyle-Appli Properties 【Lifestyle-Appli List】 Select a LifestyleAppli u Properties d Check Memory Status 【Lifestyle-Appli List】 u Memory Info d Delete a Lifestyle-Appli Tools 11 【Lifestyle-Appli List】 Select a LifestyleAppli u Delete d YES d Edit Call Remote Lock Numbers 【Call Remote Lock Setting】window Select phone number d Change phone number d YES d o Delete Call Remote Lock Numbers 【Call Remote Lock Setting】window Select phone number u Delete this or Delete All d YES d 11-26 Delete Location Log Records S! GPS Navi Start Here 【S! GPS Navi】window .........................P. 11-5 Add Current Location to Phone Book To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Delete selected Delete selected d Select logs d o YES d ● To Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● 【S! GPS Navi】window Position Location d Add to Phonebook d Phone d Select add method d ( Search Phone Book Select Phone Book d (twice)) Edit items o ( YES or NO d) ( Enter entry number d) Check Location Logs 【S! GPS Navi】window Location Logs d Select a record d 【S! GPS Navi】window Location Logs d Select a location log u Delete d Use Location Logs 【S! GPS Navi】window Location Logs d Select a location log u Read Map browser, Read Map S! Appli, Go To or Add to Phone Book d Follow onscreen instructions Advanced Features Life History Viewer Start Here 【Life History Viewer】window ............ P. 11-7 【Life History Viewer Closeup】window ............................................................... P. 11-8 Hide Some Items in Life History Viewer Delete All Events Schedule Start Here 【Schedule】window ..............................P. 11-9 【Event Edit】window ............................P. 11-9 【Event List】................................................. P. 11-10 【Event Details】.......................................... P. 11-11 Sort Events by Icon 【Life History Viewer】window/【Life History Viewer Closeup】window u Display setting d Select a data item d Select an item d o Only checked items appear in Life History Viewer window. Update Life History Viewer Check Number of Saved Events 【Schedule】window Schedules d u No. of Edit an Event 【Event List】 【 / Event Details】( Select an event) o Edit each item o Copy an Event 【Event List】 【 / Event Details】 u Copy d Enter start/end date and time d Edit each item o Repetition setting of an event is canceled when it is copied. Reset Holidays 【Schedule】window u Reset Holiday d YES d Search Information by Keyword 【Event Details】 u d Quick Search To Enter a Keyword Enter Keyword d Enter keyword d d or Select an item from search results d ● To Enter a Keyword with Quote Keyword Quote Keyword d Subject, Details or Place d Move cursor to head of keyword to search d Move cursor to last character of keyword to search d d or Select item from results d ● To Select a Keyword from Previous Searches History d Select keyword d Select item from or results d ● Tools 【Life History Viewer】window/【Life History Viewer Closeup】window u Reload d 【Schedule】window,【Event List】or【Event Details】 u Icon Display d Select an icon d 【Schedule】window,【Event List】or【Event Details】 u Delete d Delete All d Enter Security Code d Select an item d YES d 11 11-27 Advanced Features To Do List Text Memo Start Here Alarm Start Here 【Task List】................................................... P. 11-12 【Task Details】............................................ P. 11-12 Start Here 【Text Memo List】..................................... P. 11-14 【Alarm List】........................................ P. 11-17 【Alarm Details】..........................................P. 11-17 Save a Text Memo to Schedule Cancel All Alarms Sort Tasks by Category 【Task List】 u Category Display d Select a category d Change Order of Tasks 【Task List】 u Sort/Filter d Select a criterion d Set Task Status Tools 【Task List】 【 / Task Details】( Select a task) u Change Status d Select a status d The set status is indicated by the status icon in Task List and in Task Details. When Completion is set as status, enter the completion date. 11 Delete All Tasks 【Task List】 u Delete d Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d 11-28 【Text Memo List】 Select a text memo u Edit Schedule d Enter each item o Entered text appears in the Details field when Event Edit window is opened. Edit Alarm Settings 【Alarm List】 【 / Alarm Details】( Select an alarm) o Edit each item o Sort Text Memos by Category 【Text Memo List】 Select a text memo u Category d Select a category d Pedometer Start Here Check Text Memo Information 【Text Memo List】 Select a text memo u Text Memo Info d 【Alarm List】 【 / Alarm Details】 u Release All d YES d Delete All Text Memos 【Text Memo List】 u Delete d Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d 【Pedometer】window........................ P. 11-19 【SETTINGS】window.......................... P. 11-19 【WALK】window................................ P. 11-20 Set a Walking Target 【SETTINGS】window Target of WALK d Select item for target d Enter Step, Distance or Calorie o Alternatively, set from Function menu in WALK window. Advanced Features Reset Today’s Data 【WALK】window u Today Data Reset d YES d 【Scan】window Scan text u d Edit text using keypad Edit To cancel editing and return to scanned text, press u, select Select Recog. Data and then press d. Reset All Data 【Pedometer】window u All Data Reset d Enter Security Code d YES d Bar Code Reader & Text Reader Start Here 11-21 11-21 11-24 11-24 11-24 Scanning Text Correct Scanned Text 【Scan】window Scan text v to move cursor to the character you want to correct Press the number key corresponding to the correct character on the suggestion list Press w to toggle upper case and lower case. Set Printing Status of Text 【Scan】window u NEGA/POSI Mode d Auto setting, Positive Fix or Negative Fix d Set to Positive Fix when dark-colored text is printed on a light-colored background. Set to Negative Fix when light-colored text is printed on a dark-colored background. Set Guidance ON/OFF 【Scan】window u Guidance OFF or Guidance ON d Set Vertical/Lateral Scan 【Scan】window Make a Call 【Scanned Information】 【 / Scanned Text Details】 Select a phone number u Dialing d Voice Phone or Video Call d Dial d Talk y to end call Compose S! Mail 【Scanned Information】 【 / Scanned Text Details】 Select an e-mail address u Create S! Mail d Compose and send S! Mail Access the Internet 【Scanned Information】 【 / Scanned Text Details】 Select a URL u Internet d YES d Tools 【Saved Scan Results List】...................... P. 【Scanned Information】..................... P. 【Scan】window................................... P. 【Scanned Text List】........................... P. 【Scanned Text Details】........................... P. Using Scanned Data Edit Scanned Text 11 u Vertical Writing or Lateral Writing d 11-29 Advanced Features Save to Phone Book 【Scanned Information】 【 / Scanned Text Details】 Select an item u Add to Phone Book d To Select Phone Phone d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select an entry d (twice)) Edit each item o ( YES or NO d) ( Enter entry number d) ● To Select USIM USIM d Select store method d ( Search Phone Book Select an entry d (twice)) Edit each item o ( Overwrite or Add d) ( YES d) ● Tools 11 Save a Bookmark 【Scanned Information】 【 / Scanned Text Details】 Select a URL u Add Bookmark d (twice) Select a folder d Search Phone Book 【Scanned Text Details】 Select an item u Search Phone Book d Search Phone Book 11-30 Save a Text Memo 【Scanned Text Details】 Select an item u Add to Memo d Copy Text 【Scanned Information】 【 / Scanned Text Details】 u Copy d Select beginning of characters d Select end of characters d Edit Title of Scanned Data 【Saved Scan Results List】 Select an entry u Edit Title d Edit title d Delete Scanned Data 【Saved Scan Results List】 【 / Scanned Text List】 Select an entry u To Select Delete This Delete This d YES d ● To Select Delete All Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Data Management About Data Folder ..................................... 12-2 Accessing Files ........................................... 12-3 Opening Files...................................................... Quick Album (Slideshow)................................... Creating Animations .......................................... Using Playlist (Melodies) .................................... Using Playlists (Videos)....................................... 12-3 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-7 Editing Files ................................................ 12-9 Editing Still Images............................................. 12-9 Editing Videos .................................................. 12-10 File & Folder Management...................... 12-11 Creating a Folder.............................................. 12-11 Moving Files to a Different Folder .................. 12-11 Advanced Features................................... 12-16 Accessing Files .................................................. Editing Files ...................................................... Managing Folders ............................................ Managing Files ................................................. Memory Card.................................................... 12-16 12-17 12-17 12-18 12-18 12 About Memory Card................................ 12-12 Inserting & Removing a Memory Card............ 12-12 Managing Memory Cards ....................... 12-13 Formatting a Memory Card ............................. Accessing Memory Card Data .......................... Copying Data between Handset & Memory Card.................................................... Configuring Print Settings of Images.............. 12-13 12-13 12-14 12-15 12-1 About Data Folder Use Data Folder to manage data on handset. Files are automatically saved to folders by file format. ● Some folders contain links. Use the links to access download sites in Yahoo! Keitai. Folders & Files in Data Folder My Picture1 Image files (Camera images and downloaded files such as My Pictograms) Widget Downloaded widgets files Data Management Books Downloaded book files PDF Downloaded PDF files and saved PDF files Melody S! Appli Melodies and audio files recorded by Voice Announce Downloaded S! Appli and Lifestyle-Appli Videos1 Ring Songs·Music Chaku-Uta , Chaku-Uta Full , downloaded music files and music files transferred from PCs ® ® Video files (captured/downloaded video files and Wi-Fi contents) Key Illumination Downloaded key illumination files TV1 Recorded programs2 and captured screenshots3 Other Documents2 Saved document files (Word, Excel, PowerPoint®, Text) 1 When Auto-change Screen is set to ON, turn handset 90° counterclockwise during playback for Landscape View. 2 Save to memory card only. 3 Save to handset only. 12 When Data Folder memory is full or number of files savable is reached, a message asks whether to delete unnecessary data (note, however, this message may not appear depending on the data type). Follow the steps below to delete data: YES d Select a folder d Select a data item d o YES d ● You may need to select a data type before selecting a folder if the data you want to delete has multiple storage areas. ● You may need to select more than one data item to delete depending on the degree of insufficient memory. 12-2 Accessing Files Opening Files Opening Files on Memory Card 1 i Data Folder d 1 i Data Folder d Videos d 2 Select a folder d microSD d 2 Select a folder d 3 4 Select a folder d <Example> Open Video File Using Picture Files Open a picture file from My Picture folder. Select a file d Indicators in File List 3 Select a file d Opened File Window Tip ・ Select files in S! Appli to activate S! Appli. For information about S! Appli, see P. 9-8. Picture Window Operations in Picture Window Switch Files v Toggle Normal Screen and Full Screen p ・ In full screen mode, Zoom In/Zoom Out* d view vertical images in Portrait View; horizontal images in Landscape View. p or o Show at Actual Size* d u Scroll Large-sized or Zoomed-in Image* Data Management File List Indicators show file type and available operation. QVGA movie VGA movie Attach to mail Insert in Graphic Mail Set as wallpaper, etc. Set as a ringtone Infrared transmission Copy/move to memory card Edit Video over size savable to handset (Viewable only in Memory Card) 12 b * Press d to return to the original size. ・ Select files in Ring Songs·Music or Videos to activate Music Player. For details, see P. 9-3. 12-3 Accessing Files Playing/Using Melody Files Open a file from Melody folder. Operations during Key Illumination File Playback Key Backlight flashes according to the file selected in Key Illumination. The following operations are possible while checking files. Stop d Set to Key Illumination o Using PDF & Other Document Files Open a file from PDF or Other Documents folder. Scrollbar Data Management Melody Window Toolbar Playback Operations PDF Window Switch Files v Adjust Volume c z or x Stop d End t Scrollbar 12 Toolbar Other Documents Window 12-4 Accessing Files Operations in PDF/Document File Toolbar Icons Use v to select icons and c to toggle icon view. Scroll b Toggle Page and Toolbar Operation o Zoom Out 1 Display Entire Page 2 Zoom In 3 Display Previous Page 4 Display Next Page 6 Scroll Page Up z1 Scroll Page Down x2 Search Text 7 Show/Hide Toolbar and Scrollbar 8 Toggle show/hide shrunk page image Help 0 Toggle text wrap and no wrap at Display width Search Next q Search Previous w Specify zoom Specify page / / / / Entire page/100% zoom/ match width to Display / View JPEG images saved in My Picture. Set images to switch automatically or manually. ● Quick Album is also available for JPEG images saved to Memory Cards. 1 i Data Folder d My Picture d p First/previous/next/last page Search text Rotate L/R 90 deg / Copy text View operation descriptions for Toolbar and keys / / Quick Album Window Data Management 1 In Other Documents window, opens previous page. 2 In Other Documents window, opens next page. Zoom out/zoom in / Quick Album (Slideshow) 12 Single page/continuous/ two page view 12-5 Accessing Files Tip ・ Alternatively, activate this function from Ii Camera Xd Quick Album Xd ・ Open folder images in the following order. When opening from Camera, images in the folder set with Select to Save and in Camera open first. ① Inbox ② Camera ③ User created folder ④ microSD pictures Data Management Playback Operations d Return to original size (zoomed in/out) Image switch effect o (Slide → Fade → Cube ・ Effect changes with → RGB) each press. Slide: Slides to right or left Fade: Fade in/out Cube: Rotates as cube RGB: Splits into red, green and blue then rotates Detect face and zoom in (Face) During Manual Play 1 i Data Folder d My Picture d Original Animation d p ・ Press p to toggle Start Photo Slide-show u (auto play) Zoom in/out c Image scroll (zoomed in) 1-9 Scroll in below directions. 1 2 4 7 12-6 Create animations each of which is made of up to 20 frames using still images in My Picture folder. when several faces are detected. Previous/next image v 12 Creating Animations During Auto Play 3 6 8 9 Previous/next image v End Photo Slide-show (auto play) u Original Animation List 2 3 <New> d Select a frame d Select a folder d Select a still image d Repeat this step to assign a series of images to their respective frames. ■ To Cancel an Assigned Image Select a frame d Release This d Accessing Files 4 o Note ・ Only images in JPEG format can be used for creating animations. ・ Some images may be unavailable depending on the image size or file size. ・ Images saved on memory card cannot be used. Tip ・ Select an animation you created in Original Animation List and press Xd to play the animation. Using Playlist (Melodies) Save melodies to Playlist to play back in the saved order. 1 i Data Folder d Melody d Playlist 2 u Edit Playlist d ■ To Clear Playlist u Release Playlist d Save videos to a playlist to play them in the playlist order. 1 i Data Folder d Videos d Playlist d d YES Select a number d Select a folder d Select a melody d Repeat this step to assign other melodies to different numbers. ■ To Cancel an Assigned Melody Select a number d Release This d 4 o Playlists Window 2 Select a playlist u Edit Playlist d 3 Select a number d Select a folder d Select a video d Tip Repeat this step to assign other videos to different numbers. ・ Select Playlist folder in Melody and press Xd to play Playlist. ・ Changing file names of melodies on Playlist, or deleting melody files clears Playlist. Data Management 3 Using Playlists (Videos) 12 ■ To Cancel an Assigned Video Select a number d Release This d YES d 4 o 12-7 Accessing Files Tip Customize More Features ・ Select a playlist from a playlist folder and press Xd to play. Display Settings ● Set Image List View Advanced Opening Files ● Check File Information ● Change Order of Files ● Set an Image to Appear in Standby ● Set a Video to Appear in Standby ● Set a Melody/Video as Ringtone ( P. 12-16) Viewing Images Play Animation from the Beginning ● Compose Four Images to Make One ● Set Display Size of an Image ● Edit Title of an Original Animation ● Cancel an Original Animation ( P. 12-16) ● Data Management 12 Playing Melodies Play All Melodies in the Same Folder Repeatedly ( P. 12-17) ● Playing Videos Switch Display Format of File List ● Clear a Playlist ● ( P. 12-17) Viewing PDF Files ● Check PDF Properties ( P. 12-17) 12-8 ( P. 14-5) Editing Files Editing Still Images Basic Flow of Operations 1 i Data Folder d My Picture d Select a folder d Select an image d Adding Stamps Note ・ Only images with in File List can be edited. ・ Repeated editing may cause deterioration of image quality or increased file size. options are unavailable. File size is automatically reduced to WVGA or smaller when saved. [Picture] window u Edit Image d Frame d 2 Select a frame d ■ To Change Frame v 2 u Edit Image d Select an editing option d Edit image 3 4 d to end editing d YES or NO d ■ To Rotate Frame 180 Degrees o ■ To Cancel Frame u Cancel 3 4 d d d YES or NO d 2 Select a marker stamp d ■ To Rotate Marker Stamp u 90° to right, 90° to left or 180° d ■ To Enlarge/Reduce Marker Stamp u Scale up or Scale down d ■ To Cancel Marker Stamp o 3 Data Management 1 [Picture] window u Edit Image d Marker Stamp d ・ For images larger than WVGA, some edit Adding a Frame Picture Window 1 b Select a position d ■ To Paste Another Marker Stamp o Select a marker stamp d 4 5 d d YES or NO d Pasting a Text Stamp 12 1 [Picture] window u Edit Image d Character Stamp d 2 Enter text d Select YES to overwrite original image. Select NO to save as a new file. 12-9 Editing Files ■ To Edit Text u Character input d Enter text d ■ To Change Text Color u Character Color d Select a color d Press o to toggle color palettes. ■ To Change Font Type u Font Type d Ming-Cho d ■ To Change Font Size u Font Size d font size d Data Management 12 3 4 5 Gothic or Editing Videos Clip the desired scenes from saved videos. 1 i Data Folder d Videos d Select a folder d Select a video u Edit Video d 2 u Trim Videos d Any Size, 300KB or 2MB d To Start from Beginning Select a o To Start Partway Through Video d At a desired point d o b Select a position d d d YES or NO d Video plays while selected portion is trimmed. 3 Selected portion plays. When 300KB or 2MB is selected, clipping stops automatically when the size of clipped video reaches 300 KB or 2 MB. Cropping an Image 1 [Picture] window u Edit Image d Trim away d 2 Select a size d b to select an area d 3 4 12-10 d d YES or NO d d to stop o 4 d (twice) YES d Note ・ Only QCIF (176 x 144) or smaller videos with in File List can be clipped. More Features Advanced Editing Files ● Retouch an Image ● Adjust Image Brightness ● Rotate an Image ● Change Image Size ● Correct Backlight ● Refresh Skin Tone ( P. 12-17) File & Folder Management Creating a Folder 1 i Data Folder d Select a folder type d <Example>When My Picture is Selected 2 u Add Folder d Enter folder name d Tip ・ Folders can only be created in handset Data Folder. 1 [File List] Select a file u Move d To Move Selected File Move this d Select a destination folder d YES d To Move Multiple Files Move selected d Select a destination folder d Select a file d (repeat to select another file) o YES d To Move All Files in a Folder Move all d Select a destination folder d YES d More Features Advanced Managing Folders ● Edit a Folder Name ● Delete a Folder ● Delete All Files in My Picture, Melody, Video, Book or PDF Folder ( P. 12-17) Managing Files Edit a Title in My Picture File List ● Check Volume of Saved Files ● Edit a File Name ● Delete Files ● ( P. 12-18) Data Management Folder List Moving Files to a Different Folder 12 12-11 About Memory Card Data Management 12 Save files to memory cards. Still images and videos shot with handset camera can be saved directly to memory card. Data can be copied and moved between handset and memory card. Data on memory card can also be accessed from Data Folder. ● Handset supports memory cards of up to 16 GB. ● Do not insert or remove memory cards when handset power is on. ● Insert memory cards properly. Otherwise, they cannot be used on handset. ● Do not affix stickers or labels to memory cards. As memory cards are very thin and precise mechanisms, even a thin sticker or label on a memory card may cause contact failure or destruction of data. ● Keep memory cards out of reach of infants who may accidentally swallow them or be injured. ● Do not remove a memory card or power off handset while writing and reading data with that memory card. It may cause data loss or malfunction. ● Access to memory cards may be unavailable when the battery level is low. Removal Inserting & Removing a Memory Card 1 Turn handset power off before inserting or removing a memory card. Gently pull out memory card. Insertion 1 2 Open Slot Cover Insert memory card into Memory Card Slot until it locks Insert gently with the printed logo facing up. 1 removed with force. Memory Card Slot Cover 2 Logo faces up 3 Note ・ Memory card may spring out. ・ Memory card may break if inserted or 3 Close Slot Cover Tip ・ If appears in Display, there may be a contact failure. Remove and reinsert memory card. 12-12 Press and release Managing Memory Cards Formatting a Memory Card ● Format memory cards on handset only. Memory cards formatted on another device or PC may not work. ● Formatting a memory card deletes all the data on it. i Tools d microSD Manager d 2 u microSD format d Enter Security Code d YES d 1 formatting. Handset/memory card malfunction may occur. ・ Make sure that there is no important data left on the memory card before formatting it. Select a file d 4 Select a data item d i Tools d microSD Manager d Data List microSD Manager Window Note ・ Do not remove memory card while 3 2 Select a category d Data Details Data Management 1 Accessing Memory Card Data 12 File List 12-13 Managing Memory Cards To Copy Multiple Data Copy selected d ( Select copy destination folder d) Select a data item d (repeat to select another data) o YES d To Copy All Data Copy All d Enter Security Code d ( Select copy destination folder d) YES d Copying Data between Handset & Memory Card Following items can be copied to/from handset and memory card: PIM Data Phone Book entries, Schedule, To Do List, text memos, Inbox, Outbox, Draft, bookmarks, content keys Files in Data Folder Still images, My Pictograms, Flash, melodies, videos, songs, books, PDF files Data Management Copying Handset Data to Memory Card Copy Phone Book entries, Schedule, messages, images, videos, etc. <Example> Copy data in Data Folder to memory card 1 12 12-14 [Data List] u Copy to microSD d To Copy Selected Data Copy this d ( Select destination folder d) Tip ・ When one Phone Book entry or Schedule ・ ・ ・ ・ event that is set as secret is copied to memory card, its secret setting is canceled. Files attached to messages may be deleted. You need to select a destination folder when copying data in My Picture folder. Data saved in Pre-installed folders of Data Folder cannot be copied. Content keys are copied collectively at one time. Copying Memory Card Data to Handset To Copy Images or Other Data to Handset 1 i Data Folder d Select a folder type d microSD d Select a folder and sub-folder d Select a data item u Copy to Phone d To Copy Selected Data Copy this d To Copy Multiple Data Copy selected d Select a data item d (repeat to select another data) o YES d To Copy All Data Copy All d Enter Security Code d YES d Managing Memory Cards To Copy PIM Data to Handset 1 i Tools d microSD Manager d Select a PIM data type d Select a data item u Copy/OW to Phone d 2 Specify which images on memory card to be printed and the number of prints, etc. in DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) settings so that the images can be printed by DPOF compatible printers or print service shops. Advanced Memory Card ● Check Available Memory Space of Memory Card ● Check & Repair Memory Card ● Delete Data on Memory Card ● Cancel Print Settings of Images ( P. 12-18) 1 i Data Folder d My Picture d microSD d DCIM d 2 Select a folder d Select a still image u DPOF setting d To Specify Selected Images DPOF set One d To Specify Multiple Images DPOF set Choice d Select a still image d (repeat to select another image) o 3 Print d Print Sheets d Enter number of prints d 12 4 5 a Date d ON or OFF d Enter Security Code d YES d YES d ( YES or NO d) Note ・ When copying memory card data to handset in overwrite mode, the corresponding data on handset is overwritten by the copied data. ・ If the maximum storable number of items is reached when copying all items, copying stops at that point. More Features Data Management To Copy Selected Files Copy This d To Copy Multiple Files Copy selected d Select a file d (repeat to select another file) o To Copy All Files Copy All d Configuring Print Settings of Images o 12-15 Advanced Features Accessing Files Start Here 【File List】........................................................ P. 12-3 【Opened File】window ........................ P. 12-3 【Picture】window ................................. P. 12-3 【Melody】window................................ P. 12-4 【PDF】window ...................................... P. 12-4 【Original Animation List】......................... P. 12-6 【Playlists】window ............................... P. 12-7 Data Management 12 Opening Files Set an Image to Appear in Standby Compose Four Images to Make One 【File List】 【 / Opened File】window ( Select a file) u Set as Display d Stand-by Display d ( Select a layout d Confirm preview d) Set images to appear when making calls or sending messages. Set a Video to Appear in Standby 【File List】 Select a file u Stand-by Display d YES d 【File List】 u Composite Image d Select a position d Select a folder d Select an image d Repeat the same step to assign three other images to their respective positions o d Only images in JPEG format can be used for creating composite images. Copyright-protected images are unavailable. Images saved on memory card cannot be used. Some images cannot be used depending on their size. Set a Melody/Video as Ringtone Check File Information 【File List】 【 / Opened File】window ( Select a file) u Image Info, Melody Info, Properties, Property, Key illumi. Info. or Document Info d Change Order of Files 【File List】 u criterion d Sort d Select a Set Display Size of an Image 【File List】 【 / Opened File】window ( Select a file) u Ring Tone d Select an item d Only melodies can be set as ringtones from Opened File window. Viewing Images Play Animation from the Beginning 【Picture】window 12-16 u Retry d 【Picture】window u Set Image Disp. d Normal or Fit in Display d Edit Title of an Original Animation 【Original Animation List】 Select an animation u Edit Title d Edit title d Cancel an Original Animation 【Original Animation List】 Select an animation u Release Animation d YES d Advanced Features Playing Melodies Editing Files Play All Melodies in the Same Folder Repeatedly 【Melody】window u Play d ON d Set Repeat Retouch an Image 【Picture】window u Edit Image d Retouch d Select an effect d (three times) YES or NO d Playing Videos Switch Display Format of File List List Setting d Title or Title+Image d Clear a Playlist Viewing PDF Files Check PDF Properties Document Refresh Skin Tone 【Picture】window u Edit Image d Refresh Skin Tone d (three times) YES or NO d Adjust Image Brightness 【Picture】window u Edit Image d Brightness d v to adjust brightness d (twice) YES or NO d 【Playlists】window Select a playlist u Release Playlist d YES d 【Picture】window u Edit Image d Correct Backlight d (three times) YES or NO d Rotate an Image 【Picture】window u Edit Image d Rotate d 90° to right, 90° to left or 180° d (three times) YES or NO d Managing Folders Start Here 【Folder List】................................................P. 12-11 Edit a Folder Name 【Folder List】 Select a folder u Edit Folder Name d Edit folder name d Only names of user-created folders can be edited. Data Management 【File List】 u 【PDF】window u Property d Start Here 【Picture】window..................................P. 12-9 Correct Backlight 12 Change Image Size 【Picture】window u Edit Image d Change Size d Select a size d (three times) YES or NO d 12-17 Advanced Features Delete a Folder 【Folder List】 Select a folder u Delete Folder d Enter Security Code d ( YES d) YES d To Select Ring Songs∙Music 【Folder List】 Select a folder u Delete Folder d Enter Security Code d Delete This, Delete Selected or Delete All d( Select a folder d Repeat to select another folder o)( YES or NO d) YES d Only user-created folders can be deleted. Files in the selected folder are also deleted. When files that are set as wallpaper, ringtone, alarm tone, etc. are deleted, their settings are reset to default. ● Data Management 12 Delete All Files in My Picture, Melody, Video, Book or PDF Folder 【Folder List】 u Delete all Image, Delete All or Delete all Doc. d Enter Security Code d YES d When files that are set as wallpaper, ringtone, alarm tone, etc. are deleted, their settings are reset to default. 12-18 Delete Files Managing Files Start Here 【File List】........................................................ P. 12-3 Edit a Title in My Picture File List 【File List】 Select an image file u Edit Title d Edit title d Titles of files saved in Pre-installed folders cannot be edited. Check Volume of Saved Files 【File List】 u 【File List】 Select a file d u Delete To Select Delete this Delete this d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select file d (repeat to select another file) o YES d ● To Select Delete all Delete all d Enter Security Code d YES d ● Memory Info d Edit a File Name 【File List】 Select a file u Edit File Name d Edit file name d Names of files saved in Pre-installed folders cannot be edited. Memory Card Start Here 【microSD Manager】window ............ P. 【File List】......................................................P. 【Data List】...................................................P. 【Data Details】.............................................P. 12-13 12-13 12-13 12-13 Check Available Memory Space of Memory Card 【microSD Manager】window,【File List】, 【Data List】or【Data Details】 u microSD Info or Memory Info d Advanced Features Check & Repair Memory Card Cancel Print Settings of Images 【microSD Manager】window u Check microSD d YES d To cancel checking and repairing a memory card, press o or y. Some memory cards may not be repairable. Delete Data on Memory Card 【File List】 Select a data item Delete d u To Select Delete this Delete this d YES d ● To Select Delete selected Delete selected d Select file d (repeat to select another file) o YES d ● To Select Delete all Delete all d Enter Security Code d YES d i Data Folder d My Picture d microSD d DCIM d Select a folder d Select a still image u DPOF setting d DPOF set One or DPOF set Choice d ( Select an image d (repeat to select another image) o) Print OFF or All Print OFF d ● Data Management 12 12-19 Connectivity Infrared....................................................... 13-2 Getting Started................................................... 13-2 Transferring Data via Infrared........................... 13-3 Bluetooth ................................................. 13-5 About Bluetooth .............................................. Adding a Bluetooth Device ............................. Connecting ......................................................... Calling with Wireless Device.............................. Playing music and audio with Wireless Device.................................................................. Suspending Bluetooth Connections................ Setting Bluetooth to Connection Standby ..... 13-5 13-6 13-6 13-7 13-7 13-8 13-8 PC Connection ............................................ 13-9 Searching & Connecting to Priority Connections ...................................................... 13-14 Checking or Changing Wi-Fi Settings ............. 13-15 Using Wi-Fi Contents........................................ 13-16 Advanced Features................................... 13-17 Bluetooth ........................................................ 13-17 Wi-Fi .................................................................. 13-17 13 USB Driver........................................................... 13-9 Data Transfer...................................................... 13-9 Setting USB Mode .............................................. 13-9 Accessing Memory Card Data from a PC .......... 13-9 Using Handset as Modem ................................ 13-10 Wi-Fi.......................................................... 13-11 About Wi-Fi ...................................................... Activating Wi-Fi................................................ Connecting to Wi-Fi ......................................... Setting Priority Connections............................ 13-11 13-11 13-12 13-14 13-1 Infrared Getting Started Connectivity Wirelessly exchange files with infrared compatible devices. The following files are transferable via infrared: ・ Still images ・ Melodies ・ Videos ・ My Pictograms ・ Songs ・ Books ・ Widgets ・ PDF Files ・ Phone Book entries, Account Details ・ Schedule events ・ To Do List tasks ・ Received/sent messages (S! Mail/SMS) ・ Draft messages (S! Mail/SMS) ・ Text memos ・ Common Phrases (Templates) ・ Own Dictionary data ・ Bookmarks (Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser) 13 13-2 Precautions ● Align Infrared Ports of both sending and receiving devices, as shown below. ● File transfer may not start depending on ● ● ● ● receiving device status. Some settings or content may be lost depending on the receiving handset model. Handset is out of range during infrared transmission, so such functions as voice and video calls, the Internet access and sending/receiving S! Mails are unavailable. This may continue even after infrared transmission is finished. Transferring data may take a while depending on the amount of data. Some data may not be received by handset. During transmission, progress bar shows approximate number of files transferred. Note that actual progress may be faster. Some pictographs and symbols in messages and Phone Book entries may not be received by handset correctly. Infrared Port Within ±15° Within 20 cm ● Do not move either device until a message appears indicating completion of data transmission. Do not place any objects between the devices. Do not obstruct Infrared Ports. ● Infrared transmission may be disrupted by direct sunlight, directly under fluorescent lighting or near other infrared devices. Infrared Authentication Password To transfer multiple files at once, the same authentication password must be entered on both sending and receiving devices. Tip ・ In a data list window, press Oo to send a JPEG image via high-speed transmission. ・ In the case of high-speed transmission of JPEG images, the receiving device may fail to receive images, even when the image transmission is successfully completed by the sending device. Transferring Data via Infrared Sending One File Send one file at a time. 1 i Tools d Receive Ir Data d Receive d 2 Set the receiving device to receive data 2 Align Infrared Ports 3 Align Infrared Ports YES d Note ・ File transfer is unavailable for Phone Book entries saved on USIM Card. In a data list window/data details window u Send All Ir Data d[( d) 2 Enter Security Code d Enter authentication password 3 Set the receiving device to receive data Transfer starts. ■ To Cancel Transfer o 3 When file is received YES d File is saved to handset. File is discarded if no operation is performed within 30 seconds of transfer. 4 Align Infrared Ports YES d Transfer starts. When all files are sent, a message appears indicating completion of transfer. ■ To Cancel Transfer o Note ・ All file transfer is unavailable for still image, melody, video, My Pictogram, song, book and widget files. ・ File transfer is unavailable for Phone Book entries saved on USIM Card. Connectivity Select a file u Send Ir Data d ■ To Cancel Transfer o 1 Receiving One File 1 Transfer starts. Message appears when file transfer is complete. Sending All Files Send all files at one time from a data list window/data details window. 13 13-3 Infrared Receiving All Files 1 2 3 Enter Security Code d Enter authentication password Align Infrared Ports YES d Transfer starts. 4 When an overwrite confirmation appears YES d Transfer starts. Message appears when files are saved to handset. ■ To Cancel Transfer o Connectivity 13 Note ・ Existing handset files are overwritten (e.g. When all messages are transferred, existing messages, including protected messages are overwritten. When all Phone Book/Schedule entries are transferred, all data including secret data is overwritten). ・ File transfer stops when maximum storable capacity is reached. 13-4 More Features i Tools d Receive Ir Data d Receive All d Customize Phone Book ● Do Not Send Phone Book Entry Images via Infrared ( P. 14-12) Key Illumination Set Illumination for Ir Transmission ( P. 14-30) ● Bluetooth About Bluetooth Transmit data by wireless connection between Bluetooth compatible devices (wireless headset, handsfree device, audio device, etc.). Handset Bluetooth specifications are as follows. Version Bluetooth standard Ver. 2.0 + EDR compliant Profiles HSP: Headset Profile HFP: Hands-free Profile A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile (stereo, high quality) AVRCP: Audio/Video Remote Control Profile Precautions ● Handset is not guaranteed for ● ● ● ● ● away from wireless LAN devices. ・ Turn wireless LAN devices off when using a Bluetooth device within 10 m of wireless LAN devices. Handset Functions Headset Profile Wireless talk is available when connected to a wireless headset. Handsfree Profile Handsfree talk is available when connected to a car navi and using a microphonespeaker. Audio Profile Enjoy music/TV audio when connected to a wireless headset and audio device. Note ・ When connected to a wireless headset or handsfree compatible device, a ring tone sounds when Forward Ring Tone is set to OFF and Headset Usage Setting is set to Headset+speaker. Connectivity ● connection/operation with all Bluetooth devices. Connected Bluetooth devices must be certified as Bluetooth standard as designated by Bluetooth SIG. Depending on other party device characteristics/specifications, there may be inability to connect, incompatible operation/display methods, or inability to transmit data even if other party is Bluetooth standard. The frequency band (2.4 GHz) used by Bluetooth devices is shared with other kinds of devices. Interference from other devices may result in decreased transmission speed/distance or disconnection. Static noise may occur depending on the connection device and environment during wireless/handsfree talk. TV audio is unavailable with Bluetooth devices non-compliant with the copyright protection standard SCMS-T. Bluetooth devices and wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11b/g) use the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Use near a device equipped with wireless LAN will result in interference. If you experience noise or poor/no connection, try the following. ・ Keep the Bluetooth device at least 10 m 13 13-5 Bluetooth Adding a Bluetooth Device Search and add a device. 1 i Tools d Bluetooth d ■ When Passkey Required Enter Bluetooth passkey d Enter the same Bluetooth passkey (4 to 16 characters) for both sending or receiving devices. Receiving device must have passkey entered within 30 seconds after the sending device. Enter the designated passkey for a handsfree device (other party). Connecting Connect to an added device. 1 [Bluetooth Menu] Device List d Tip ・ When a Bluetooth device is not added, search and add from Device List in Bluetooth menu. Bluetooth Menu Connectivity 2 Register New Devices d Handset searches for devices. Added device appears in Device List. 3 13 13-6 Select device to add d YES d ■ To Search for New Bluetooth Device o 2 Select target device d 3 Select service d (blue) flashes once connected. If no Bluetooth connections are made for a certain time, power save mode activates and (black) appears. For a device capable of connecting to multiple services, a confirmation window will ask if you want to connect to another service. Bluetooth ■ To Discontinue a Connected Service d YES d 2 ③ Services Device List The type of added device and service are shown by indicators. ① ④ ② ③ Calling with Wireless Device Headset Handsfree Audio Remote Control Connect wireless headsets or handsfree devices. ④ Device Name Bluetooth address appears for non-added devices. 1 An icon with a key mark appears for protected devices. 2 Service status appears as below. Icon Backgr. Border gray − − Connection history: No white − − Connection history: Yes white − white Connection standby Device List 1 ① Device Type PC Phone Audio/Video Other ② Status Added Detected Status Connect to target device Make/receive call with device Talk switches each time you press and hold r. Playing music and audio with Wireless Device Connect to a device with audio device to play Music Player music and TV audio. 1 2 Connect to target device Connectivity Letters 1 2 Play music, TV or etc. Tip ・ To adjust volume, use volume control on black green white Connected Bluetooth device. ・ Connecting once to an audio device with audio service is stored as a connection history. When handset’s Bluetooth function is active (Bluetooth ON), audio devices with a connection history are automatically connected through audio service when playing music or TV. 13 13-7 Bluetooth Suspending Bluetooth Connections Suspend all Bluetooth functions (connected or on standby) and disable Bluetooth. 1 [Bluetooth Menu] Bluetooth OFF d YES d Tip ・ To activate Bluetooth: [Bluetooth Menu] Bluetooth ON Xd Setting Bluetooth to Connection Standby Set standby status for all added devices. Connectivity 1 [Bluetooth Menu] Accept Registered d 2 Accept All d 13 ■ To Set Individually Separate Setting d Select service o Services with checked boxes enter Connection Standby. ■ To Release all Connection Standby Release All d 13-8 More Features Advanced Bluetooth ● Protect Added Device ● Change Name of Added Device ● Delete Added Device ● Open Information for Added Device ( P. 13-17) Customize Bluetooth ● Set Detection Time for Device ● Set Whether to Send Ring Tone for Voice Call, Video Call to Headset or Handsfree Device ● Set Whether to Enable Calling from External Device ● Check Handset Bluetooth Information ( P. 14-31) PC Connection Connect handset to a PC via USB cable to use the following functions. ● USB cable is sold separately. Data transfer* Transfer Phone Book, Schedule and To Do List data between handset and a PC (P. 13-9). USB memory Use memory card inserted in handset as an external drive of a PC to read and write data with memory card (P. 13-9). MTP Mode Use Windows Media Player to save music data to memory card (P. 9-4). Data Transfer Use SoftBank Utility Software to transfer data between handset and a PC. Download SoftBank Utility Software from the following site (Japanese). http://www.n-keitai.com/guide/download/ ● Install USB Driver before using SoftBank Utility Software. 1 1 i Settings d External Connection d USB Mode Setting d Communication Mode or microSD Mode d Set to Communication Mode for using SoftBank Utility Software or using handset as a modem (packet transmission). Set to microSD Mode for accessing memory card data from a PC. Connect handset to your PC using a USB cable This enables memory card data to be accessed from your PC. 2 When you are finished, disconnect handset from the PC Follow the procedure for safely removing external devices (which differs slightly according to the operating system), when disconnecting handset from the PC. Connectivity 2 USB Driver Connect handset to your PC using a USB cable, and access memory card data from the PC. ● Set USB Mode Setting to microSD Mode in advance. Setting USB Mode Set USB mode before connecting handset to your PC via USB cable. * USB driver must be installed in advance. Install USB Driver to connect handset to a PC. Download USB Driver from the following site (Japanese). http://www.n-keitai.com/guide/download/ Accessing Memory Card Data from a PC 13 13-9 PC Connection Note ・ Make sure handset and the PC are properly connected. Otherwise, data cannot be transferred, and may even be lost. ・ If handset’s battery is almost or completely empty, data cannot be transferred, and may even be lost. Check handset’s battery level and the power of your PC. ・ Do not remove the USB cable while copying data from your PC to handset. If the USB cable is removed during data transfer, data cannot be transferred, and may even be lost. Using Handset as Modem Connectivity 13 Use handset as an external modem for packet transmission. ● Refer to the instructions of your Internet service provider or the manual of your PC for the network connection settings on your PC. ● To use “Access Internet“ for data communication, you do not have to sign up with a service provider. For information about the service overview, access points and setting procedures, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). 13-10 Wi-Fi About Wi-Fi Use Wi-Fi for data transmission at higher speed than a 3G/GSM system. ● Only available in Japan. If abroad, ON/OFF switches to OFF and Wi-Fi is unavailable. ● Use Keitai Wi-Fi to connect to Yahoo! Keitai with household wireless LAN or public wireless LAN. ● ON/OFF in Wi-Fi Setting is set to ON by default. Set to OFF if not using Wi-Fi. If set to ON, connection priority is for Wi-Fi. Note Tip ・ Set a confirmation to appear when switching ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ Handset may automatically switch from Wi-Fi access to 3G access depending on signal conditions. Packet transmission fees apply for 3G access. ・ 1 i Settings d Wi-Fi Setting d Wi-Fi Setting Window 2 ON/OFF d ON d Note ・ Other Function active Cannot operate may appear when toggling ON/OFF in Wi-Fi Setting. Wait a while and try again. ・ When using S! Quick News (P. 10-4) outside a Wi-Fi area, the handset will receive news information via 3G access. Packet transmission fees apply for 3G access. ・ For a pay-as-you-go public wireless LAN service, fees are incurred until you log out. It is also recommended that you deactivate Wi-Fi after using the service. ・ Network (Internet) S! Appli are unavailable with Wi-Fi access. Connectivity from Wi-Fi to 3G access. Ii Settings Xd Wi-Fi Setting Xd Wi-Fi/3G Change Set Xd Confirm Mode Xd Subscription to an internet service is required. Prior application required to use Keitai Wi-Fi. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). For information on services supported by Keitai Wi-Fi, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website: (http://www.softbank.jp/) To access a household wireless LAN or public wireless LAN access point, use Direct Access (Direct Access available with PC Site Browser only). Voice/video calls unavailable with Wi-Fi connections. Move to a 3G service area to make calls. Activating Wi-Fi 13 13-11 Wi-Fi Tip ・ Alternatively, press and hold Uu to set Wi-Fi ON or OFF. ・ When Wi-Fi is activated, the access points saved in Priority Settings (P. 13-14) are automatically searched for connection in order. Network Connection Status Indicators show connection strength/status. Connected via 3G network Keitai Wi-Fi available Connected via Keitai Wi-Fi Direct Access available Connectivity 13 Connected via Direct Access Wi-Fi out of range Note ・ When appears, continuous standby time may be shorter. ・ When accessing via Keitai Wi-Fi, make sure for Keitai Wi-Fi appears before using. ・ When accessing via Direct Access, make sure appears before using. 13-12 Connecting to Wi-Fi Configure required settings for connecting to Wi-Fi from one of three methods: “Easy Connecting (AOSS),“ “Easy Connecting (WPS)“ or “Access Point Search.“ ● The setting is saved as a profile. ● A profile contains the setting items required for connecting to access points. A profile can also be edited directly. ● Bluetooth devices and wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11b/g) use the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Use near a Bluetooth device will result in interference. The same may occur if wireless LAN is used while handset is connected to a Bluetooth device. If you experience noise or poor/no connection, try the following. ・ Keep Bluetooth devices at least 10 m away from wireless LAN devices. ・ Turn Bluetooth device off when using a wireless LAN device within 10 m of Bluetooth device. ・ Avoid using handset’s Bluetooth and Wi-Fi functions at the same time. Tip ・ If the profile is set using Easy Connecting (AOSS), Easy Connecting (WPS) or Access Point Search, it is automatically saved in Priority Settings (P. 13-14). Easy Connecting (AOSS) Enable Wi-Fi connection by only pressing an access point’s button. ● Available only when access points support AOSS. 1 [Wi-Fi Setting] window Easy Connecting(AOSS) d 2 3 YES or NO d Press access point's AOSS button until lamp blinks Profile is saved. Wi-Fi connection is established. Note ・ While setting up profile, all handset transmissions are disabled (voice/video calls, Internet, mail, etc. are unavailable). If setup fails, handset transmissions may remain unavailable for a while. Wi-Fi Easy Connecting (WPS) Enable Wi-Fi connection using PIN Method or PBC Method (Pushbutton Method). ● Available only when access points support WPS. 1 [Wi-Fi Setting] window Easy Connecting(WPS) d 2 YES or NO d To Set Using PIN Method PIN Method d Select an access point d Enter shown PIN code as access point To Set Using PBC Method PBC Method d Press access Note ・ While setting up profile, all handset transmissions are disabled (voice/video calls, Internet, mail, etc. are unavailable). If setup fails, handset transmissions may remain unavailable for a while. 1 [Wi-Fi Setting] window Access Point Settings d Access Point Search d 2 Select an access point d Setting Each Profile Connect to access point(s) after setting profiles individually. 1 [Wi-Fi Setting] window Manual Setup d When an access point with is selected, entry of a security key with Set Security Method (P. 14-33) is required. 3 4 YES d Set items o For settable items, see P. 14-32. Profile is saved. Wi-Fi connection is established. Manual Setup Window 2 Profile Setting d Select a profile d 3 Set items o (twice) o (Finish) For settable items, see P. 14-32. 4 Save to Priority Settings (P. 13-14) Connectivity point's pushbutton Profile is saved. Wi-Fi connection is established. Searching Access Points Search for access points near handset for connection. 13 13-13 Wi-Fi Using BB Mobilepoint BB mobilepoint profile is saved to handset by default. Set ID & password to connect to BB mobilepoint. ● BB mobilepoint is a public wireless LAN service provided by SOFTBANK TELECOM Corp. to participating providers. ● BB mobilepoint is available in areas that have the BB mobilepoint sticker. ● BB mobilepoint requires no fees from Keitai Wi-Fi subscribers. 1 Connectivity 13 [Manual Setup] window Profile Setting d BB モバイ ルポイント d 3 Note ・ If a profile other than ID or Password has been changed, connection to BB mobilepoint may be unavailable. If connection is no longer available, perform Reset Profile (P. 13-15). After initializing the profile, configure settings again. Setting Priority Connections Set connections (access points) that will be prioritized over other connections. If you enter an area with access points already set as priority connections, handset connects automatically. 2 Public Wi-Fi Setting d ON d 1 [Wi-Fi Setting] window Access Point Settings d 3 ID d Enter ID d 2 Priority Settings d 4 Password d Enter password d 5 6 o (three times) o (Finish) Save to Priority Settings (P. 13-14) Searching & Connecting to Priority Connections If handset does not connect automatically to an access point, search again for an access point saved to Priority Settings. 1 [Wi-Fi Setting] window Prioritized AP Search d Note ・ Other Function active Cannot operate may appear when trying to perform Prioritized AP Search, even if another function is not activated with Multitask. In this instance, wait a while then perform Prioritized AP Search. Tip ・ Alternatively, in Standby, press and hold Xd to perform Prioritized AP Search. Handset connects in order starting from top item number. Priority Settings Window 13-14 Select a placement priority d Select a profile d o Wi-Fi Checking or Changing Wi-Fi Settings Copying Profiles 1 [Manual Setup] window Profile Setting d Select a profile to copy u [Manual Setup] window Profile Setting d Select a profile d 2 Copy d Select a copy destination profile d YES Select settings to check p 3 Checking Profile Settings 1 2 d [Manual Setup] window Profile Setting d Select a profile d 1 Change items o (twice) o (Finish) [Manual Setup] window Profile Setting d 2 Select a profile to initialize u Reset Profile d YES d o o (Finish) For changeable items, see P. 14-32. [Manual Setup] window Display Information d 2 Connection Status or MAC Address d Connection Status Initializing Profile Settings Note ・ If a profile saved to Priority Settings is initialized, it is also removed from Priority Settings. Indicates the connection profile name, ESSID and the connection channel status. Press d to update connection status. MAC Address References individual hardware addresses used to differentiate hosts in Wi-Fi. Note ・ The initial MAC address is “00:00:00:00:00:00.“ After Wi-Fi setup is complete, the correct MAC address appears. Connectivity 2 1 All items except for the profile name are copied. Changing Profile Settings 1 o o (Finish) Checking Connection and MAC Address 13 13-15 Wi-Fi Using Wi-Fi Contents Use Wi-Fi Contents to view large-size videos. 1 i Entertainment d Wi-Fi Contents d Follow onscreen instructions. More Features Advanced Wi-Fi ● Add Priority Connection ● Overwrite Priority Connection ● Insert Priority Connection ● Delete Priority Connection ● Change Order of Priority Connection ( P. 13-17) Customize Connectivity 13 13-16 Wi-Fi ● Show Confirmation Before Switching to 3G ● Reset Wi-Fi Setting ● Change Profile Name ● Set ESSID ● Select Wireless Mode Setting ● Set IP Address ● Set DNS Server ● Use HTTP Proxy Server ● Set Security Method ● Set to Use Public Wirelss LAN ● Set Access Mode ( P. 14-32) Advanced Features Bluetooth Start Here Protect Added Device 【Priority Settings】window ...............P. 13-14 Add Priority Connection u If already protected, select Protection Setting to cancel protection. Select a profile to change placement priority u Change Priority d Select a profile to change placement priority with d 【Priority Settings】window Start Here 【Device List】.................................................. P. 13-7 【Device List】 Select target device Protection Setting d Change Order of Priority Connection Wi-Fi 【Priority Settings】window u Add d Select a profile to add d o o The profile is added as the connection with the lowest priority. Change Name of Added Device 【Device List】 Select target device u Change Device Name d Enter device name d 【Device List】 Select target device Delete d YES d u 【Priority Settings】window Select a profile to overwrite u Overwrite d Select a profile to overwrite with d o Insert Priority Connection Select a placement to insert profile u Insert d Select a profile to insert d 【Priority Settings】window Open Information for Added Device 【Device List】 Select target device Description d u o Connectivity Delete Added Device Overwrite Priority Connection 13 Delete Priority Connection 【Priority Settings】window Select a profile to delete u Delete d YES d o 13-17 Customization Clock, Display & Sounds ............................ 14-2 Phone Book & Calls.................................. 14-12 Mail ........................................................... 14-16 Internet..................................................... 14-20 TV.............................................................. 14-22 Camera ..................................................... 14-24 Player & S! Appli ...................................... 14-25 Entertainment .......................................... 14-27 Other Settings.......................................... 14-29 14 14-1 Clock, Display & Sounds Clock Time Zone (Sub Clock) Set Sub Clock d Display Method d Always d Select a time zone d Hide Sub Clock Set Sub Clock d Display Method d OFF d Start Here i Settings d Clock d Hide Clock Clock Display d Display d OFF d Clock Size Clock Display d Size d Select a size d Clock Color Clock Display d Color d Black or White d Set Auto Time Adjustment Set Main Time d Time Adjustment d Auto d Select a time zone d ・ Press o to change city/area name in Time Zone Selection field. ・ If auto time adjustment is still not performed, Customization open Yahoo! Keitai top page again and perform Reload before returning to Standby. Manually Adjust Time Set Main Time d Time Adjustment d Manual(Date Time Set) d Select a time zone d Enter date and time d Summer Time Set Main Time d Summer Time d ON d 14 14-2 Summer Time (Sub Set Sub Clock d Summer Time Clock) d ON d Time Zone Major City (Sub Clock) Set Sub Clock d Area Name d Display d Alarm Start Here i Settings d Clock d Alarm Setting d Operation Set Priority at Alarm Notification Preferred or Alarm Preferred d Time Change Alarm Tone Clock Alarm Tone Set d Select an item d Set an alarm tone Clock, Display & Sounds Auto Power On/Off Set Auto Power On/Off* i Settings d Clock d Auto Power ON or Auto Power OFF d ON d Enter time d 1 Time or Daily d * When near high precision electronic devices or devices using weak signals, or in areas where handset use is forbidden (aboard aircraft, in hospitals, etc.), set Auto Power ON to OFF and turn handset power off. Style Mode Settings Change Each Item for Favorites お気に入り (Favorites) o Select an item d Set an image Clear All Favorite Settings お気に入り (Favorites) u Reset Setting Info d YES d Display Settings Start Here i Settings d Display d Display Setting d Stand-by Display d My Picture or Videos d Set an image/video ( Select a layout d (twice)) Show Calendar in Standby Display Setting d Stand-by Display d Calendar d Background d Set an image Select a layout d (twice) Start Here i Settings d Style Mode Setting d Set Display Design Select a style d YES d ( Collectively YES or NO d) Check Style Mode Select a style o Settings ・ Details of some items can be checked by selecting an item and pressing o. Edit Title of a Style Select a style u Edit Title d Edit title d Save Current Style お気に入り (Favorites) o u Mode Settings as Take Setting Info d YES d Favorite ・ The current style mode settings can later be recalled collectively from お気に入り when they are changed. ・ Select No Background if you do not want any image in the background of the calendar. ・ Press d, use c to select the calendar and press d to operate it. Use c to switch to the previous/next month. Press d to activate Schedule. Customization Wallpaper 14 14-3 Clock, Display & Sounds Set Wallpaper Image to Change When Handset Returns to Standby Display Setting d Stand-by Display d Random Display d Select a folder d Select a layout d ・ Each time handset returns to Standby, a different wallpaper image appears. Images are randomly selected from the set folder. Customization 14 Display Design d Icon Pattern Battery Level Indicator/Signal d Battery Icon or Antenna Icon Strength Indicator d Select a pattern d Design Set Softkey Color Display Design d Soft Key d Select a color d Font d Font Type d Gothic or Ming-cho d Set a Wake-up Image Display Setting d Wake-up Display d My Picture d Set an image Set Font Type Set a Wake-up Message Display Setting d Wake-up Display d Message d Enter message d Set Font Thickness Font d Thickness d Thin or Bold d Set an Outgoing Call/Message Image Display Setting d Dialing, Video Call Dialing or Mail Sending d Set an image Set Image or Video Display Setting d Calling, Video for Incoming Call Calling or Mail Receiving d Call/Message Select Calling Disp. or Select Receiving Disp. d ( My Picture or Videos d) Set an image/video Set Image for New Display Setting d Retrieve New Message/Received or Mail Rec’d Result d Set an image Result Window Display Color Scheme 14-4 Display Design d Color Theme d Select a color d ・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings. ・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings. Set Font Sizes Collectively Font d Character Size d Standard or X-large d ・ Items settable with Separate Setting for Character Size can be set collectively. ・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings. Set Font Size for Each Function Window Font d Character Size d Separate Setting d Select a window d Select a size d o ・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings. ・ In PC Site Browser, only available in Small Screen view. Clock, Display & Sounds Interface Language 言語選択 d 日本語 (or English) Display Quality d ・ To change interface language from Japanese to English: i 設定 d ディスプレイ d Language d English d Set Image List View Viewer Settings d Picture or Title d Set Auto-change Screen Auto-change Screen d ON or OFF d ・ Press o to do training in tilting handset. Guard from Prying Privacy Angle d ON d Eyes ・ Alternatively, press and hold 8 in Standby to Show New S! Mail/SMS Message Info While Viewing TV Quick Info Setting d Display Sender or Display Sender/Subject d Set Effect for Screen Change Screen Effect d Select an item d ・ TV image quality setting follows the Visual Image Effect setting in TV Effect. ・ A preview image for each mode appears during selection in Image Display Mode to check the effect. Backlight Start Here i Settings d Display d Backlight d Set Backlight & Power Saving Lighting d ON or OFF d ( Select time Backlight is lit d) ON or OFF d ( Enter a time before the Power Saver Mode is activated) ・ When the Power Saver Mode is activated, nothing appears in Standby. Pressing any key cancels the Power Saver Mode. Set Backlight during Charging Charging d Standard or All Time ON d Customization toggle on and off. The other party may hear a short beep when this operation is performed during a call. ・ When Privacy Angle is set, Display is whitish and the viewing angle is narrower. ・ Turn power off then on again to cancel Privacy Angle. Image Display Mode d Normal, Vivid or Dynamic d 14 ・ Select an item and press o to check details. 14-5 Clock, Display & Sounds Set Brightness of Backlight Brightness d ON or OFF d Select a Level d Copy Icons to Another Theme ・ When set to ON, Display Backlight automatically adjusts to surrounding brightness; Key Backlight automatically switches on/off. ・ Brightness is Level 4 by default. For maximum brightness, set to Level 6. Note that a higher setting will decrease battery time faster. Desktop Icons ・ When Copy Selected or Copy All is selected, select YES and press d at the end of the procedure. Move Icons to Another Theme Start Here i Settings d Display d Set Desktop Theme Desktop Icon d Select a theme d YES d ・ Press o to see details of the selected theme. Customization Desktop Icon d Select a theme Change Icon Design of a Theme o Select an icon u CHG Icon Image d Select Icon Image or Default Icon Image d ( Set and icon) Change Order of Icons of a Theme 14 14-6 Desktop Icon d Select a theme o Select an icon u Sort d Select a position d Desktop Icon d Select a theme o Select an icon u Copy d Copy This, Copy Selected or Copy All d Select a destination theme d ( Select icons d o) Desktop Icon d Select a theme o Select an icon u Move d Move This, Move Selected or Move All d Select a destination theme d ( Select icons d o) YES d Delete Icons of a Theme Desktop Icon d Select a theme o Select an icon u Delete d Delete This, Delete selected or Delete All d ( Select icons d o) YES d Set New S! Mail/SMS Indicator in 3D 3D Display Setting d ON d Clock, Display & Sounds Menu Display Settings Start Here i Settings d Display d Menu Display Set d List View and Details View Menu Display d List or Detail d ・ Select View for menus from i Settings d. Set Main Menu Theme Theme d Select a theme d ( YES or NO d) Change Icon Design (Original Theme) Theme d Original Theme d Select a menu item d Set an image ・ Change Main Menu icons to any preferred Save Last Selected Memory Focus d ON d Menu Item to Memory Start Here i p Add a Menu Item to Original Menu <Not Recorded> o Select a function d ( YES d) Change Order of Original Menu Items Select an item u Sort d Select a position d Cancel Original Menu Items Select an item u Release or Release All d YES d Reset Original Menu u Reset Org. Menu d YES d image. ・ Press o to check current setting. Theme d Original Theme d Background Image d Set an image ・ Change Main Menu background to any preferred image. ・ Press o to check current setting. Reset Original Theme Settings Theme d Original Theme d Select a menu item u Reset or All reset d YES d Standby Indicators Enable Indicator Selector i Settings d Display d Icons Setting d ON d ・ The indicators at the top of Display are enabled by pressing d in Standby. Use b to select an indicator and press d to access the corresponding function. Customization Change Background (Original Theme) 14 ・ Only available when any Original theme settings have been changed. 14-7 Clock, Display & Sounds External Display (Indicator display) Start Here i Settings d Display d Indicator Display d ON d Notifications/ Animation Disp. Clock Only d ON d Incoming Call/Message Alerts Start Here i Settings d Incoming Call d Adjust Ringtone Volume o d ・ Select OFF to set notifications (incoming ・ When Step is set, the ringtone volume increases messages, etc.) and animation (alarm, etc.) to appear. Customization Set Clock Pattern Clock Type d Select a pattern d o Set Messages to Appear Called, Mail or Connection d ON d o Set Time Signal Time Signal d ON d Set Time d 30 Minutes or 60 Minutes d Set Color d Select a color d Set Pattern d Select a pattern d o (twice) Set Viewable Time Display Time d 15 Seconds, 30 Seconds or 60 Seconds d o 14 14-8 Ring Volume d Phone, Video Call or Mail d c to adjust volume every three seconds. When Silent is set, no ringtone sounds. Set a Ringtone Select Ring Tone d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select Ring Tone d Select an item d ( Select a folder d) Set a ringtone Set Random Playback of Melodies as Ringtones Select Ring Tone d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select Ring Tone d Random Melody d Select a folder d ・ Melodies in the selected folder are played at random as ringtones. Mail Ring Time d Mail d Set Ringtone Duration for ON d Enter ringing duration Incoming Message ・ When OFF is set, no ringtone sounds and handset does not vibrate when receiving messages. Clock, Display & Sounds Set Vibration* Vibrator d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select a pattern d ・ When Melody Linkage is set, handset vibration is linked to the set ringtone melody. Handset may not vibrate depending on the set ringtone. Set Illumination Color Illumination d Set Color d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select a color d Set Illumination Pattern Illumination d Set Pattern d Select a pattern d ・ When Melody Linkage is set, illumination pattern is linked to the set ringtone melody. Illumination may not flash depending on the set ringtone. Set an Incoming Call/Message Image Select Ring Tone d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select Calling Disp. or Select Receiving Disp. d ( My Picture or Videos d) Set an image/video * When Vibrator is not set to OFF, be careful not to let handset fall off a desk or slide too close to a stove, etc. when it vibrates. Answering Incoming Calls Start Here i Settings d Incoming Call d Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key Answer Setting d Any Key Answer d ・ Answer incoming voice calls by pressing a key from r, d, 0 - 9, w, o, p, z and b. The any key answer function is disabled for incoming video calls. Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any Key Answer Setting d Quick Silent d ・ Mute the ringtone by pressing a key from 0 - 9, w, o (for voice calls only), p, z and b or by opening handset. Customization Set Illumination to Illumination d Missed Info Flash for Missed d ON d Calls/New Messages Show Phone Book Disp. Phone Book Image d ON Entry Images for d Incoming Calls/ Messages 14 14-9 Clock, Display & Sounds Manner Mode Checking Call Logs Start Here i Settings d Incoming Call d Manner Mode Setting d Set Manner Mode Type Manner Mode Set d Select a Manner Mode d Start Here i Settings d Incoming Call d Notify Missed Calls Info Notice Setting d ON d with Tone ・ Two short beeps sound twice when there are (When Tx Pressed) missed calls, and three short beeps sound when there are none. ・ When Super Silent is set, all tones emitted through the earpiece are also muted. Configure Original Manner Mode Set d Original Manner Mode d Set each item o Customization 14 Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Start Manner Start Time d Start Time d Set1 or Start Time Set2 o Enter time d d 1 Time, Daily ( ) or Select Day ( ) d (Select day o) o Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Release Manner Release Time d Release Time Set1 or Release Time Set2 o d Enter time d d 1 Time, Daily ( ) or Select Day ( ) d (Select day o) o Toggle Auto Manner Mode Start and Release On/Off 14-10 Manner Start Time or Manner Release Time d Select an item p ・ Press p to toggle on/off. Settings (e.g., time) are not updated. ・ To cancel all settings at once: u Release All d YES d Change Colors of Names, Phone Numbers and E-mail Addresses in Call and Message Log Windows Disp. Call/Receive No. d Select a color d ・ Press o to toggle the color palette between 16 colors and 256 colors. ・ To reset the color settings, press p. Sounds Start Here i Settings d Other Settings d Set Key Sound Off Keypad Sound d OFF d Charge Sound d ON d Set to Play Charging Start/End Tones Clock, Display & Sounds Open-close Sound d Open Set Handset Open/Close Sound Sound or Close Sound d Melody* d Select a tone d Ring Time d Select a setting d * Select OFF to set the tone off. Start Here i Tools d Voice Announce d Answer Calls Automatically External Connection d Auto Answer Setting d Phone or Video Call d ON d Enter ring time Save a Phone Number to Dial with an EarphoneMicrophone Dialing d Headset SW to Dial d Voice Call d Search Phone Book Select an entry d Select a phone number d Select an item d YES d Record Sound to Set as Ringtone or Record sound (for about 15 seconds) Outgoing Message ・ Press d to stop recording. Play Recorded Sound Select an item with ★ d Delete Recorded Sound Select an item with ★ u Erase d YES d Start Here i Settings d Audio Output External Connection d Headset Usage Setting d Headset+speaker or Headset Only d Microphone Setting External Connection d Headset Mic. Setting d Built-in Microphone or Headset Microphone d Customization Earphone-Microphone 14 14-11 Phone Book & Calls Phone Book Set Preferred Search Method [Phone Book Search] window (P. 2-21) Select a search method o OK d ・ To cancel the preferred search method, press t in Phone Book Search window, select the search method with ★ , and then press o. Change Group Name [Phone Book Entry List] (P. 2-21) u Group Setting d Select a group d Edit group name d Set Auto Synchronize Off Auto Sync Settings d ON/OFF d OFF d Check Auto Synchronize Settings Auto Sync Settings d Confirm Settings d Outgoing Calls Start Here i Settings d Dialing d ・ The name remains the same only for No Group. Do Not Send Phone Book Entry Images via Infrared i Tools d Forwarding Image d OFF d Save Area Code and Country Code as Prefix Numbers Prefix Setting d Select an item o Enter name d Enter prefix numbers d Save Touch Tones Pause Dial d o Enter touch tone numbers d ・ Press and hold w to enter “p“ (Pause). Customization S! Addressbook Back-up Start Here i Tools d S! Addressbook Back-up d Set Auto Synchronize 14 14-12 Auto Sync Settings d ON/OFF d ON d Enter Security Code d Select synchronize timing d ( Set synchronize cycle and day) Select synchronize type d YES d (twice) Set Numbers after Sub-address Setting d ON d “*“ as Sub Address Phone Book & Calls International Calls Start Here i Settings d Dialing d Int’l Dial Assistance d Change International Access Code Automatically Dialed with “+“ Auto Int’l Call Set. d ON d Select a country code d Select an international access code d ・ When OFF is set, the international access code is not entered when you press and hold 0. ・ Select an international access code you set in IDD Prefix Setting. Set Noise Reduction Noise Reduction d ON d Set Weak Signal Alarm Quality Alarm d High Tone or Low Tone d ・ Alarm may not sound before call is disconnected, if signal strength drops suddenly. Set Clarity of Other Party Voice Hyper Clear Voice d High, Low or OFF d Automatically Record During Voice Call ・ Record latest 60 seconds of call (two Auto Voice Memo d ON d recordings). Country Code Setting d Select an item o Enter country name d Enter country code d Illumination in Talk d Select a Change Color of Illumination While pattern d Calling Save an International Access Code IDD Prefix Setting d Select an item o Enter international access name d Enter international access code d Set Hold Tone d On Hold Tone Set Outgoing Message while Call d Select a hold tone d ( d) is on Hold ・ Select a hold tone and press o to check guidance message. Set Closing Sound Off Call Settings Start Here i Settings d Talk d Set Reconnection Tone Reconnect Signal d High Tone or Low Tone d Setting When Folded d No Tone d End Call By Closing Setting When Folded d End the Handset Call d Customization Change a Country Code 14 14-13 Phone Book & Calls Call Costs Video Calls Start Here i Settings d Call Time/Charge d Set Auto Reset of Total Call Cost Auto Reset Total Cost d Enter Security Code d Auto Reset d ON or OFF d ( Enter PIN2 d) Start Here i Settings d Video Call d Set Outgoing Image for Video Calls automatically reset to zero at twelve midnight on the first day of each month. Set Max Cost Limit d Enter d Enter Security Code d d ON d cost limit d d Set alarm tone d c to adjust volume d o Enter PIN2 d appears in Display when the total call cost exceeds the set maximum limit. ・ When the set total call cost limit has been reached, all outgoing calls are disabled. To enable outgoing calls, set the maximum call cost limit to 0: Set Max Cost Limit d Enter Security d (twice) o Code d Enter PIN2 d Customization ・ A call ends automatically and 14 * Cost display may not be available depending on your subscription. If unavailable, you will also be unable to set a cost limit. 14-14 ・ To set an image other than the preinstalled image: Original u Change Setting d Set an image ・ Press o to check image. ・ When ON is set, the total call cost indication is Set a Maximum Call Cost Limit* Select Image d Select an item d Pre-installed or Original d Redial Automatically as Voice Call When Video Call Connection Fails Auto Redial as Voice d ON d Set an Image to Appear in Main Window Display Setting d Main Display d Other Side or My Side d Reverse Front Camera Image Display Setting d Front Camera Reverse d ON d Hands-free Switch d ON d Automatically Switch to Handsfree Mode in Video Calls Phone Book & Calls Global Roaming Start Here i Settings d Int’l Roaming Set d Set Operator Show Operator Name While Roaming Display Operator Name d Display ON d NW Search Mode d Manual d Select an operator d ・ When Auto is set, an available operator is set automatically. ・ Use this procedure when handset is out of the service area of the currently used operator. Search Available Operator NW Search Mode d Network Re-search d Select an operator d ・ Available when NW Search Mode is set to Manual. PLMN Setting d Select an operator u Change Priority d Select a position on the priority list d o YES d ・ When Auto is set under NW Search Mode, you are automatically connected to the highest priority operator among available operators. Change Network Select Network d AUTO, 3G or GSM/GPRS d ・ Set to AUTO or network used in current Customization Set Priority for Operators 14 location. 14-15 Mail Header/Signature Settings Start Here for S! Mail o Mail Setting d Start Here for PC Mail Edit Header/ Signature o p PC Mail Settings d Header/Signature d Edit Header or Edit Signature d (twice) Edit header/signature o ・ Save Header/Signature for both S! Mail and PC Mail. Insert Header/ Signature Automatically Customization 14 Header/Signature d Insert Setting d Check item(s) d o S! Mail Settings Start Here o Mail Setting d S! Mail Settings d Request Delivery Report Delivery Report d ON d ・ Delivery Report arrives when recipient has received your S! Mail. S! Mail Report appears in Subject field of Delivery Report. Set Default Mail Size Compose Mail Size d 300KB or 2MB d ・ If set to 300KB, a confirmation appears when message size exceeds 300 KB. ・ Set Insert settings for both S! Mail and PC Mail and the respective header/signature is automatically inserted. However, when you switch from S! Mail Composition window to PC Mail Composition window, S! Mail header/ signature remains (PC Mail header/signature is not inserted). SMS Settings Start Here o Mail Setting d SMS Settings d Request Delivery Report SMS Report Request d ON d ・ Delivery Report arrives when recipient has received your SMS message. SMS Report appears in Subject field of Delivery Report. Set Server Storage SMS Validity Period d Select a Period of SMS period d Messages ・ When None is set, SMS messages you send are not stored on the server. 14-16 Mail Set SMS Input Language SMS Input Character d Japanese (70char.) or English(160char.) d Delete Keywords o PC Mail Setting Set Default Account o p PC Mail Settings d Send/Recv. Settings d Outgoing Account d Select an account d Incoming Message Settings Start Here for S! Mail o Mail Setting d Start Here for PC Mail o p PC Mail Settings d Emotion/Keyword d Uncheck Do Not Show Emotion Indicators Disp. Emotion o Emotion/Keyword d Put a checkmark to Disp. Keyword Select a keyword entry field d Enter keyword d o ・ To delete all keywords, uncheck Disp. Keyword. Set Priority When Receiving Messages during Operation Incoming S! Mail Messages Start Here o Mail Setting d Read Out Setting d Read Out Set Whether to Read Out Received Received Mail d ON or OFF d Messages ・ Mail is only read out while in Japanese Language Mode. Set Voice to Read Out Messages Read Out Setting d Select Voice d Select a voice type d ・ Mail is only read out while in Japanese Language Mode. ・ When handset receives an S! Mail containing the specified keyword, a keyword indicator appears. ・ In case a message contains both the content that matches an emotion indicator (P. 5-10) and a specified keyword, the keyword indicator takes priority. Receiving Setting d Alarm Preferred or Operation Preferred d Set Mail Retrieval Method S! Mail Settings d Auto Receiving d Manual, Auto(300KB) or Auto(1MB) d Customization Show Keyword Indicators Emotion/Keyword d Select a keyword u Delete Keyword or Delete All Keyword d YES d 14 14-17 Mail Restrict Incoming S! Mail Size S! Mail Settings d Receiving Size d 300KB or 2MB d ・ When set to 300KB, messages are resized to Set New Message Inactivate Time d Enter time Retrieval Off d During Set Hours ・ Available when Auto Check is set to Auto. ・ If inactive time is set to 24 hours, messages are 300 KB. Attachments may be resized or deleted on the server. Once resized, messages cannot be retrieved again at original size. no longer automatically received. ・ Messages may not be automatically received depending on the combination of Check Interval and Inactivate Time. Incoming PC Mail Messages Start Here o p PC Mail Settings d Send/Recv. Settings d New Message Retrieval While Abroad Auto Check in Roaming d ON or OFF d ・ Available when Auto Check is set to Auto. Customization Set New Message Retrieval Method Auto Check d Auto or Manual d ( d) Retrieve Notification Only or Full Message Auto Receiving or Manual Receiving d Part or All d Start Here for S! Mail o Mail Setting d Set Interval for New Message Retrieval Check Interval d 30 Minutes, 1 Hour, 2 Hours, 4 Hours, 8 Hours or 24 Hours d Quote Message Marks 14 14-18 ・ Available when Auto Check is set to Auto. ・ Battery life is also shortened when a short check interval is set. ・ Messages are checked at intervals based on the time at which setting was performed. Even if you change the time indicated by handset Clock, the time at which Check Interval was set is used as the basis. Reply Settings Start Here for PC Mail o p PC Mail Settings d Header/Signature d Edit Quotation Marks d Edit quotation mark d ・ Set quote message marks for both S! Mail and PC Mail. Mail Message Window/Messaging Settings Start Here for S! Mail o Mail Setting d Start Here for PC Mail o p PC Mail Settings d Set Default Mail Menu Priority Mail Menu d S! Mail Menu or PC Mail Menu d Set Message List View Mail List Disp. d 2 Lines, 1 Line or 1 Line+Body d Subject, Name or Address d Set Auto-Play for Melody Attachments Start Attachment(auto) d ON d ・ Automatic play only for received mail. Scroll d 1 Line, 3 Lines or 5 Lines d Set Font Size Font Size d Select a size d Check Mail Settings Check Mail Settings or Check PC Mail Settings d Restore to Default Reset Mail Settings or Reset PC Mail Settings Settings d Enter Security Code d YES d Start Here i Settings d Connection Settings d SMS Center Selection d Change SMS Center Address 819066519300 d Enter SMS Center address d International or Unknown d ・ Address is 819066519300 by default. SMS may become unavailable if Center address is changed. Reset to SoftBank SMS Center Address Reset d Enter Security Code d YES d PC Mail Account Settings Start Here o p PC Mail Settings d Account Settings d Select an account d Edit Account Name Edit Account name d Edit account name d Reset PC Mail Account Settings Reset Account Settings Enter Security Code d YES d Customization Set Scroll Unit SMS Server Settings 14 14-19 Internet Customization 14 Internet Set Whether to Send Referer Security d Send Referer d ON or OFF d Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai Press and hold p Browser Settings d Enable/Disable Cookies Security d Cookie Settings d Select an option d Start Here for PC Site Browser Press and hold p PC Site Browser d PC Site Brw. Settings d Set Whether to Activate Scripts Security d Script Settings d Select an option d Check Internet Settings Check Settings or Check PC Site Brw. Set d Reset Internet Settings Reset or Reset PC Site Brw. Set d Enter Security Code d YES d Set Scroll Unit/Speed Scroll d Whole Page, Half Page or Single Line d Enable/Disable Image Download Downloads d Display Images d ON or OFF d Set Auto-Play for Melody Attachments Downloads d Play Sounds d ON or OFF d Clear Cache Memory Manager d Delete Cache d Enter Security Code d YES d Delete Cookies Memory Manager d Delete Cookies d YES d Initialize Memory Status of Internet Initialized Browser d Enter Security Code d YES d Security d Manufacture Set Whether to Send Manufacture Number d ON or OFF d Number 14-20 Yahoo! Keitai Start Here Press and hold p Browser Settings d Set Font Size Set Flash Sound On/Off Font Size d Select a size d Flash Sound Effect d ON or OFF d Internet PC Site Browser Start Here Press and hold p PC Site Browser d PC Site Brw. Settings d Do Not Show Alert Warning Messages d OFF d When Activating PC Site Browser & Switching Browsers Set Page Layout Display Mode Settings d PC Screen or Small Screen d Select a size d Customization 14 14-21 TV Channel List Image & Sound Start Here i TV d Channel List d Start Here i TV d User Settings d Change Title of Channel List Select a channel list u Edit Title d Edit title d Set Subtitle Display Delete a Channel List Select a channel list u Delete This d YES d Icon Always Show d ON or OFF Show/Hide Icons in Landscape View d ・ The currently used channel list cannot be deleted. Assign Channels to Select a channel list o u Remote Control Remote Control No. d Select a Numbers remote control number d Select a channel d Repeat the same step o YES d Delete a Channel Customization 14 Select a channel list o Select a channel u Delete This d YES d TV Power Saving d YES d Save Battery by Dimming Backlight ・ Following these steps when TV Power Saving is on will cancel TV Power Saving. Set Sound On While Handset Closed TV Sound While Closed d ON d ・ When set to ON and handset is closed, a page connected from data broadcast automatically updates. Packet transmission fees apply. Keep Backlight On Display Light d Constant Light When Viewing TV d ・ TV Power Saving must be off to set Display ・ Delete a channel from any channel list except for the currently used list. Subtitles d ON (Wide:Bottom), ON (Wide:Top) or OFF d Light. Set Backlight Duration for Viewing TV Display Light d Lighting Duration d Enter lighting time ・ TV Power Saving must be off to set Display Light. Set Sound Effects TV Effect d Sound Effect d Select an effect d ・ TV Power Saving must be off to set TV Effect. 14-22 TV Set Visual Image Effects TV Effect d Visual Image Effect d Select an effect d ・ TV Power Saving must be off to set TV Effect. Set TV to Pause or Time Shift Setup d Auto ON or Continue for Auto OFF d Incoming Calls (Time Shift Playback) Data Broadcasts Start Here i TV d User Settings d Data BC Settings d Set Image Disp. d ON or OFF Enable/Disable Sound Effects of Data Broadcasts Sound Effect d ON or OFF d Show Confirmation Window Again d Reset Disp. Set. d YES d ・ Once you select YES(By default) in a confirmation window for accessing a web page from Data Broadcast, the window no longer appears. Use this procedure to set the window to reappear. Continue/End Recording at Low Battery i TV d User Settings d Rec. While Low Battery d ON or OFF d Other Settings Start Here i TV d User Settings d Check TV Settings Check TV Settings d Reset Channel Settings Reset Channel Setting d Enter Security Code d YES d Reset Storage Area d Select an Clear Data Broadcast Memory affiliated station u Delete This or Delete All d ( Enter Security Code d) YES d Reset TV Settings Reset TV Settings d Enter Security Code d YES d Customization Set Whether to Show Images in Pages Accessed from Data Broadcasts Recording Programs 14 14-23 Camera Camera/Video Settings Set Shutter Sound [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-6)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-8) u Shutter Sound d Select a shutter sound d Set Level of Smile for Smile Mode [Smile Mode Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) u Camera Settings d Smile Level d Select a level d Set Display for Landscape View Shooting [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-6)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-8) u Icon Always Show d ON or OFF d ・ Below icons do not appear if set to OFF. ●Photo Viewfinder Focus Frame, Auto Timer, Storage Capacity ●For Video Viewfinder or Shooting window Customization Auto Timer, Storage Capacity, Recording Status, Recording Time (remaining) Set Interval for Continuous Shooting 14 14-24 [Continuous Shooting Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) u Interval/Number d Shot Interval d 0.5 Seconds, 1.0 Seconds or 2.0 Seconds d ・ Shot Interval is available when CHG Camera- mode (P. 7-6) is set to A-Continuous Mode. Set Number of Shots for Continuous Shooting [Continuous Shooting Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) u Interval/Number d Shot Number d Enter Shot Number d File Storage Set Storage Location for Still Images/Videos [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-6)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-8) u Select to Save d Phone or microSD d Select a folder d ・ To save videos on memory card, select a folder of Inbox. Player & S! Appli Playback Window Change Design of Playback Window [Music Playback] window (P. 9-5) u Action Setting d Change Skin d Select a design d Set Image Display Size [Video Playback] window (P. 9-5) u Action Setting d Set Image Disp. d Normal or Fit in Display d Start Here i S! Appli d S! Appli List d Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Connect to Network Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Net Access d All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable d ・ Available with network-capable S! Appli. Allow S! Appli to Read User Data ・ Available when playing in Normal Screen mode. Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Read User Data d All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable d ・ Available with S! Appli that can read user data. When Running S! Appli Start Here i S! Appli d Settings d Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Write Personal Information Set Sound Volume Sound/Vib Settings d Volume d c to adjust volume d Sound/Vib Settings d Vibration d ON or OFF d Set Backlight Backlight Settings d Switch ON/OFF d Always ON, Always OFF or Link To Phone Set. d Set Blinking of Backlight Backlight Settings d Blink d ON or OFF d ・ Available with S! Appli that can write and delete user data. Allow S! Appli to Obtain Location Information Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Location Info d Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable d ・ Available with S! Appli that can use location information. Reset Security Settings of S! Appli Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Reset Security Set. d YES d Customization Set Vibration Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Write/Del User Data d All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable d 14 14-25 Player & S! Appli S! Appli Start Here i S! Appli d Settings d Reset S! Appli Settings Reset d Set to Default d Enter Security Code d YES d Delete All S! Appli Reset d Delete All S! App d Enter Security Code d YES d ・ Some S! Appli are not deleted. Customization 14 14-26 Entertainment Mobile Widget Start Here i Entertainment d Mobile Widget d Settings d S! Quick News Start Here i Entertainment d S! Quick News d Settings d Check Auto Synchronize Settings Auto Refresh d ON or OFF d Set Automatic Updates for S! Quick News Auto Refresh d Select an item d Select update interval, ON or OFF d (twice) Set Whether to Automatically Transmit When Abroad Auto Roaming d ON or OFF Hide S! Quick News in Standby Standby Settings d Standby Disp. Set. d OFF d (twice) Set Ticker Speed Standby Settings d Speed Settings d Fast, Normal or Slow d (twice) d Delete All Widgets Delete Content d Select a from Desktop Page Desktop page d YES d Cookies d ON or OFF d Delete Cookies Delete Cookies d YES d Set Widgets On/Off Standby Disp. Set. d ON or OFF d Set Information to Standby Settings d Unread & appear in S! Quick Read Set. d Unread Only or Unread News & Read d (twice) Hide S! Quick News Images Set Image Disp. d OFF d (twice) Reset S! Quick News Registered Contents Del. Quick News d YES d (twice) Enter Security Code d (three times) Customization Set Whether to Use Cookies 14 14-27 Entertainment S! Info Channel Start Here i Entertainment d S! Info Ch./Weather d Settings d Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon For New Received Information S! Information Notif. d ON or OFF d Set Font Size for Web Pages Font Size d Select font size d Weather Indicators Customization 14 Start Here i Entertainment d S! Info Ch./Weather d Weather Indicator d Settings d Set Whether to Automatically Update Weather Information Weather Update d ON or OFF d ( YES d) Set Whether to Display Weather Indicators in Standby Standby Setting d ON or OFF 14-28 d Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon For New Received Information Weather Notif. d ON or OFF d Other Settings Text Entry Shortcut Key Start Here i Settings d Other Settings d Character Input Set d Set Text Input Method Input Mode d Select an input method d Set Word Prediction Prediction d ON or OFF d T9 Change Mode d T9 Kanji Set to Show T9 Suggestion Words Change Mode or T9 Kana Change Mode in Kanji or d Hiragana Clear Learned d Enter Security Code d T9/Expect Words/Pic. or Kana/Kanji Change/Face d Change Font Size CHG Input Size d Select a size d Set Auto Cursor Movement in 5-Touch Mode Auto Cursor d Fast, Normal, Slow or OFF d i Settings d Other Setting d Shortcut-key Setting d Select a function d YES d ・ To return to original settings, press u, select Reset Shortcut-key, and press d. Closed Illumination Start Here i Settings d Illumination d Closed Illum. d ON d Set Flashing Color for Handset Close Set Color d Select a color d Set Flashing Pattern for Handset Close Set Pattern d Select a pattern d Customization Clear Learning History Change Function Assigned to Shortcut Key 14 14-29 Other Settings Key Illumination Start Here i Settings d Illumination d Key Illumination d ON d Ir/IC Exchanging d ON or OFF Set Illumination for Missed Call or New Message Missed Call d Set a pattern d Set Illumination for Power On/Off Power ON or Power OFF d ON or OFF d Set Illumination for Incoming or Outgoing Calls Incoming Call or Dialing d Set a pattern Open d Set a pattern Set Illumination for When Handset Opens Set Illumination for Call Start Talking Start d Set a pattern Set Illumination for Special Events Set Illumination for Mail Receiving or Mail Sending d Sending/Receiving Set a pattern Messages Customization 14 Set Illumination for Ir/IC Transmission Set Illumination for EmotionExpressing Mail Emotion d Always, Unread Mail Only or OFF d Set Illumination for Alarm Notification Alarm d Set a pattern Set Illumination for Snooze Notification Snooze d ON or OFF d 14-30 Event d ON or OFF d Key Backlight Set Key Backlight Color i Settings d Illumination d Key Backlight d Select a color d Osaifu-Keitai Set Illumination for IC Card i Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d IC Card Illumination d ON or OFF d Other Settings Delete all Lifestyle- i S! Appli d Settings d Appli Reset d Delete All LifeApp d Enter Security Code d YES d Edit URL Name ・ Some Lifestyle-Appli are not deleted. i Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d Set Whether to Enable Opening Interface Settings d Enter from Reader/Writer Security Code d Browser d ON or OFF d Map URL Settings d Select a map URL o Enter Security Code d Select name d Enter name d Select URL d Edit URL d o ・ The map URL set by default cannot be edited. Delete Map URL Map URL Settings d Select a map URL u Delete d Enter Security Code d YES d ・ The map URL set by default cannot be deleted. S! GPS Navi Start Here i Tools d S! GPS Navi d NAVI Settings d Map Setting d Select Navi Appli d Select a Navi Appli d Begin Positioning Before/After Activating Map Map Setting d Map Activate Setting d After Positioning or Before Positioning d Save Map URL Map URL Settings d <Not Recorded> o Enter Security Code d Map URL Name d Enter URL name d Map URL d Enter URL d o Map URL Settings d Select a map URL d Set Location Information Send Method Send Location Info d Confirm, Send or Not Send d Bluetooth Start Here i Tools d Bluetooth d Bluetooth Settings d Set Detection Time Time-out to Search d Enter for Device search time Customization Set Default Navi Appli Set Map URL 14 14-31 Other Settings Forward Ring Tone d ON or OFF Set Whether to Send Ring Tone for d Voice Call, Video ・ Ring tone will also sound from handset if Call to Headset or Headset Usage Setting is set to Handsfree Device Headset+speaker and Forward Ring Tone is set to OFF. Set Whether to Enable Calling from External Device Dial From Other Device d Valid or Invalid d Check Handset Bluetooth Information Bluetooth Info d Start Here i Settings d Wi-Fi Setting d Manual Setup d Profile Setting d Select a profile d Change Profile Name* Set Profile Name d Enter profile name d o (twice) Set ESSID* Wi-Fi Detail Setting d ESSID Setting d Enter ESSID d o (three times) ・ ESSID is an ID for preventing unintended network crossing. Specify the same setting as for the access point. ・ Press o to change name of added device. Wi-Fi Customization Select Wireless Mode Setting* Wi-Fi Detail Setting d Radio Mode Setting d Auto(802.11b/g) or 802.11b d o (three times) Set IP Address* IP Setting d IP Address Setting d Automatic Setup or Manual Setup d ( IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway d Enter setting values d) o (three times) Set DNS Server* IP Setting d DNS Setting d Automatic Setup or Manual Setup d ( Primary DNS and Secondary DNS d Enter setting values d o) o (three times) Start Here i Settings d Wi-Fi Setting d Show Confirmation Before Switching to 3G Wi-Fi/3G Change Set d Confirm Mode or Auto Mode d ・ Unavailable when ON/OFF is set to OFF. Reset Wi-Fi Setting Reset Wi-Fi Setting d Enter Security Code d YES d 14 14-32 Other Settings Use HTTP Proxy Server* HTTP Proxy Setting d ON d Server Address, Port Number(HTTP), Port Number(SSL) and Unset Proxy Address d Enter setting values d o (three times) ・ Available when Wi-Fi Access Mode is set to Resetting Handset Start Here i Settings d Other Settings d Reset All Settings to Default Reset Settings d Enter Security Code d YES d Initialize Handset to Default Status Initialize d Enter Security Code d YES d YES d Direct Access. Set Security Method* Set to Use Public Wirelss LAN* Set Security Method d None, WEP, WPA/WPA2-PSK or WPA2-PSK d ( Enter or select setting values d) o (twice) Public Wi-Fi Setting d ON d ID and Password d Enter ID and password d o (three times) ・ When the initialization is completed, handset automatically shuts down and restarts. ・ When handset is initialized, all data downloaded and saved on handset are deleted and cannot be restored. ・ Your Security Code will also be reset to default. ・ When using a profile other than BB モバイルポ イント , ID and password entry may be required even if an ID and password are already set. wireless LAN services. Set Access Mode* Wi-Fi Access Mode d Keitai Wi-Fi or Direct Access d o (twice) * After setting, in Manual Setup window (P. 13-13), press o (Finish). Customization ・ Does not guarantee connection to all public 14 14-33 Appendix Multitask Combinations ............................ 15-2 Software Update ....................................... 15-4 Updating Software............................................. 15-4 Troubleshooting ........................................ 15-6 Text Entry Key Assignments ................... 15-11 In 5-touch Mode............................................... 15-11 In 2-touch Mode............................................... 15-12 In T9 Input Mode.............................................. 15-13 Kuten Code List........................................ Weather Indicators .................................. Menu List.................................................. Specifications ........................................... 15-14 15-20 15-21 15-42 Main Specifications .......................................... Handset Materials ............................................ Maximum Number of Storable Items.............. Memory Card Folders & Files ........................... 15-42 15-43 15-44 15-45 15 Index.......................................................... 15-47 Warranty & After Sales Service .............. 15-60 Warranty........................................................... 15-60 After Sales Service ............................................ 15-60 Customer Service ..................................... 15-61 15-1 Multitask Combinations The following table shows combinations of functions that can be used simultaneously to multitask. ● The following indications may not apply depending on the function status and combination. Function Mail Settings/ Data Phone Own Yahoo! S! Appli Optional Tools Camera Folder Book Data Services TV Music Currently Active Function Appendix 15 Original Menu Group Mail × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Mail Group Yahoo! ○ × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Yahoo! Group S! Appli ○ ○ × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ S! Appli Group Settings/Optional Services ○ ○ ○ × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Settings Group Data Folder ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × ○ ○ ○ Data Folder Tools ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × ○ ○ ○ Phone Book ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × ○ ○ ○ Own Data ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × ○ ○ ○ Camera ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × ○ ○ ○ Tools Group 15-2 Multitask Combinations Function Mail Settings/ Data Phone Own Yahoo! S! Appli Optional Tools Camera Folder Book Data Services TV Music Currently Active Function Original Menu Group TV ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × ○ Music ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × ○ During a Voice Call ○ ○ × × × ○ ○ ○ × × × ○ Voice Call During a Video Call × × × × × × × × × × × × Video Call During Packet Transmission with a PC Connected ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × ○ External Connection TV & Music Group ○:Can be activated. ×:Cannot be activated. Appendix 15 15-3 Software Update Appendix 15 Check if software on handset needs to be updated, and update it through the network if necessary. ● Before updating software, turn off handset and restart it to make sure that all handset functions have ended. ● Disconnect the USB cable from handset. The software update, if it is done with the USB cable connected, may not be properly completed. ● No transmission fees apply to check or update software. ● Updating software may take 30 minutes or so. Wait for the software update to finish before using handset. ● Make sure battery is sufficiently charged before updating software. ● Update software in a location of good signal reception. Do not change locations while updating software. ● Other handset functions are available once the software update is completed. ● Data saved on handset is retained when you update software. However, data may be lost depending on the handset condition (e.g. a malfunction). We recommend that you make backups of important data (though it may be impossible to back up some downloaded data) before updating software. SoftBank is not liable for any data loss. 15-4 ● Never remove battery or USIM Card or turn off handset while updating software. ● If software update fails, handset may become inoperable. If this happens, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (P. 15-61). After Software is Updated After update, handset restarts and update status appears. Updating Software 1 i Settings d Other Settings d Software Update d 2 Software Update d Update Status Note ・ If handset does not restart after updating, remove and reinsert Battery, and turn handset on again. If handset still does not restart, call Softbank Mobile Customer Center (P. 15-61). 3 Follow onscreen instructions Software Update Checking Update Results 1 i Settings d Other Settings d Software Update d 2 Update Result d Using Regular Updates A confirmation for software update appears at the scheduled time. Press d or leave handset for a while to start automatic software update. ● If other functions are being used at the scheduled time, software update cannot start. End all functions to open the software update confirmation window (if you keep using other functions for more than ten minutes after a scheduled time, software update is canceled). Appendix 15 15-5 Troubleshooting Problem Cannot turn on handset. Possible Cause & Remedy Refer to Is battery properly installed? P. 1-13 Is battery exhausted? P. 1-21 Handset is slow to It takes time if there are large amounts turn on. of data (e.g., Phone Book entries) saved on handset. Cannot charge Is battery properly installed? battery. Is AC Charger plugged into an outlet Charging Indicator properly? does not light up. - P. 1-13 P. 1-15 Is AC Charger the specified ZTDAA1? Battery may not charge properly with non-specified charger. Battery service life may be over. Battery lifespan may be shortened by environmental factors. P. 1-13, P. 14-5 Appendix 15 15-6 Is handset out of service area or in a location with a weak signal? Is a maximum call cost limit set? Cannot make calls Is Keypad Lock active? using Keypad. Is Dial/Sending Mail specified to be locked in Original (Dial) Lock mode? - P. 14-14 Refer to P. 4-4 P. 4-3 P. 2-23 A message informs you the number is not in service. Did you include the area code when dialing a phone number? - Busy tone always sounds for outgoing call. Does Network is busy at this moment Please try again later appear in Display? - Network is busy at this moment Please try again later appears. Voice call/packet transmission network may be experiencing heavy traffic or technical difficulties. Try again later. Emergency calls (110, 119 and 118) are still available. - Cannot receive Is handset in Emission OFF Mode? Calls. Is handset in Manner Mode? Incoming ringtone does not sound. Is Ring Volume set to Silent? Battery operation time will vary depending on handset operations or settings. Cannot make calls. Possible Cause & Remedy Is Restrict Dialing set? Is the connector of AC Charger correctly inserted into handset? Battery drains too fast. Problem P. 4-6 P. 1-19 P. 14-8 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause & Remedy The other party’s Is the earpiece properly placed against voice is difficult to your ear? hear. Is anything obstructing the speaker if it is in handsfree mode? Refer to - P. 3-3, P. 3-8 The other party’s voice is too loud. Is the earpiece volume properly adjusted? P. 3-3, P. 3-8 Handset response to key presses is slow. This may occur when there are large amounts of data saved on handset, or when large amounts of data are being transferred between handset and memory card. Side Key is inoperable when handset is closed. Display is blank. Display is hard to see. P. 14-10 Is handset in Manner Mode? P. 1-19 Is Keypad Lock active? P. 4-4 Is Side Key Guard set to ON? P. 1-23 Is Power Saver Mode activated? Refer to P. 14-5 - Is Brightness under Backlight set to lower level? P. 14-6 Is ECO Mode activated? P. 1-23 Is Privacy Angle set to ON? P. 14-5 Display backlight does not light. Is Lighting under Backlight set to OFF? P. 14-5 Display backlight is sometimes bright, sometimes dim. Is Brightness under Backlight set to ON? Light Sensor detects the surrounding brightness and automatically adjusts the Display Backlight brightness. P. 14-6 - Is Keypad Sound set to OFF? Possible Cause & Remedy If handset is left in a very hot place, it may automatically shut down. If this happens, move handset to a location at an appropriate temperature (5 to 35 C) and wait for a while until the keys become operable again. - Is the earpiece volume properly adjusted? Cannot hear key operation tones. Problem P. 14-8 Key Illumination Is Event set to ON? Key Illumination flashes in an unset flashes in special patterns for special pattern. events. P. 14-30 Appendix Nothing appears Is Indicator Display set to OFF? in External Display. 15 15-7 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause & Remedy Refer to Message appears when opening an image, video or song file. The image, video or song is unavailable with the function being used when any of the following messages appear. Not available and No preview data - appears The image file may be corrupted. instead of an image or preview. - Images shot with handset camera flicker. When shooting images indoors, flicker may occur due to fluorescent lighting, etc. Changing the Flicker setting may help reduce flicker. P. 7-14 Images/videos shot on handset are too bright. Were the still images or videos shot with Flicker not set to Auto? Set Flicker to Auto. P. 7-14 Images/videos shot on handset are blurred. Select a Photo Mode suited to the subject or scene. P. 7-6, P. 7-8 Appendix Cannot watch TV. Is handset out of the digital terrestrial broadcast service area or in a location with a weak signal? Cannot use S! Appli. 15 15-8 - Are the channel settings done? P. 8-3 Has different USIM Card been inserted? S! Appli becomes unavailable after inserting a different USIM Card. Initialize handset and download S! Appli again. P. 9-8 Problem Insert USIM appears. Possible Cause & Remedy USIM Card is not properly inserted or may be damaged. Refer to P. 1-12 Insert microSD or Memory card is not properly inserted or No microSD may be damaged. appears. P. 12-12 Replace with A New One or check the Disk appears. P. 12-19 Perform a scan disk on memory card. Function Cannot End one of the currently active Operate Any functions to continue operation. More appears. - Other function active Cannot start appears. - These messages appear when you try to use an unavailable function when another function is active. Other function active Cannot operate appears. Memory This message appears when operation shortage appears. is interrupted due to insufficient memory. Reboot handset. - Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause & Remedy Refer to Network connection is interrupted due to weak signal. - The page you are trying to access is very busy. Try again after a while. - (microSD card indicator marked with ?) appears. The indicator appears when a defective memory card is inserted. Osaifu-Keitai cannot be used. Connection failed appears. Handset changes to 3G network even though indicates strong Wi-Fi signal. Problem Cannot use Wi-Fi with the created profile. Possible Cause & Remedy Refer to Is Wi-Fi activated? P. 13-11 Is the profile saved to Priority Settings? P. 13-14 P. 13-15 P. 12-19 Are access point settings correct? Check Profile Setting and Connection Status. P. 14-33 Was handset left uncharged for a long period after the battery ran out? P. 1-21 Are you using an access point with a security indicator ? Enter the security key with Set Security Method. P. 11-3 Cannot connect to Did you change any items other than BB mobilepoint. the ID and password for the BB モバイル ポイント profile? Connection may become unavailable if profile settings are changed. Perform Reset Profile and configure the settings again. P. 13-15 Has IC Card Lock or Call Remote Lock been set? - Are you connected to a valid access point? Perform Prioritized AP Search again. P. 13-14 Are access point settings correct? Check Profile Setting and Connection Status. P. 13-15 Web page for Yahoo! Keitai (PC Site Browser) does not open even though indicates strong Wi-Fi signal. Did you move to a different shop or other location while using a public wireless LAN service? If you are going to use the same public wireless LAN service provided at a different location, you may be unable to reconnect for a certain period of time. Wait for a while then connect again. - Appendix Are you subscribed to the Keitai Wi-Fi service? Connection with Keitai Wi-Fi is unavailable if you are unsubscribed. 15 15-9 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause & Remedy Re-entry of ID and password is requested while using a public wireless LAN service with Direct Access. Was there no key operation for a certain period of time while using PC Site Browser? Re-enter the ID and password or perform Prioritized AP Search again. The Wi-Fi out of range indicator appears. Are you using a Bluetooth device? Stop the Bluetooth device. The MAC address appears as “00:00:00:00:00: 00.” After Wi-Fi setup is complete, the correct MAC address appears. Appendix 15 15-10 Refer to P. 13-14, P. 14-33 P. 13-8 - Text Entry Key Assignments In 5-touch Mode Key Kanji/hiragana Entry Mode Katakana Entry Mode 1 1 Number Entry Mode 1 カキクケコ 2 abcABC2 2 サシスセソ 3 defDEF3 3 たちつてとっ タチツテトッ 4 ghiGHI4 4 なにぬねの ナニヌネノ 5 jklJKL5 5 はひふへほ ハヒフヘホ 6 mnoMNO6 6 7 2 かきくけこ 3 さしすせそ 4 5 6 アイウエオァィゥェォ 1 7 まみむめも マミムメモ 7 pqrsPQRS7 8 やゆよゃゅょ ヤユヨャュョ 8 tuvTUV8 8 9 らりるれろ ラリルレロ 9 wxyzWXYZ9 9 0 わをんーゎ ワヲンーヮ 20 0 0+3 w ゛゜456 ゛ ゜4 5 6 45 * q 、。?!・ (space)7 、 。?!・ (space)8 , .?! ' - & ( ) ¥ (space) # Appears as “〜“ during double-byte entry. The lower case of “ ワ “ can be entered in double-byte mode. Press and hold 0 in Phone Number Entry window to enter “+.“ Can be toggled between upper case and lower case. w to insert line feed “ .“ Before confirming characters, press j to display “_,“ and press again in this state to enter “゛“ or “゜.“ Cannot be entered when entering readings in Own Dictionary. Only space can be entered when entering readings in USIM Phone Book. Appendix 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Alphanumeric Entry Mode . / @ - : ~ _1 あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ 15 15-11 Text Entry Key Assignments In 2-touch Mode In Double-byte Mode Key In Single-byte Mode Press Next 1 2 3 Key 4 5 6 7 8 9 Press Next 0 ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ a b c d e 2 か き く け こ F G H I J f g h i j 3 さ し す せ そ K L M N O Press First Press First 1 あ い う え お A B C D E ・ When using double-byte mode to 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ア イ ウ エ オ A B C D E ァ ィ ゥ ェ ォ a b c d e 2 カ キ ク ケ コ F G H I J f g h i j 3 サ シ ス セ ソ K L M N O k l m n o P Q R S T p q r s t U V W X Y u v w x y Z ? ! - / 1 k l m n o 4 た ち つ て と P Q R S T っ 4 タ チ p q r s t 5 な に ぬ ね の U V W X Y ツ テ ト ッ 5 ナ ニ ヌ ネ ノ u v w x y 6 は ひ ふ へ ほ Z ? ! ー / 6 ハ ヒ フ ヘ ホ z Appendix 15 15-12 z 7 ま み む め も ¥ & 1 8 や ( ゆ ) よ * # 1 ゃ ゅ 7 2 8 3 3 0 わ を ん ゛ ゜ 6 ゎ 、 。 ミ ム メ モ \ & 1 ヤ ( ユ ) ヨ * # 1 1 2 ャ ょ 9 ら り る れ ろ 1 マ 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 0 9 0 ュ 2 ョ ラ リ ル レ ロ @ / - ̲ : ワ ヲ ン ゙ ゚ ˜ ' , . 3 .ne.jp .co.jp .ac.jp 6 7 8 www. .com .html 4 5 @softbank. ne.jp 9 0 http:// https:// ・ 1 2 3 enter reading in USIM Phone Book, double-byte katakana are entered instead of hiragana. Press w after entering a character to switch upper and lower case. Can be entered when entering pictographs is possible, such as in Text Memo and Common Phrases. Press 8 0 to toggle between upper-case and lower-case modes. After characters that cannot have “゛“ or “゜,“ a separate “゛“ or “゜“ is entered. Before confirming characters, press j to display “_,“ and press again in this state to enter “゛“ or “゜.“ : A space is entered for these key combinations. Text Entry Key Assignments In T9 Input Mode ・ For key assignments in number entry mode, see the table in “In 5-touch Mode.“ ・ Numbers do not appear when entering reading in Key Kanji/hiragana Entry Mode Katakana Entry Mode 1 Row あ , 1 Row ア , 1 2 Row か , 2 Row カ , 2 abcABC2 3 Row さ , 3 Row サ , 3 defDEF3 4 Row た , 4 Row タ , 4 ghiGHI4 5 Row な , 5 Row ナ , 5 jklJKL5 6 Row は , 6 Row ハ , 6 mnoMNO6 7 Row ま , 7 Row マ , 7 pqrsPQRS7 8 Row や , 8 Row ヤ , 8 tuvTUV8 1 9 Row ら , 9 Row ラ , 9 wxyzWXYZ9 0 わをん ゎ ー、0 ワヲン ヮ 4ー、0 0 2 3 w 12 12 26 q 3 3 Alphanumeric Entry Mode ./@?!(),-_: ~5 & ¥ 1 Single-byte space USIM Phone Book or Own Dictionary. ・ Press q to toggle the case as follows: Caps-lock cancel mode → Shift mode → Caps Lock mode ・ Caps Lock mode: All characters are entered in upper ・ 5 6 Appendix 4 case. Shift mode: The first characters of words are capitalized and the rest of characters are entered in lower case. Caps-lock cancel mode: All characters are entered in lower case. Once characters entered in Shift mode have been determined, the mode is switched to Caps-lock cancel mode. When editing a reading, pressing w adds/cancels “゛“ or “゜.“ w to insert line feed “ .“ “、,“ “。,“ “? ,“ “! ,“ “・“ and “(space)“ appear right after a reading or character is determined. The lower case of “ワ“ can only be entered in double-byte mode. “ ̄“ is entered in double-byte mode. Pressing before confirming characters enters a space before confirming. 15 15-13 Kuten Code List ●Actual Display font may differ in appearance from the following. 1st - 3rd digits 0 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 Appendix 15 15-14 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 、 。 , .・ ゛゜´`¨^ ゝゞ〃仝々〆 /\〜‖|… ( )〔 〕[ 〉《 》「 」『 −±×÷=≠ ∞∴♂ ♀°′ ¢£%#& ○●◎◇ ◆□■△▲▽ ←↑↓ ∈ ⊃∪∩ ∧∨¬⇒⇔ (スペース) ! ヾ ‐ 〈 + ≧ $ ★ → ⊂ :;  ̄_ 〇ー ‥ ]{ 』【 <> ″℃ @§ 9 ? ヽ ― } 】 ≦ ¥ ☆ ▼※〒 ∀∃ ∠⊥⌒∂∇≡≒≪≫√ ∽∝∵∫∬ ʼn♯♭♪ ¶ ◯ 031 032 033 034 035 036 4 5 6 7 A HIJ K RSTU 0 1 2 3 D N X b 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 fgh pqr z ぁあ おかが ごさざ ぞただ とどな ひびぴ ぼぽま ゆょよ ゐゑを 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 オ ゴ ゾ ト ヒ ボ ユ ヰ 9 1st - 3rd digits 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ijklmno stuvwxy 064 065 θικλμνξοπρ στυφχψω ぃ き し ち に ふ み ら ん い ぎ じ ぢ ぬ ぶ む り ぅ く す っ ね ぷ め る う ぐ ず つ の へ も れ ぇ け せ づ は べ ゃ ろ え げ ぜ て ば ぺ や ゎ ぉ こ そ で ぱ ほ ゅ わ 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 А ИЙ ТУ ЬЭ ВГДЕЁЖЗ ЛМНОПРС ХЦЧШЩЪЫ Я а бвгдеёжзий клмнопрсту фхцчшщъыьэ юя ィ キ シ チ ニ フ ミ ラ ン イ ギ ジ ヂ ヌ ブ ム リ ヴ ゥ ク ス ッ ネ プ メ ル ヵ ウ グ ズ ツ ノ ヘ モ レ ヶ ェ ケ セ ヅ ハ ベ ャ ロ エ ゲ ゼ テ バ ペ ヤ ヮ ォ コ ソ デ パ ホ ュ ワ 080 081 082 083 ─│┌┐┘└├┬┤ ┴┼━┃┏┓┛┗┣┳ ┫┻╋┠┯┨┷┿┝┰ ┥┸╂ 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 ①②③④⑤⑥⑦⑧⑨ ⑩⑪⑫⑬⑭⑮⑯⑰⑱⑲ ⑳ⅠⅡⅢⅣⅤⅥⅦⅧⅨ Ⅹ ㎜㎝ ㎞㎎㎏㏄㎡ 平成 № ㏍ TEL ㊤ ㊥㊦㊧㊨㈱㈲㈹㍾㍽㍼ ≒≡∫∮∑ ∟⊿ Б К Ф Ю ∋⊆⊇ 026 027 028 029 8 9 BC LM VW a 1st - 3rd digits E O Y c FG PQ Z de 060 061 062 063 ァ カ サ タ ド ビ ポ ョ ヱ ア ガ ザ ダ ナ ピ マ ヨ ヲ ΑΒΓΔΕΖΗΘΙ ΚΛΜΝΞΟΠΡΣΤ ΦΧΨΩ αβγδεζη 1st - 3rd digits 0 139 ∵ 160 161 162 163 164 葵 梓 鮎 鞍 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 あ 亜 茜 圧 或 杏 唖 穐 斡 粟 娃 悪 扱 袷 阿 握 宛 安 以 惟 緯 域 芋 淫 陰 伊 意 胃 育 鰯 胤 隠 位 慰 萎 郁 允 蔭 韻 哀 渥 姐 庵 愛 旭 虻 按 挨 葦 飴 暗 姶 芦 絢 案 逢 鯵 綾 闇 偉 椅 謂 一 咽 囲 為 違 壱 員 夷 畏 遺 溢 因 委 異 医 逸 姻 い 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 威 移 井 稲 引 尉 維 亥 茨 飲 院 依 易 衣 磯 印 吋 う 170 171 172 173 右宇烏羽 迂雨卯鵜窺丑碓臼渦嘘 唄欝蔚鰻姥厩浦瓜閏噂 云運雲 173 174 175 176 177 178 曳 衛 閲 掩 艶 え 栄 詠 榎 援 苑 永 鋭 厭 沿 薗 荏 泳 液 円 演 遠 餌 洩 疫 園 炎 鉛 叡 瑛 益 堰 焔 鴛 営 盈 駅 奄 煙 塩 嬰 穎 悦 宴 燕 影 頴 謁 延 猿 映 英 越 怨 縁 Kuten Code List 1st - 3rd digits 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 お 178 179 180 181 182 凹央 押 鴎黄 牡乙 奥 旺 岡 俺 往 横 沖 卸 於汚甥 応 欧殴王翁襖鴬 荻億屋憶臆桶 恩温穏音 か 仮 家 禍 蝦 我 介 恢 蟹 慨 馨 拡 赫 顎 恰 叶 噛 勘 幹 款 竿 諌 舘 贋 何 寡 禾 課 牙 会 懐 魁 開 概 蛙 撹 較 掛 括 椛 鴨 粥 勧 患 歓 管 貫 丸 雁 伽 科 稼 嘩 画 解 戒 晦 階 涯 垣 格 郭 笠 活 樺 栢 刈 巻 感 汗 簡 還 含 頑 価 暇 箇 貨 臥 回 拐 械 貝 碍 柿 核 閣 樫 渇 鞄 茅 苅 喚 慣 漢 緩 鑑 岸 顔 佳 果 花 迦 芽 塊 改 海 凱 蓋 蛎 殻 隔 橿 滑 株 萱 瓦 堪 憾 澗 缶 間 巌 願 加 架 苛 過 蛾 壊 可 歌 茄 霞 賀 廻 嘉 河 荷 蚊 雅 快 下 夏 火 華 俄 餓 怪 化 嫁 珂 菓 峨 駕 悔 灰 劾 街 鈎 獲 革 梶 葛 兜 界 外 該 劃 確 学 鰍 褐 竃 皆 咳 鎧 嚇 穫 岳 潟 轄 蒲 絵 害 骸 各 覚 楽 割 且 釜 芥 崖 浬 廓 角 額 喝 鰹 鎌 乾 姦 換 潅 翰 閑 玩 侃 完 敢 環 肝 関 癌 冠 官 柑 甘 艦 陥 眼 寒 寛 桓 監 莞 韓 岩 刊 干 棺 看 観 館 翫 き 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 基奇嬉 旗既期 機帰 紀徽規 鬼亀偽 犠疑祇 寄 棋 毅 記 儀 義 岐 棄 気 貴 妓 蟻 企伎危喜器 希幾忌揮机 汽 起 宜 誼 畿 軌 戯 議 祈 輝 技 掬 季 飢 擬 菊 稀 騎 欺 鞠 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 0 吉 客 宮 究 巨 禦 卿 挟 蕎 業 巾 芹 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 吃 脚 弓 窮 拒 魚 供 叫 教 郷 局 錦 菌 喫 虐 急 笈 拠 亨 侠 喬 橋 鏡 曲 斤 衿 桔 逆 救 級 挙 享 僑 境 況 響 極 欣 襟 橘 丘 朽 糾 渠 京 兇 峡 狂 饗 玉 欽 謹 詰 久 求 給 虚 競 強 狭 驚 桐 琴 近 砧 仇 汲 旧 許 共 彊 矯 仰 粁 禁 金 杵 休 泣 牛 距 凶 怯 胸 凝 僅 禽 吟 黍 及 灸 去 鋸 協 恐 脅 尭 勤 筋 銀 9 却 吸 球 居 漁 匡 恭 興 暁 均 緊 1st - 3rd digits 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 効勾 后 巧巷 拘控 江洪 紅紘 航荒 砿鋼 号合 告国 忽惚 此 昏昆 厚 喉 幸 攻 浩 絞 行 閤 壕 穀 骨 頃 根 口 坑 広 昂 港 綱 衡 降 拷 酷 狛 今 梱 倶句区狗 駒具愚虞 串櫛釧屑 掘窟沓 栗繰桑鍬 郡 玖 喰 屈 靴 勲 九 矩苦躯駆駈 空偶寓遇隅 轡窪熊隈粂 君薫訓群軍 け 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 肩 鹸 絃 卦 型 敬 罫 芸 欠 倦 憲 検 見 元 舷 袈 契 景 茎 迎 決 健 懸 権 謙 原 言 祁 形 桂 荊 鯨 潔 兼 拳 牽 賢 厳 諺 係 径 渓 蛍 劇 穴 券 捲 犬 軒 幻 限 姑 糊 顧 御 乞 孤 袴 鼓 悟 鯉 己 股 五 梧 交 庫 胡 互 檎 佼 弧 菰 伍 瑚 侯 珪 携 繋 鶏 傑 倹 建 傾 恵 畦 計 戟 結 剣 刑 慶 稽 詣 撃 血 喧 兄 慧 系 警 激 訣 圏 啓 憩 経 軽 隙 月 堅 圭 掲 継 頚 桁 件 嫌 献研硯絹県 遣鍵険顕験 弦減源玄現 こ 243 244 245 246 247 248 乎 戸 虎 午 碁 候 好 康 更 甲 考 貢 香 豪 黒 孔 弘 杭 皇 肯 購 高 轟 獄 孝 恒 校 硬 肱 郊 鴻 麹 漉 宏 慌 梗 稿 腔 酵 剛 克 腰 工 抗 構 糠 膏 鉱 劫 刻 甑 坤墾婚恨懇 痕紺艮魂 さ く 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 向 垢 庚 晃 溝 耕 講 項 濠 鵠 込 困 混 9 個 故 誇 呉 語 倖 古 枯 跨 吾 誤 光 呼 湖 鈷 娯 護 公 固 狐 雇 後 醐 功 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 佐 詐 哉 災 載 堺 咋 鮭 叉 鎖 塞 采 際 榊 搾 笹 察 鯖捌 惨撒 讃賛 唆 裟 妻 犀 剤 肴 昨 匙 拶 錆 散 酸 嵯 坐 宰 砕 在 咲 朔 冊 撮 鮫 桟 餐 左 座 彩 砦 材 崎 柵 刷 擦 皿 燦 斬 使 子 施 紙 諮 字 司 市 枝 肢 賜 慈 滋 蒔 雫 疾 縞 者 史 師 止 脂 雌 持 治 辞 七 質 舎 謝 嗣 志 死 至 飼 時 爾 汐 叱 実 写 車 沙 催 栽 細 冴 鷺 索 瑳 再 歳 菜 坂 作 錯 些 砂 最 済 裁 阪 削 桜 差 挫 才 祭 罪 埼 窄 査 債 採 斎 財 碕 策 札 晒 珊 暫 殺薩雑皐 三傘参山 産算纂蚕 残 し 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 耳 軸 湿 屡 社 刺 屍 旨 紫 資 寺 次 自 宍 漆 蕊 紗 四 思 氏 視 歯 士 指 獅 詞 事 仕 始 支 祉 詩 似 仔 姉 孜 私 試 侍 伺 姿 斯 糸 誌 児 璽 鹿 執 蔀 射 遮 痔 式 失 篠 捨 蛇 磁 識 嫉 偲 赦 邪 示 鴫 室 柴 斜 借 而 竺 悉 芝 煮 勺 1st - 3rd digits 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 0 尺 惹 腫 綬 終 輯 従 夙 述 旬 醇 署 恕 妾 彰 松 照 紹 詳 丈 情 醸 蝕 心 疹 身 尋 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 杓 主 趣 需 宗 繍 週 戎 宿 俊 楯 順 書 鋤 勝 娼 承 梢 症 肖 象 丞 擾 錠 拭 辱 慎 真 辛 甚 灼 取 酒 囚 就 習 酋 柔 淑 峻 殉 処 薯 除 匠 宵 抄 樟 省 菖 賞 乗 条 嘱 植 尻 振 神 進 尽 爵 守 首 収 州 臭 酬 汁 祝 春 淳 初 藷 傷 升 将 招 樵 硝 蒋 醤 冗 杖 埴 殖 伸 新 秦 針 腎 酢 睡 髄 菅 澄 図 粋 崇 頗 摺 厨 翠 嵩 雀 寸 酌 手 儒 周 修 舟 集 渋 縮 瞬 準 所 諸 償 召 小 掌 沼 礁 蕉 鉦 剰 浄 飾 燭 信 晋 紳 震 訊 9 釈錫若寂弱 朱殊狩珠種 受呪寿授樹 愁 蒐 醜 獣 粛 竣 潤 暑 助 拾 衆 什 縦 塾 舜 盾 曙 叙 洲 襲 住 重 熟 駿 純 渚 女 秀 讐 充 銃 出 准 巡 庶 序 秋 蹴 十 叔 術 循 遵 緒 徐 哨 少 捷 消 祥 衝 鍾 城 状 商 尚 昇 渉 称 裳 鐘 場 畳 唱 庄 昌 湘 章 訟 障 壌 穣 嘗 床 昭 焼 笑 証 鞘 嬢 蒸 奨 廠 晶 焦 粧 詔 上 常 譲 織 侵 森 臣 人 迅 職 唇 榛 芯 仁 陣 色 娠 浸 薪 刃 靭 触 寝 深 親 塵 食 審 申 診 壬 す 笥諏 逗吹垂帥推水 衰遂酔錐錘随 数枢趨雛据杉 裾 315 316 317 318 319 320 須 炊 瑞 椙 320 321 322 世瀬畝是凄制 勢姓征性成政整星晴棲 栖正清牲生盛精聖声製 せ Appendix 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 1st - 3rd digits 15 15-15 Kuten Code List 1st - 3rd digits 0 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 西 脆 籍 接 蝉 扇 煽 誠 隻 績 摂 仙 撰 旋 繊 選遷 全禅 誓 席 脊 折 先 栓 穿 羨 銭 繕 請 惜 責 設 千 栴 箭 腺 銑 膳 逝 戚 赤 窃 占 泉 線 舛 閃 糎 曽 組 倉 捜 漕 草 霜 狙 訴 壮 挿 争 葬 像 蔵 測 其 疏 阻 奏 掻 痩 蒼 増 贈 足 揃 疎 遡 爽 操 相 藻 憎 造 速 存 醒 斥 跡 節 宣 浅 青 昔 蹟 説 専 洗 静 析 碩 雪 尖 染 斉 石 切 絶 川 潜 9 税 積 拙 舌 戦 煎 船薦詮賎践 鮮前善漸然 1st - 3rd digits 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 凋 帳 潮 超 沈 喋 庁 牒 跳 珍 359 360 361 362 363 丁兆 帖 暢朝 調諜 直朕 363 364 365 366 津墜椎 槌追鎚痛通塚栂掴槻佃 漬柘辻蔦綴鍔椿潰坪壷 嬬紬爪吊釣鶴 楚 蘇 喪 掃 燥 荘 騒 臓 捉束 卒袖 噌 礎 鼠 宋 早 窓 装 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 剃貞呈堤 悌抵挺提 艇訂諦蹄 邸鄭釘 的笛適鏑 鉄典填天 転顛点伝 岨 租 創 匝 巣 総 送 措 粗 双 惣 槍 綜 遭 曾 素 叢 想 槽 聡 鎗 促側則即息 俗属賊族続 孫尊損村遜 た Appendix 15 15-16 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 他 柁 岱 腿 台 宅 諾 棚 担 綻 暖 多 舵 帯 苔 大 托 茸 叩 谷 探 耽 檀 太 楕 待 袋 第 択 凧 但 狸 旦 胆 段 汰 陀 怠 貸 醍 拓 蛸 達 鱈 歎 蛋 男 詑 駄 態 退 題 沢 只 辰 樽 淡 誕 談 唾 騨 戴 逮 鷹 濯 奪 誰 湛 鍛 堕 体 替 隊 滝 琢 脱 丹 炭 団 妥 堆 泰 黛 瀧 託 巽 単 短 壇 惰 対 滞 鯛 卓 鐸 竪 嘆 端 弾 打 耐 胎 代 啄 濁 辿 坦 箪 断 智 畜 中 註 池 竹 仲 酎 痴 筑 宙 鋳 稚 蓄 忠 駐 置 逐 抽 樗 彫徴懲挑 聴脹腸蝶 頂鳥勅捗 陳 定 梯 逓 鼎 溺 展 殿 亭低停偵 帝底庭廷弟 汀碇禎程締 泥 哲 店 澱 摘 徹 添 田 擢敵滴 撤轍迭 纏甜貼 電 と 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 堵 賭 怒 宕 盗 答 鐙 憧 鴇 独 寅 頓 塗 途 倒 島 淘 筒 董 陶 撞 匿 読 酉 呑 妬 都 党 嶋 湯 糖 蕩 頭 洞 得 栃 瀞 曇 屠 鍍 冬 悼 涛 統 藤 騰 瞳 徳 橡 噸 鈍 徒 砥 凍 投 灯 到 討 闘 童 涜 凸 屯 斗 砺 刀 搭 燈 謄 働 胴 特 突 惇 杜 努 唐 東 当 豆 動 萄 督 椴 敦 渡 度 塔 桃 痘 踏 同 道 禿 届 沌 兎 登 土 塘 梼 祷 逃 堂 銅 篤 鳶 豚 吐 菟 奴 套 棟 等 透 導 峠 毒 苫 遁 な ち 354 355 356 357 358 張 眺 長 鎮 て 塑 祖 僧 層 曹 糟 走 値 致 秩 昼 瀦 知 蜘 窒 柱 猪 地 遅 茶 注 苧 弛 馳 嫡 虫 著 恥 築 着 衷 貯 1st - 3rd digits 0 386 387 388 奈那内乍凪薙 謎灘捺鍋楢馴縄畷南楠 軟難汝 388 389 二尼弐迩匂賑肉 虹廿日乳入 に Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 濡禰 祢寧葱猫熱年念捻撚燃 粘乃廼之埜嚢悩濃納能 脳膿農覗蚤 422 423 424 425 426 丙 幣平弊柄並蔽閉 僻壁癖碧別瞥蔑 片篇編辺返遍便 鞭 波 拝 倍 陪 柏 爆 畑 抜 半 犯 頒 派 排 培 這 泊 縛 函 畠 筏 反 班 飯 琶 敗 媒 蝿 白 莫 箱 八 閥 叛 畔 挽 破 杯 梅 秤 箔 駁 硲 鉢 鳩 帆 繁 晩 婆 盃 楳 矧 粕 麦 箸 溌 噺 搬 般 番 否 泌 費 毘 鼻 弼 謬 豹 鰭 瓶 妃 疲 避 琵 柊 必 俵 廟 品 庇 皮 非 眉 稗 畢 彪 描 彬 彼 碑 飛 美 匹 筆 標 病 斌 巴 罵 牌 煤 萩 舶 把 芭 背 狽 伯 薄 播 馬 肺 買 剥 迫 覇 俳 輩 売 博 曝 杷 廃 配 賠 拍 漠 肇 発 塙 斑 藩 盤 筈 醗 蛤 板 販 磐 櫨 髪 隼 氾 範 蕃 幡 伐 伴 汎 釆 蛮 肌 罰 判 版 煩 ひ 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 卑 比 誹 枇 肘 百 評 蛭 敏 匪 悲扉批披斐 秘緋罷肥被 樋簸備尾微 疋 逼 氷 秒 浜 髭 桧 漂 苗 瀕 彦 姫 瓢 錨 貧 膝 媛 票 鋲 賓 菱 紐 表 蒜 頻 ふ 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 府 膚 武 伏 怖 芙 舞 副 福 物鮒 粉糞 不 扶 譜 葡 復 腹 分 紛 付 敷 負 蕪 幅 複 吻 雰 埠 斧 賦 部 服 覆 噴 文 夫 普 赴 封 併 陛 箆 勉 兵 米 偏 娩 塀 頁 変 弁 ほ は 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 9 へ ぬ〜の 390 391 392 393 1st - 3rd digits 如尿韮任妊忍認 390 つ そ 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 寵 弔 町 銚 賃 9 婦 浮 阜 楓 富 父 附 風 冨 符 侮 葺 布 腐 撫 蕗 淵弗払沸仏 墳憤扮焚奮 聞 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 穂 俸 抱 蜂 亡 望 鉾 牧 本 保 募 包 捧 法 褒 傍 某 防 睦 翻 舗 墓 呆 放 泡 訪 剖 棒 吠 穆 凡 鋪 慕 報 方 烹 豊 坊 冒 頬 釦 盆 圃 戊 奉 朋 砲 邦 妨 紡 北 勃 捕歩甫補輔 暮母簿菩倣 宝峰峯崩庖 縫 鋒 帽 肪 僕 没 胞 飽 忘 膨 卜 殆 芳 鳳 忙 謀 墨 堀 萌 鵬 房 貌 撲 幌 蓬 乏 暴 貿 朴 奔 ま 436 437 438 439 440 摩磨魔麻埋妹 昧枚毎哩槙幕膜枕鮪柾 鱒桝亦俣又抹末沫迄侭 繭麿万慢満 漫蔓 440 441 味未魅巳箕岬密 蜜湊蓑稔脈妙粍民眠 441 442 夢無牟矛霧鵡椋婿娘 み む 務 め 442 443 444 冥 名命明盟迷銘鳴姪牝滅 免棉綿緬面麺 444 445 446 447 摸模茂妄 孟毛猛盲網耗蒙儲木黙 目杢勿餅尤戻籾貰問悶 紋門匁 447 也冶夜爺耶野弥 も や Kuten Code List 1st - 3rd digits 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 448 449 矢厄役約薬訳躍靖柳薮 鑓 449 450 451 452 愉 諭 悠憂 祐裕 ゆ 愈 輸 揖 誘 油 唯 有 遊 癒 佑優勇友宥幽 柚湧涌猶猷由 邑郵雄融夕 よ 452 453 454 455 456 余 揚 窯 養 与 揺 羊 慾 誉 擁 耀 抑 輿 曜 葉 欲 預 楊 蓉 沃 傭 様 要 浴 幼 洋 謡 翌 妖 溶 踊 翼 予 容庸 熔用 遥陽 淀 ら 456 457 458 羅 螺裸来莱頼雷洛絡落酪 乱卵嵐欄濫藍蘭覧 り 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 利吏 梨 裏 略 龍 寮 諒 淋 理 裡 劉 侶 料 遼 燐 璃 里 流 慮 梁 量 琳 466 467 468 469 470 瑠 嶺 齢 漣 涙 玲 歴 簾 連 累 礼 列 練 錬 類令伶例冷励 苓鈴隷零霊麗 劣烈裂廉恋憐 聯 470 471 472 473 呂魯櫓炉賂路 露労婁廊弄朗楼榔浪漏 牢狼篭老聾蝋郎六麓禄 肋録論 離 溜 旅 涼 陵 臨 陸 琉 虜 猟 領 輪 律 留 了 療 力 隣 率 硫 亮 瞭 緑 鱗 立 粒 僚 稜 倫 麟 る〜れ 塁 怜 暦 煉 蓮 ろ わ 473 474 475 倭和話歪賄脇惑 枠鷲亙亘鰐詫藁蕨椀湾 碗腕 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 0 乖 亟 仂 佝 侑 俑 倅 偃 傀 僮 儡 兢 冏 冫 几 刎 剞 劒 勣 甸 匸 卮 厰 叭 吩 咒 咥 唔 售 咯 喩 嘔 嘴 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 弌 乘 亠 仗 佗 佯 俚 伜 假 傚 僉 價 儺 竸 冑 决 處 刧 剔 剱 辧 勦 匍 區 夘 厶 叺 吝 呻 咬 咫 哽 啜 喊 喇 嗷 嘶 丐 亂 亢 仞 佇 來 俐 俶 會 傅 僊 僵 儷 兩 冓 冱 凩 刪 剪 劈 劬 飭 匐 卆 卻 參 吁 呎 咀 哄 哂 哮 啅 喟 喨 嘖 嘲 丕 亅 亰 仭 佶 侖 俤 倡 偕 傴 傳 儉 儼 兪 冕 冲 凭 刮 剴 劑 劭 勠 匏 卅 卷 簒 吽 咏 呶 哈 咤 哭 啖 啻 嗚 嗾 嘸 个 豫 亳 仟 侈 儘 俥 倩 偐 傲 僂 儁 儻 兮 冖 冰 凰 刳 剩 辨 劼 勳 匕 丗 厂 雙 呀 呵 咄 咨 咾 哺 啗 啾 嗅 嗽 噫 9 丱 亊 亶 价 侏 俔 倚 倬 偈 丶 舒 从 伉 侘 俟 倨 俾 做 丼 弍 仍 佚 佻 俎 倔 俯 偖 丿 于 仄 估 佩 俘 倪 們 偬 乂 亞 仆 佛 佰 俛 倥 倆 偸 僖 儂 儿 冀 冤 况 凵 刹 剳 僞 儖 兀 冂 冦 冽 凾 剏 剿 僥 儕 兒 囘 冢 凅 刄 剄 剽 僭 儔 兌 册 冩 凉 刋 剋 劍 僣 儚 兔 冉 冪 凛 刔 剌 劔 劵 勵 匚 卉 厖 叟 听 咎 咐 勁 勸 匣 卍 厠 曼 吭 呟 咆 勍 勹 匯 凖 厦 燮 吼 呱 哇 勗 匆 匱 卞 厥 叮 吮 呷 咢 勞 匈 匳 卩 厮 叨 吶 呰 咸 咼 哢 唸 喘 嗟 嘛 噤 哘 唹 唳 喞 嗄 嗹 嘯 哥 啀 啝 單 嗜 噎 噬 哦 啣 喙 啼 嗤 噐 噪 唏 啌 喀 喃 嗔 營 嚆 1st - 3rd digits 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 嚀嚊嚠嚔 嚼囁囃囀 囹圀囿圄 圈國圍 圷圸坎圻 坿垉垓垠 埔埒埓堊 堡塢塋塰 墟墫墺壞 壗壙壘壥 壻壼壽夂 夭夲夸夾 奢奠奧奬 奸妁妝 姜妍姙姚 婀婬婉娵 嫋嫂媽嫣 嬌嬋嬖嬲 孀孑孕孚 學斈孺宀 寔寐寤實 寳尅將專 尹屁屆屎 屐屏孱 岑岔妛岫 峇峙峩峽 崗嵜崟崛 嵌嵒嵎嵋 嶢嶝嶬嶮 巓巒巖巛 帑帛帶帷 幟幢幤幇 廁廂廈廐 廖廣廝 廬廱廳廰 彜弋弑弖 彎弯彑彖 徃徂彿徊 徠徨徭徼 悳忿怡恠 怕怫怦怏 嚏 囈 圉 圓 址 垳 埖 毀 墻 壜 夊 竒 奩 佞 娥 娶 嫗 嫐 孛 它 寢 對 屓 屬 岻 峺 崑 嵬 嶽 巫 幄 幵 廏 廚 廴 弩 彗 很 忖 怙 怺 9 嚥嚮嚶嚴囂 囎囑囓囗囮 團 坏 垤 埣 塒 墸 壤 夐 奕 圖 坩 垪 堋 堽 墮 壟 夛 奐 嗇 埀 垰 堙 塹 壅 壯 梦 奎 圜 垈 埃 堝 墅 壓 壺 夥 奚 圦 坡 埆 塲 墹 壑 壹 夬 奘 侫 娟 婢 嫦 嬪 孥 宦 寞 尓 妣 娑 婪 嫩 嬶 孩 宸 寥 尠 妲 娜 媚 嫖 嬾 孰 寃 寫 尢 姆 娉 媼 嫺 孃 孳 寇 寰 尨 姨 娚 媾 嫻 孅 孵 寉 寶 尸 屮 岶 峭 崔 嵳 嶐 已 幃 并 乢 岼 嶌 崢 嵶 嶷 巵 幀 幺 屶 岷 峪 崚 嶇 嶼 帋 幎 麼 屹 峅 崋 崙 嶄 巉 帚 幗 广 岌 岾 崕 崘 嶂 巍 帙 幔 庠 廛 廸 弭 彙 徑 忻 怐 恚 廢 廾 弸 彡 徇 忤 怩 恁 廡 弃 彁 彭 從 忸 怎 恪 廨 弉 彈 彳 徙 忱 怱 恷 廩 彝 彌 彷 徘 忝 怛 恟 1st - 3rd digits 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 0 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 恊恆恍 悁悍惧 悄悛 惠惓悴 愆惶惷 愍愎慇 愴愽慂 慴慯慥 憇憬憔 應懷懈 懣懶懺 戉戍戌 戞戡 扞扣扛 抓抖拔 拆擔拈 挌拮拱 捍搜捏 掉掟掵 揉插揶 攝搗搨 撓撥撩 據擒 舉擠擡 擺攀擽 攵攷收 敞敝敲 斷旃旆 旡旱杲 昜晏晄 晟晢晰 曁暹曉 曄暸 曵曷朏 朶杁朸 枉杰枩 枷柯枴 柢柮枹 桀桍栲 梟梏梭 梵梠梺 恣 悃 悖 忰 愀 愾 慄 慱 憚 懃 懴 戔 截 扠 抃 拜 挧 掖 捫 揄 搏 撈 擅 抬 攘 攸 數 旁 昊 晉 暃 暾 曖 朖 朷 杼 柬 柎 桎 梔 椏 恃 悚 悗 悽 惴 愨 慳 慟 憊 懆 懿 戛 戮 扨 抔 拌 挂 掎 捩 搖 摧 撼 擇 擣 攜 畋 斂 旄 昃 晁 暈 暼 曚 朞 杆 杪 枳 柆 梳 條 梍 9 恤恂恬恫恙 悒 惆 惺 愧 慷 慝 憑 憺 懽 悧 悵 愃 慊 慘 慓 憫 懋 懼 悋 惘 愡 愿 慙 慵 憮 罹 懾 惡 慍 惻 愼 慚 憙 懌 懍 戀 悸 愕 惱 愬 慫 憖 懊 懦 戈 戰 扼 拗 拊 挈 掀 掾 搴 摯 戲 抂 拑 拂 拯 掫 揩 搆 摶 戳 抉 抻 拇 拵 捶 揀 搓 摎 扁 找 拏 抛 捐 掣 揆 搦 攪 扎 抒 拿 拉 挾 掏 揣 搶 撕 撻 擯 攅 效 斃 旌 旻 晞 暎 擘 攬 攤 敖 變 旒 杳 晝 暉 擂 擶 攣 敕 斛 旛 昵 晤 暄 擱 擴 攫 敍 斟 旙 昶 晧 暘 擧 擲 攴 敘 斫 无 昴 晨 暝 曠 朦 杞 枌 柩 柧 栫 梛 桾 昿 朧 杠 枋 枸 檜 桙 梃 椁 曦 霸 杙 枦 柤 栞 档 檮 棊 曩 朮 杣 枡 柞 框 桷 梹 椈 曰 朿 杤 枅 柝 栩 桿 桴 棘 Appendix 履李 痢 葎掠 隆竜 両凌 糧良 厘林 1st - 3rd digits 15 15-17 Kuten Code List 1st - 3rd digits 0 Appendix 15 15-18 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 椢椦 棔 棹棠 楷楜 楙椰 榿槁 榧樮 樛槿 樔槫 樶橸 檍檠 檗 櫑櫟 欖鬱 歉歐 殀殄 殯殲 毬毫 氣汞 汾汨 泅泝 沺 洽洸 浚浹 涵淇 淅淺 渙湲 湃渺 滉溷 溥滂 滲漱 漾 潛濳 澳澣 濔濘 瀏濾 瀲灑 炮烟 煕熈 熕熨 燠燬 棡 棧 棯 楸 楡 槓 榑 權 樊 橇 檄 蘗 檪 欟 歙 殃 殱 毳 汕 汳 沮 泛 洙 浙 淦 淙 湟 湎 滓 溟 滯 漓 潭 澡 濱 瀛 灣 烋 煦 熬 燧 椌 棕 椨 楫 楞 榾 榠 槹 樒 橢 檢 檻 櫚 欸 歔 殍 殳 毯 汢 沒 沱 泯 洵 涎 涸 淤 渾 渤 溽 潁 漲 滷 澂 澤 濮 瀚 炙 烝 煢 燗 燵 棍 椶 椪 楔 楝 槎 榜 槲 櫁 橙 檣 櫃 櫪 欷 歛 殘 殷 麾 汪 沐 沾 泙 洳 涕 淆 淕 渣 滿 溯 漑 滌 澆 潼 澹 濛 潴 炒 烙 煌 熹 燼 椒 椚 楾 榁 寨 榕 槧 樣 橦 櫂 櫻 盜 歟 殕 殼 氈 沂 泄 泪 洒 濤 淬 淪 湫 渝 滄 灌 潺 潘 濆 瀉 瀝 炯 焉 煖 熾 椄 椣 楮 楪 槊 榴 樅 樓 橈 檸 欅 欹 歡 殞 毆 氓 沍 泱 洟 洌 涅 淞 淮 渫 游 溲 滬 潸 澎 澪 瀋 瀘 烱 烽 煬 燒 棗 椡 椹 榲 槝 槞 榱 橄 樸 檳 蘖 飮 歸 殤 毋 气 沚 泓 衍 浣 淹 淌 渭 湶 溂 滔 滸 澁 澑 濟 濺 瀟 炬 焜 熏 燉 棣 棆 楴 榮 榻 槨 樞 樌 樢 檬 櫺 歇 歹 殪 毓 氛 沁 沽 洶 涓 渕 淨 湮 湍 溪 滕 滾 澀 濂 濕 瀑 瀰 炸 焙 燻 燔 9 椥 楹 椽 槐 槃 樂 槭 橲 檐 櫞 欒 歃 歿 殫 毟 氤 沛 泗 洫 浤 渊 淒 渮 渟 溘 溏 漿 潯 潦 濬 瀁 瀾 炳 煥 熄 燎 1st - 3rd digits 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 0 爲 犂 狆 猗 獎 獺 琅 瑁 璧 瓷 甦 畩 疊 痃 痣 瘋 瘰 癩 皖 盍 眈 眸 瞎 瞽 砌 碚 碾 礫 禊 秕 稟 穢 窖 竊 竦 笞 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 燹燿爍爐爛爨爭爬爰 爻爼爿牀牆牋牘牴牾 犁犇犒犖犢犧犹犲狃 狄狎狒狢狠狡狹狷倏 猊猜猖猝猴猯猩猥猾 獏默獗獪獨獰獸獵獻 珈玳珎玻珀珥珮珞璢 瑯琥珸琲琺瑕琿瑟瑙 瑜瑩瑰瑣瑪瑶瑾璋璞 瓊瓏瓔珱 瓠瓣瓧瓩瓮瓲瓰瓱瓸 甄甃甅甌甎甍甕甓甞 甬甼畄畍畊畉畛畆畚 畤畧畫畭畸當疆疇畴 疉疂疔疚疝疥疣痂疳 疵疽疸疼疱痍痊痒痙 痞痾痿痼瘁痰痺痲痳 瘍瘉瘟瘧瘠瘡瘢瘤瘴 瘻癇癈癆癜癘癡癢癨 癪癧癬癰 癲癶癸發皀皃皈皋皎 皓皙皚皰皴皸皹皺盂 盖盒盞盡盥盧盪蘯盻 眇眄眩眤眞眥眦眛眷 睇睚睨睫睛睥睿睾睹 瞋瞑瞠瞞瞰瞶瞹瞿瞼 瞻矇矍矗矚矜矣矮矼 砒礦砠礪硅碎硴碆硼 碌碣碵碪碯磑磆磋磔 碼磅磊磬 磧磚磽磴礇礒礑礙礬 祀祠祗祟祚祕祓祺祿 禝禧齋禪禮禳禹禺秉 秧秬秡秣稈稍稘稙稠 禀稱稻稾稷穃穗穉穡 穩龝穰穹穽窈窗窕窘 窩竈窰窶竅竄窿邃竇 竍竏竕竓站竚竝竡竢 竭竰笂笏笊笆笳笘笙 笵笨笶筐 筺笄筍笋筌筅筵筥筴 1st - 3rd digits 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 0 筧 箚 箴 簇 簟 籘 粭 粽 糲 紵 經 緇 緘 縡 縵 繙 辮 纎 罟 羇 羮 翦 耙 聚 聿 胛 脛 腦 膣 臂 臠 舍 艝 艷 苣 苞 茯 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 筰 箋 篆 簓 簷 籟 粢 糀 糴 紂 絆 綉 綽 緝 縒 縹 繚 繿 纛 罅 罠 羌 羶 翩 耜 聟 肄 胥 脩 隋 腴 腟 膺 臧 舐 艚 艸 苟 茆 茵 茫 筱 箒 篝 篳 簫 籤 粫 糅 糶 紜 絳 絛 綫 緤 縱 繃 繹 纈 纜 罌 罨 羔 羸 翳 耡 聢 肆 胙 脣 腆 膃 膓 臉 臺 舖 艟 艾 苒 苜 茴 茗 筬 箏 篩 篷 簽 籖 粡 糂 糺 紕 絖 綏 總 緞 縟 縷 繪 纉 缸 罍 罩 羞 譱 翹 耨 聨 肅 胝 脯 脾 膈 膩 臍 臻 舩 艤 芍 苴 茉 茖 茘 筮 筝 簑 簗 籌 籥 粨 糘 紆 紊 絎 絽 綢 緻 縉 縲 繩 續 缺 罎 罧 羝 翅 飜 耿 聳 肛 胄 腋 腓 膊 膰 臑 臾 舫 艢 芒 苳 苙 茲 莅 9 箝 箙 簔 簍 籃 籬 粳 糒 箘 篋 篦 篶 籔 籵 粲 糜 箟 篁 篥 簣 籏 粃 粱 糢 箍 篌 籠 簧 籀 粐 粮 鬻 箜 篏 簀 簪 籐 粤 粹 糯 絅 絲 綛 綯 緲 縋 縺 繼 纒 絋 絨 綺 緜 緡 縢 繧 繻 纐 紮 絮 綮 綸 縅 繆 繝 纃 纓 紲 絏 綣 綟 縊 繦 繖 緕 纔 紿 絣 綵 綰 縣 縻 繞 繽 纖 罐 罸 羚 翆 耆 耻 聲 肓 胚 网 羂 羣 翊 耄 聊 聰 肚 胖 罕 羆 羯 翕 耋 聆 聶 肭 脉 罔 羃 羲 翔 耒 聒 聹 冐 胯 罘 羈 羹 翡 耘 聘 聽 肬 胱 腑 膀 膵 臙 舁 舸 艨 芫 苺 胼 膂 膾 臘 舂 舳 艪 芟 莓 腱 膠 膸 臈 舅 艀 艫 芻 范 腮 膕 膽 臚 與 艙 舮 芬 苻 腥 膤 臀 臟 舊 艘 艱 苡 苹 茱荀茹荐荅 莚莪莟莢莖 1st - 3rd digits 0 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 茣 莨 菷 菻 蒂 蒿 蒡 蓼 薨 藉 蘊 虍 蚋 蛔 蜀 蜷 蝴 螽 蟯 蠑 衄 衵 袍 裝 褓 褸 覈 覺 訃 詒 誨 諚 諞 謳 證 讓 豐 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 莎 菴 萇 葭 葩 蒟 蔡 蕀 蕁 蕭 薺 蘓 乕 蚌 蛞 蜃 蜻 蝗 蝓 蟀 蟲 蠖 衂 衽 袤 裹 襃 襌 襦 覊 覽 訖 詆 誡 諫 諛 鞫 譖 譟 讖 豕 莇 萓 菠 萪 葆 蓙 蓿 蕣 蘂 薔 藏 蘋 虔 蚶 蛩 蛻 蜥 蝨 蝣 蟐 蟠 蠕 衒 袵 袰 褂 褞 褝 襤 覓 覿 訐 詈 誑 諳 謌 謦 譛 譬 讙 豢 莊 菫 菲 萼 萬 蓍 蓴 蕘 蕋 薛 薹 藾 號 蚯 蛬 蜑 蜩 蝮 蝪 雖 蠏 蠢 衙 衲 袿 裼 褥 襠 襭 覘 觀 訌 詼 誥 諧 謇 謫 譚 譯 讚 豬 荼 菎 萍 蕚 葯 蒻 蔗 蕈 蕕 藪 藐 藺 虧 蛄 蛟 蜉 蜚 蝙 蠅 螫 蠍 蠡 衞 袂 袱 裴 褪 襞 襪 覡 觚 訛 詭 誦 諤 謚 謾 譫 譴 谺 豸 莵 菽 萢 蒄 葹 蓚 蔘 荳 萃 萠 葷 萵 蓐 蔬 荵 菘 莽 葫 蓊 蓁 蔟 莠 萋 萸 蒭 葢 蓆 蔕 莉 菁 蔆 葮 蒹 蓖 蔔 薀 薇 藕 蘆 虱 蛆 蛛 蜍 蝠 薤 薜 藝 蘢 蚓 蚰 蛯 蛹 蝟 薈 蕷 藥 蘚 蚣 蛉 蜒 蜊 蝸 薑 蕾 藜 蘰 蚩 蠣 蜆 蜴 蝌 薊 薐 藹 蘿 蚪 蚫 蜈 蜿 蝎 螢 蟄 蟾 蠱 衢 袗 裃 裨 褫 螟 螳 蟶 蠶 衫 袒 裄 裲 襁 螂 蟇 蟷 蠹 袁 袮 裔 褄 襄 螯 蟆 蠎 蠧 衾 袙 裘 褌 褻 蟋 螻 蟒 蠻 袞 袢 裙 褊 褶 襯 覩 觜 訝 詬 誚 諱 諡 謨 襴 覦 觝 訥 詢 誣 謔 謖 譁 襷 覬 觧 訶 誅 諄 諠 謐 譌 襾 覯 觴 詁 誂 諍 諢 謗 譏 覃 覲 觸 詛 誄 諂 諷 謠 譎 譽讀讌讎讒 豁谿豈豌豎 豺貂貉貅貊 Kuten Code List 1st - 3rd digits 0 貍 貳 賻 賍 趾 跟 蹂 蹣 躊 躱 軾 輌 轆 辭 逅 逧 遞 邊 郛 酥 醪 釟 鈕 鉋 鋩 鍼 鏨 鐓 鑒 鑷 閔 閹 關 陏 險 雋 霈 貎 貮 贄 贔 趺 跣 踵 蹇 蹕 躓 躾 輊 輦 轎 辯 迹 逶 遏 遨 邉 鄂 酩 醵 釡 鈑 鉐 錏 錙 鍮 鏥 鐃 鑄 鑽 閖 閾 闡 陋 陝 隧 雉 霓 貔 貶 贅 贖 跏 跼 踰 蹉 蹶 躑 軅 輅 輳 轗 辷 迺 逵 遐 遯 邏 鄒 酳 醴 釛 鉞 銜 鋺 錢 鍖 鏘 鐇 鑛 鑚 閘 闊 闥 陷 陟 隱 雍 霎 豼 賈 贊 赧 跚 踈 踴 蹌 蹲 躔 軈 輕 輻 轜 迚 逑 逹 遑 遶 邨 鄙 酲 醺 釼 鉗 銖 鍄 錚 鎰 鏃 鐐 鑠 鑼 閙 濶 闢 陜 陦 隲 襍 霑 貘 賁 贇 赭 跖 踉 蹊 蹐 蹼 躙 軋 輒 輹 轢 迥 逕 迸 遒 隨 邯 鄲 醋 釀 釵 鉅 銓 錮 錣 鎬 鏝 鐶 鑢 鑾 閠 闃 阡 陞 陲 隰 雜 霏 9 戝 賤 贏 赱 跌 跿 貭 賣 贍 赳 跛 踝 貪 賚 贐 趁 跋 踞 貽 賽 齎 趙 跪 踐 貲 賺 贓 跂 跫 踟 蹈 躁 躪 軛 輙 轅 轣 迢 逡 蹙 躇 躡 軣 輓 轂 轤 迪 逍 蹤 躅 躬 軼 輜 輾 辜 迯 逞 蹠 躄 躰 軻 輟 轌 辟 邇 逖 踪 躋 軆 軫 輛 轉 辣 迴 逋 逎 遲 邱 鄰 醉 釁 釶 鉉 銛 遉 邂 邵 酊 醂 釉 鈞 鉤 鉚 逾 遽 郢 酖 醢 釋 釿 鉈 鋏 遖 邁 郤 酘 醫 釐 鈔 銕 銹 遘 邀 扈 酣 醯 釖 鈬 鈿 銷 錺 鎭 鏐 鐫 鑞 钁 閨 闍 阨 錵 鎔 鏈 鐵 鑪 鑿 閧 闌 阮 錻 鎹 鏤 鐡 鈩 閂 閭 闕 阯 鍜 鏖 鐚 鐺 鑰 閇 閼 闔 陂 鍠 鏗 鐔 鑁 鑵 閊 閻 闖 陌 陬 隴 霍 霖 隍 隶 雕 霙 隘 隸 雹 霤 隕 隹 霄 霪 隗 雎 霆 霰 1st - 3rd digits 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 0 霹 靤 靺 鞴 韶 顏 飆 餞 饐 馮 駲 驅 驢 髏 髫 鬨 魎 鮠 鯣 鰔 鰛 鱠 鴃 鵁 鶫 鶸 鷯 麋 麭 黠 黽 齔 齲 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 霽 靦 鞆 韃 韵 顋 顱 飩 餤 饋 馼 駻 驂 驥 髑 髮 髻 鬩 魑 鮨 鯢 鰉 鰥 鱧 鴆 鴿 鵝 鵯 鶺 鷽 麌 靡 黥 鼇 齣 齶 堯 霾 靨 鞋 韆 頏 顫 顴 飫 餠 饑 駟 駸 驀 驤 髓 髴 鬆 鬪 魘 鮴 鯤 鰓 鰤 鱶 鴪 鴾 鵞 鵺 鷆 鸚 麒 黌 黨 鼈 齟 龕 槇 靄 勒 鞏 韈 頌 顯 顳 餃 餬 饒 駛 騁 驃 驩 體 髱 鬘 鬮 魴 鯀 鯔 鰌 鰡 鱸 鴦 鵆 鵤 鶚 鷏 鸛 麕 黎 黯 皷 齠 龜 遙 靆 靫 鞐 韋 頸 顰 颪 餉 餮 饌 駝 騏 騾 驫 髞 髷 鬚 鬯 鮓 鯊 鯡 鰆 鰰 鳧 鶯 鵈 鵑 鶤 鷂 鸞 麑 黏 黴 鼕 齡 龠 瑤 9 靈 靱 鞜 韜 頤 靂 靹 鞨 韭 頡 靉 鞅 鞦 齏 頷 靜 靼 鞣 韲 頽 靠 鞁 鞳 竟 顆 颯 餒 餽 饕 駘 騅 驕 驪 髟 颱 餔 餾 馗 駑 駢 驍 骭 髢 颶 餘 饂 馘 駭 騙 驛 骰 髣 飄 餡 饉 馥 駮 騫 驗 骼 髦 飃 餝 饅 馭 駱 騷 驟 髀 髯 鬟 鬲 鮃 鮹 鰺 鰈 鱇 鳬 鴣 鬢 魄 鮑 鯆 鯲 鰒 鰲 鳰 鴟 鬣 魃 鮖 鯏 鯱 鰊 鱆 鴉 鵄 鬥 魏 鮗 鯑 鯰 鰄 鰾 鴈 鴕 鬧 魍 鮟 鯒 鰕 鰮 鱚 鳫 鴒 鵐 鶩 鷙 鹵 麝 黐 黶 鼡 齦 鵙 鶲 鷓 鹹 麥 黔 黷 鼬 齧 鵲 鷄 鷸 鹽 麩 黜 黹 鼾 齬 鶉 鷁 鷦 麁 麸 點 黻 齊 齪 鶇 鶻 鷭 麈 麪 黝 黼 齒 齷 Appendix 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 Fourth digit of Kuten codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 15-19 Weather Indicators Normally Displayed Pollen Level Low Forming Clear (Night) Moderate Approaching Cloudy High Emergency Status Rain Extremely High Disaster Snow Thunder and Lighting Sakura Blossoms 0% Chance of Rain Budding 10% Chance of Rain Near Full Bloom 20% Chance of Rain Peak Bloom 30% Chance of Rain Past Peak 40% Chance of Rain 50% Chance of Rain Autumn Foliage 60% Chance of Rain No Color 70% Chance of Rain Moderate Color 80% Chance of Rain Peak Color 90% Chance of Rain Past Peak 100% Chance of Rain Appendix 15 15-20 Typhoon Clear (Day) Later Partial UV Level Low Moderate High Very High Heavy Rain Strong Winds Topic Notification Menu List ・ Enter menu item numbers for direct menu access. Note that Main Menu theme must be set to Basic. ・ See “Check Style Mode Settings“ (P. 14-3) for menu items whose default settings differ according to the model color. Mail 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Inbox 2nd-level Menu − − − P. 5-10 Outbox − − − P. 5-14 Draft − − − P. 5-27 Tomomato-Mail BOX − − − P. 5-16 Compose Message − − − P. 5-6 Compose SMS − − − P. 5-7 − − P. 5-11, P. 5-24 Server Mail Mail List Server Mail Memory Refer to − − P. 5-24 Retrieve New − − − P. 5-23 Templates − − − Mail Setting Custom Mail Address − Priority Mail Menu − S! Mail Menu Scroll − 1 Line Font Size − Standard Mail List Disp. − 1 Line+Body Start Attachment (auto) − OFF Header/Signature − Edit Header, Edit Signature: Not Stored, Edit Quotation Marks:---------------, Insert Setting: Selected P. 14-16, P. 14-18 Mail Box Lock − Inbox, Outbox, Draft, Server Mail: Unlocked P. 5-17 − P. 5-4 P. 14-19 Appendix 15 15-21 Menu List 2nd-level Menu Mail Setting 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Receiving Setting − Operation Preferred Read Out Setting − Select Voice: Female 1, Read Out Received Mail: ON Emotion/Keyword − Disp. Emotion: ON, Disp. Keyword: OFF S! Mail Settings − Auto Receiving: Auto(1MB), Receiving Size: 2MB, Compose Mail Size: 2MB, Delivery Report: OFF SMS Settings − SMS Report Request: OFF, SMS Validity Period: 3 Days, SMS Input Character: Japanese(70char.) Check Mail Settings − − Reset Mail Settings − − Refer to P. 14-17 P. 14-16 P. 14-19 Mail (PC Mail) 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting PC Mail Inbox 2nd-level Menu − − − P. 5-12 PC Mail Outbox − − − P. 5-14 PC Mail Draft − − − P. 5-27 Compose PC Mail − − − P. 5-7 Retrieve New − − − P. 5-12 PC Mail Settings Appendix 15 15-22 Account Settings − See “Account Settings (PC Mail)“ (P. 15-35) Send/Recv. Settings − See “Send/Recv. Settings (PC Mail)“ (P. 15-36) Priority Mail Menu − S! Mail Menu Scroll − 1 Line Font Size − Standard Mail List Disp. − 1 Line+Body (List Setting: Name) Refer to − P. 14-19 Menu List 2nd-level Menu PC Mail Settings 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Refer to Start Attachment(auto) − OFF P. 14-19 Header/Signature − Edit Header, Edit Signature: Not Stored, Edit Quotation Marks:---------------, Insert Setting: Selected P. 14-16, P. 14-18 Mail Box Lock − PC Mail Inbox, PC Mail Outbox, PC Mail Draft: Unlocked P. 5-17 Receiving Setting − Operation Preferred P. 14-17 Emotion/Keyword − Disp. Emotion: ON, Disp. Keyword: OFF Check PC Mail Settings − − Reset PC Mail Settings − − P. 14-19 Yahoo! 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Yahoo! Keitai 2nd-level Menu − − − P. 6-3 Bookmark − − − P. 6-10 Saved Pages − − − History − − − Enter URL − − − PC Site Browser − − See “PC Site Browser under Yahoo!“ (P. 15-36). Refer to P. 6-3 − Appendix 15 15-23 Menu List 2nd-level Menu Browser Settings 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Font Size − Standard Scroll − Single Line Downloads − Display Images: ON, Play Sounds: ON Flash Sound Effect − ON Memory Manager − − Security − Manufacture Number: ON, Send Referer: ON, Cookie Settings: Enabled, Script Settings: Ask NW Access Check Settings − − Initialized Browser − − Reset − − 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting − − − Refer to P. 14-20 S! Appli 2nd-level Menu S! Appli List Settings Information Appendix 15 15-24 Refer to P. 9-8 Sound/Vib Settings − Volume: Level 4, Vibration: ON Backlight Settings − Switch ON/OFF: Link To Phone Set., Blink: ON Reset − − P. 14-26 − − P. 9-8 − P. 14-25 Menu List TV 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Watch TV 2nd-level Menu − − − P. 8-6 Program Guide − − − P. 8-8 Booking Program List − − − P. 8-11 Timer Recording List − − − Result Timer Rec − − − P. 8-16 TV Link − − − P. 8-14 Channel List − − − P. 8-13 Channel Settings − − − P. 8-3 User Settings Refer to Subtitles − ON (Wide:Bottom) P. 14-22 Rec. While Low Battery − ON P. 14-23 TV Effect − Sound Effect: Auto, Visual Image Effect: Dynamic P. 14-22 TV Sound While Closed − ON TV Power Saving − OFF (not set) Display Light − Constant Light Data BC Settings − Set Image Disp.: ON, Sound Effect: ON P. 14-23 Icon Always Show − ON P. 14-22 Time Shift Setup − Auto ON Check TV Settings − − Reset Channel Setting − − Reset Storage Area − − Reset TV Settings − − P. 14-23 Appendix 15 15-25 Menu List Camera 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Photo Mode 2nd-level Menu − − − P. 7-6 Refer to Movie Mode − − − P. 7-8 Voice Mode − − − P. 7-13 Quick Album − − − P. 12-5 Videos − − − P. 12-2 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting − − − P. 13-16 − P. 10-2 Entertainment 2nd-level Menu Wi-Fi Contents Mobile Widget Widget Contents − Settings − S! Quick News S! Quick News List − Settings − S! Info Ch./Weather What’s New − − Appendix BookSurfing 15 15-26 See “Settings for Mobile Widget under Entertainment“ (P. 15-37) − See “Settings for S! Quick News under Entertainment“ (P. 15-38) History − − Register/Cancel − − Get Latest Contents − Settings − S! Information Notif.: ON, Font Size: Standard Weather Indicator − See “Weather Indicator for S! Info Ch./Weather under Entertainment“ (P. 15-38) − − − − Refer to − P. 10-4 − P. 10-5 P. 10-8 P. 14-28 − P. 10-7 Menu List Tools 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Alarm 2nd-level Menu − 44 − P. 11-17 Schedule − 45 − P. 11-9 Calculator − 85 − P. 11-16 Enter Word − − P. 2-28 Text Reader − − − Reference History − − P. 2-28 Dictionary Refer to Text Memo − 42 − P. 11-14 To Do List − 95 − P. 11-12 Pedometer − − − P. 11-19 Life History Viewer − − − P. 11-7 Navi Appli − − P. 11-5 Current Location − − Position Location − − Location Logs − NAVI Settings − Lifestyle-Appli − S! GPS Navi Osaifu-Keitai − See “NAVI Settings for S! GPS Navi under Tools“ (P. 15-38) − P. 11-26 − P. 11-2 − IC Card Lock: OFF, IC Lock(Power-off): Maintain P. 11-3 − OFF P. 11-4 IC Card Illumination − ON P. 14-30 Interface Settings − Browser: ON S! Addressbook Back-up Start Sync − Auto Sync Settings − Sync Log − − P. 2-25 P. 14-12 Appendix IC Card Lock Set. Call Remote Lock − P. 2-26 15 P. 14-31 ON/OFF: OFF 15-27 Menu List 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Account Details 2nd-level Menu − 0 − P. 1-21 Bar Code Reader − − − P. 11-21 Text Reader − − − P. 11-23 Receive Ir Data − 79 − P. 13-3 Device List − − P. 13-6 Register New Devices − − Bluetooth Bluetooth ON/Bluetooth OFF − Accept Registered − Bluetooth Settings − Play/Erase Msg. − Play/Erase VC Msg. Voice Memo Bluetooth OFF Refer to P. 13-8 − Time-out to Search: 05 Seconds, Forward Ring Tone: ON, Dial From Other Device: Valid P. 14-31 − − P. 3-5, P. 3-18 − − − P. 3-5 − 43 − P. 11-15 Voice Announce − 91 − Forwarding Image − − microSD Manager − − − P. 12-13 USIM Operation − − − P. 2-24, P. 5-26 Appendix 15 15-28 ON P. 14-11 P. 14-12 Menu List Data Folder 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting My Picture 2nd-level Menu − 46 − Melody − 16 − S! Appli − − − Widget − − − Ring Songs·Music − − − Videos − − − Books − − − Key Illumination − − − TV − − − PDF − − − Other Documents − − − 2nd-level Menu 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting − − − − Refer to P. 12-2 Music Refer to P. 9-5 Own Data 2nd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting − 24 − Refer to P. 3-10 Dialed Calls − − − Blog/Mail Member − 97 − P. 5-8 Tomo-Den − − − P. 3-12 Appendix 3rd-level Menu Received Calls 15 15-29 Menu List 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Common Phrases 2nd-level Menu − 38 − Refer to Own Dictionary − 82 − DL Dictionary − − − 2nd-level Menu 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting − − − − 2nd-level Menu 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. − − Varies by model color. P. 14-3 P. 14-8 P. 2-15 P. 2-16 Phone Book Refer to P. 2-19 Settings Style Mode Setting Incoming Call Appendix 15 15-30 Default Setting Refer to Ring Volume 50 Phone, Video Call, Mail: Level 4 Select Ring Tone 13 Phone (Select Ring Tone: Pattern 1, Select Calling Disp.: Flying Type), Video Call (Select Ring Tone: Pattern 3, Select Calling Disp.: Flying Type), Mail (Select Ring Tone: You’ve got mail 1, Select Receiving Disp.: Flying Type) Vibrator 54 Phone, Video Call, Mail: OFF Illumination 89 Set Color: Varies by model color., Set Pattern: Pattern 1, Missed Info: ON Manner Mode Setting 20 Manner Mode Set: Manner Mode, Manner Start Time, Manner Release Time: OFF P. 14-10 P. 14-9 Disp. Phone Book Image − ON Answer Setting 58 Any Key Answer P. 14-9 Mail Ring Time 68 Mail: ON (Ring Time: 05 Seconds) P. 14-8 Ring Time(sec.) 90 Set Mute Seconds: OFF, Missed Calls Display: Display P. 4-6 Info Notice Setting 65 ON P. 14-10 Menu List 2nd-level Menu Incoming Call Talk Dialing Video Call 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Refer to Answering Machine 55 OFF P. 3-4 Disp. Call/Receive No. − Varies by model color. P. 14-10 Hyper Clear Voice − Low P. 14-13 Auto Voice Memo − OFF Noise Reduction 76 ON Quality Alarm 75 No Tone Reconnect Signal 77 No Tone Illumination in Talk − OFF Set Hold Tone − On Hold Tone: Tone 1 Setting When Folded 18 End the Call Pause Dial 84 Sub-address Setting − OFF Prefix Setting − 国際発信 (Prefix: 0046010), 184 (Prefix: 184), 186 (Prefix: 186) Headset SW to Dial − OFF Int’l Dial Assistance − Visual Preference − Auto Int’l Call Set.: ON (Country Code: 日本 , IDD Prefix Code: 国際発信 ), P. 14-13 Country Code Setting: 日本 (Country Code: 81), IDD Prefix Setting: 国際 発信 (IDD Prefix Code: 0046010) Normal P. 3-17 Select Image − On Hold, Holding, Substitute Image, Answering Machine, Preparing, Voice Memo: Pre-installed Auto Redial as Voice − OFF Display Setting − Main Display: Other Side, Front Camera Reverse: ON Hands-free Switch − ON − P. 14-12 P. 14-11 P. 14-14 Appendix 15 15-31 Menu List 2nd-level Menu Display Appendix Call Time/Charge 15 15-32 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Refer to Display Setting 56 Varies by model color. P. 14-3 Backlight 70 Lighting: 15Sec.+Saver (Light Time: 01 Minutes), Charging: Standard, Brightness: ON+Level 4 P. 14-5 Display Design 86 Varies by model color. P. 14-4 Indicator Display 93 ON (See “Indicator Display for Display under Settings“ (P. 15-39)) Font 66 Font Type: Gothic, Thickness: Bold, Character Size: Standard P. 14-4 Desktop Icon 63 Theme 1 (Wi-Fi コンテンツを探す , メニューリスト , 各種手続・料金 , 待ち うた , S! Quick News List, TV, Photo Mode, Quick Search) P. 14-6 3D Display Setting − ON 言語選択 (Language) 15 日本語 Original Menu 52 Account Details, Receive Ir Data, Bluetooth, Calculator, Alarm, Bar Code P. 14-7 Reader, Dictionary, My Picture, Books Menu Display Set 57 Menu Display: List, Theme: Varies by model color., Memory Focus: OFF Viewer Settings − Picture P. 14-5 Auto-change Screen − ON P. 1-8, P. 14-5 Icons 36 Icons Setting − ON P. 14-7 Privacy Angle − OFF P. 14-5 Image Display Mode − Vivid Quick Info Setting − Display Sender Screen Effect − OFF Call Data 61 Set Max Cost Limit − Reset Total 60 Auto Reset Total Cost − P. 14-5 − − Notify Setting: OFF P. 1-7 P. 3-11 P. 14-14 − OFF − P. 3-18 P. 14-14 Menu List 2nd-level Menu Clock Security Menu Item No. Default Setting 31 Time Adjustment: Auto, Summer Time: OFF Display Method: OFF, Summer Time: OFF, Area Name: Display Refer to P. 14-2 Set Sub Clock − Clock Display 39 Display: ON, Size: Small, Color: Varies by model color. Alarm Setting − Alarm Preferred Reading Out in Alarm − This Function cannot operate in English-Mode. Clock Alarm Tone Set − Alarm Tone P. 14-2 Auto Power ON − OFF P. 14-3 Auto Power OFF − OFF − Lock − OFF IC Card Lock Set. − IC Card Lock: OFF, IC Lock (Power-off): Maintain P. 11-3 Call Remote Lock − OFF P. 11-4 P. 4-3 Keypad Lock − After Closed: OFF, Timer: OFF P. 4-4 Emission OFF Mode − NO (not set) P. 4-6 Secret Mode 40 OFF (not set) P. 4-7 Secret Data Only Mode 41 OFF (not set) Reject Unknown − Accept Call Setting W/O ID 10 Unknown, Payphone, User Unset: Accept (Select Ring Tone: Same as Ring Tone, Select Calling Disp.: Same as Display) Change Security Code 29 9999 P. 1-20 IC Card Authentic. − OFF P. 4-5 P. 4-6 PIN Setting − PIN1 Code Entry Set: OFF P. 4-2 Closed Illum. − ON (Set Color: Varies by model color., Set Pattern: Pattern 2) P. 14-29 Key Illumination − ON (See “Key Illumination for Illumination under Settings“ (P. 15-40)) Key Backlight − Varies by model color. − P. 14-30 Appendix Illumination 3rd-level Menu Set Main Time 15 15-33 Menu List 2nd-level Menu External Connection Connection Settings Int’l Roaming Set Optional Services Wi-Fi Setting Appendix 15 15-34 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Refer to USB Mode Setting − Communication Mode P. 13-9 Headset Usage Setting 51 Headset+speaker P. 14-11 Headset Mic. Setting − Headset Microphone Auto Answer Setting 94 Phone, Video Call: OFF SMS Center Selection − 819066519300 Certificate − All Certificates: Valid Retrieve NW Info − NW Search Mode − PLMN Setting − P. 14-19 P. 6-13 − Auto P. 1-17 P. 14-15 − Select Network − Display Operator Name − AUTO Display OFF Caller ID Notification 17 Activate/Deactivate: ON Voice Mail/Divert − − P. 3-14, P. 3-19 Call Waiting − − P. 3-19 Call Barring − − ON/OFF − Prioritized AP Search − Access Point Settings − Priority Settings: Unset Manual Setup − See “Manual Setup for Wi-Fi Setting under Settings“ (P. 15-41) Easy Connecting(AOSS) − Easy Connecting(WPS) − Wi-Fi/3G Change Set − Reset Wi-Fi Setting − P. 3-20 ON P. 3-20 P. 13-11 − P. 13-14 − − P. 13-12 − P. 13-13 Auto Mode P. 14-32 − Menu List 2nd-level Menu Other Settings 3rd-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Keypad Sound 30 OFF Refer to P. 14-10 Charge Sound − ON Open-close Sound − Open Sound: Open-1 (Ring Time: 2.0 Seconds), Close Sound: Close-1 (Ring Time: 2.0 Seconds) Battery Level 71 − Network Status − − P. 14-11 P. 1-21 Side Key Guard − OFF P. 1-23 Character Input Set 35 Input Mode: 5-touch, Prediction: ON, T9 Change Mode: T9 Kanji Change Mode, CHG Input Size: Standard, Auto Cursor: Normal P. 14-29 Shortcut-key Setting − Camera Reset Settings 23 − Initialize − − Software Update − − P. 14-33 P. 15-4 Account Settings (PC Mail) 4th-level Menu Manual Settings Menu Item No. Default Setting Refer to − SMTP Server Address: Not Stored, SMTP Server Port: 587, Mail Address: P. 5-4 Not Stored, SMTP Auth.: ON, SMTP Auth. User ID, SMTP Auth. Password: Not Stored, POP before SMTP: ON, SMTP over SSL: OFF POP3 Settings − POP3 Server Address: Not Stored, POP3 Server Port: 110, POP3 Login ID, P. 5-5 POP3 Login Password: Not Stored, APOP Auth.: OFF, POP3 over SSL: OFF, Delete Server Mail: OFF Mail Address − @yahoo.co.jp Password − Not Stored Yahoo! JAPAN ID − − Edit Account name − − − アカウント 1/ アカウント 2/ アカウント 3 P. 14-19 Appendix Set Quick Yahoo! Mail 5th-level Menu SMTP Settings 15 15-35 Menu List 4th-level Menu 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Reset Account Settings − − − Refer to P. 14-19 Send/Recv. Settings (PC Mail) 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Outgoing Account 4th-level Menu − − Not Stored Default Setting P. 14-17 Refer to Auto Check − − Manual P. 14-18 Auto Receiving − − Part Manual Receiving − − Part Check Interval − − 2 Hours Inactivate Time − − 22:00 〜 06:00 Auto Check in Roaming − − OFF PC Site Browser under Yahoo! 4th-level Menu Appendix 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Home − − − P. 6-5 Bookmark − − − P. 6-10 History − − − P. 6-6 Enter URL − − − Yahoo! Keitai − − − 15 15-36 Refer to P. 6-3 Menu List 4th-level Menu PC Site Brw. Settings 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting Refer to Warning Messages − ON P. 14-21 Scroll − Single Line P. 14-20 Display Mode Settings − PC Screen: 100%, Small Screen: Standard P. 14-21 Downloads − Display Images: ON, Play Sounds: ON P. 14-20 Memory Manager − − Security − Manufacture Number: ON, Send Referer: ON, Cookie Settings: Enabled, Script Settings: ON Check PC Site Brw. Set − − Initialized Browser − − Reset PC Site Brw. Set − − Settings for Mobile Widget under Entertainment 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Auto Refresh 4th-level Menu − − ON Default Setting Auto Roaming − − OFF Delete Content − − Cookies − − Delete Cookies − − Standby Disp. Set. − − Refer to P. 14-27 − ON − Appendix ON 15 15-37 Menu List Settings for S! Quick News under Entertainment 4th-level Menu Auto Refresh Standby Settings 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting S! Quick News − OFF General − OFF Special − OFF Standby Disp. Set. − ON Speed Settings − Normal Unread & Read Set. − Unread & Read ON Set Image Disp. − − Del. Quick News − − Refer to P. 14-27 − Weather Indicator for S! Info Ch./Weather under Entertainment 4th-level Menu Weather Manual Update Settings 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Default Setting − − − − − − ON Standby Setting − ON Weather Notif. − ON Appendix NAVI Settings for S! GPS Navi under Tools 15 Location Navi 4th-level Menu Map Setting 15-38 − Weather Update 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. − NAVITIME Map Activate Setting − After positioning Service Settings − P. 10-9 P. 14-28 Default Setting Select Navi Appli Refer to P. 10-5 Refer to P. 14-31 − P. 11-6 Menu List 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Map URL Settings 4th-level Menu − − 1: http://map.navitime.jp, 2, 3, 4, 5: Not Recorded Default Setting Send Location Info − − Confirm Refer to P. 14-31 Indicator Display for Display under Settings 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Disp. Clock Only 4th-level Menu − − OFF Clock Type − − Digital 1 Called − − ON Mail − − ON Connection − − ON Set Time − 60 Minutes Set Color − Color 7 Set Pattern − Pattern 6 − 15 Seconds Time Signal Display Time − Default Setting Refer to P. 14-8 Appendix 15 15-39 Menu List Key Illumination for Illumination under Settings 5th-level Menu Menu Item No. Power ON 4th-level Menu − − ON Power OFF − − ON Incoming Call − − Antique Gold Dialing − − Rainbow Talking Start − − Fun Time Mail Receiving − − Antique Gold Mail Sending − − Rainbow Emotion − − Always Alarm − − Reflex White Snooze − − ON Ir/IC Exchanging − − ON Missed Call − − Cosmetic Red Open − − Varies by model color. Event − − ON Appendix 15 15-40 Default Setting Refer to P. 14-30 Menu List Manual Setup for Wi-Fi Setting under Settings 4th-level Menu Profile Setting (Select profile) Display Information Menu Item No. Default Setting Set Profile Name 5th-level Menu − − Wi-Fi Detail Setting − BB モバイルポイント (ESSID Setting: mobilepoint, Radio Mode Setting: AUTO(802.11b/g)), プロファイル 02 to 20 (ESSID Setting: ESSID02 to ESSID20, Radio Mode Setting: AUTO(802.11b/g)) IP Setting − IP Address Setting, DNS Setting: Automatic Setup HTTP Proxy Setting − None Set Security Method − BB モバイルポイント : WEP (Set KeyID: 1, Set WEP Key: 64Bit/HEX), プロ ファイル 02 to 20: None Refer to P. 14-32 P. 14-33 Public Wi-Fi Setting − OFF Wi-Fi Access Mode − Keitai Wi-Fi Connection Status − − MAC Address − − P. 13-15 Appendix 15 15-41 Specifications Main Specifications Model 940N Dimensions (HxWxD) (When Closed) Approx. 109x50x13.9 mm (thickest Part: Approx. 16.4 mm) Camera Imaging device Front Camera: CMOS Rear Camera: CMOS Lens size Front Camera: 1/10.0 inch Rear Camera: 1/3.2 inch Effective pixels Front Camera: Approx. 0.33 million pixels Rear Camera: Approx. 8.1 million pixels Weight Approx. 114 g Continuous Standby Time [3G] Approx. 540 hrs [GSM] Approx. 280 hrs Recording pixels [3G] Voice Call: Approx. 220 min. Video Call: Approx. 100 min. [GSM] Voice Call: Approx. 190 min. Front Camera: Approx. 0.31 million pixels Rear Camera: Approx. 8.0 million pixels Zoom (digital) Front Camera: Up to approx. 1.9 x Rear Camera: Up to approx. 9.0 x Still images Up to approx. 1,000 files1 Continuous Talk Time Up to approx. 120 min. Type Display: LTPS_TFT 262,144 colors External Display: Organic EL one color Still images for continuous shooting 5 to 20 files2 Display/ External Display Size Display: Approx. 3.2 inches External Display: Approx. 0.77 inches Still image file format JPEG Pixels Display: 409,920 pixels (480x854 dots) External Display: 3,744 pixels (96x39 dots) Video recording time Handset: Up to approx. 218 sec.3 Memory card: Up to approx. 120 min.3 Appendix Charging Time 15 15-42 Video file format MP4 Specifications TV Continuous watching time Approx. 180 min. Maximum recording time Approx. 540 min.4 Handset Materials Where Used Chaku-Uta Storage Capacity Approx. 195 MB5 and ChakuUta Full 1 In case the image size is QCIF (176x144) and the image quality is set to Normal (the file size is 10 KB). 2 Varies depending on the image size. 3 Time for recording when recorded in the following conditions: Handset Image size Recording type PC resin, aluminum vapor deposition + UV coating Rear Camera ABS resin, tin vapor deposition + UV coating Battery Screws compartment USIM Card cover Iron, zinc plating (chromate) Terminals Stainless alloy Copper alloy, gold plating Charger terminals Copper alloy, gold plating Battery (terminals) Epoxy resin (glass epoxy), gold plating QCIF (176x144) Normal Image quality File size Memory card Material/Finish Multi Selector center key 2MB Long Time Normal 4 Approximate time when recorded on a 2 GB memory card. 5 Shared with images, videos, saved pages, books, images (captured with TV), PDF files and graphic mail templates. Appendix 15 15-43 Specifications Maximum Number of Storable Items Item Maximum Number Maximum That Can be Protected Phone Book entries 1,0001 − Schedule Events 2,500 − Holidays 100 − Tasks 100 To Do List S! Mail/SMS PC Mail Bookmarks − 2345 Received messages 1,000 1,000 Sent messages 4002 3 4 2002 2 Draft messages 20 Received messages 10002 4 10002 Sent messages 4002 4 2002 Draft messages 202 − Yahoo! Keitai 1005 6 − − − Appendix Saved Pages 1002 S! Appli 992 5 − Still images 1,0002 4 − Videos 1002 6 − Captured screehshots (TV) 1002 − Widgets 1002 5 − Melody files 4002 − 15-44 502 Maximum Number Maximum That Can be Protected Songs 1002 − books 4002 − Key Illumination Patterns 50 − PDF files 4002 − Template (Graphic Mail) 1,0005 − Answering Machine Voice calls 5 (20 sec. each) − Video calls 2 (20 sec. each) − Voice Memo 1 (20 sec.) − Dialed Calls 30 − Received Calls 30 − Speed Dial 10 (Entry Number 000-009) − 2 PC Site Browser 1006 15 Item 1 Up to 50 entries can be saved on USIM Card. 2 The actual number that can be saved or protected may be less depending on the data size. 3 An additional 10 received and sent SMS messages can be saved on USIM Card. 4 Up to 100 additional messages/files can be saved in Secret Folders. 5 Includes data stored by default. 6 Up to 10 additional files can be saved in Secret Folder. Specifications Memory Card Folders & Files Folder DCIM File XXXNECDT1 Still images captured with Camera and JPEG images copied or moved from handset MISC PRIVATE Settings file for DPOF printing MYFOLDER Mail Utility My Items Drafts Backup data of Draft Inbox Backup data of Inbox Sent Messages Backup data of Outbox Calendar Backup data of Schedule Contacts Backup data of Phone Book Memo Backup data of Text Memo Rights Backup file of content keys Tasks Backup file of To Do List Book Book files Bookmarks Backup file of Bookmarks Flash files Games and More S! Appli files Music Songs Other Documents PDF files or Other document files Pictograms My Pictograms Pictures Still images Sounds & Ringtones Melodies Appendix Flash(R) 15 15-45 Specifications Folder PRIVATE MYFOLDER My Items File Videos Widget NE_Folder SD_VIDEO Appendix 15-46 Widget files Other files MGR_INFO TV Program recording management file PRGXXX2 TV Program recording files 1 XXX: Three single-byte numbers from 100 to 999 2 XXX: Three single-byte alphanumeric characters (hexadecimal) from 001 to FFF 15 Videos Index Number 2-touch Mode ............................... 2-16 3D Display Setting ........................ 14-6 5-touch Mode ............................... 2-12 A Adjust Earpiece Volume ..........3-3, 3-8 After Sales Service ....................... 15-60 Alarm ........................................... 11-17 Cancel ......................................... 11-18 Edit ............................................. 11-28 Release All .................................... 11-28 Set .............................................. 11-17 Alarm Activation Operations ..... 11-17 Alarm Notification Operations Schedule ...................................... 11-10 To Do List ..................................... 11-12 Alarm Setting ................................ 14-2 Answer Calls Bluetooth ..................................... 13-7 Video Calls ....................................... 3-8 Voice Calls ........................................ 3-4 Answer Setting .............................. 14-9 Answering Machine ........................ 3-4 Activate When a Call Arrives ................ 3-4 Delete Messages .............................. 3-18 Play Messages ................................... 3-5 Settings ........................................... 3-4 Any Key Answer ............................ 14-9 Attach to Mail Bookmark ...................................... 6-15 Delete Attached Files ........................ 5-22 Files ................................................ 5-7 Shot Still Image/Video ....................... 5-21 Authentication Password .............13-3 Auto Answer Setting ..................14-11 Auto Check ..................................14-18 Auto Check in Roaming ..............14-18 Auto Cursor .................................14-29 Auto Power On/Off .......................14-3 Auto Receiving (PC Mail) ............14-18 Auto Receiving (S! Mail) .............14-17 Auto Redial as Voice ...................14-14 Auto Refresh (Mobile Widget) ...14-27 Auto Refresh (S! Quick News) ....14-27 Auto Reset Total Cost .................14-14 Auto Roaming .............................14-27 Auto Save Set ..................................7-4 Auto Timer ....................................7-11 Auto Voice Memo .......................14-13 Auto-change Screen ...............1-8, 14-5 Auto-sort .......................................5-16 B Backlight ........................................14-5 Backlight Settings (S! Appli) .......14-25 Bar Code Reader .........................11-21 Check Scanned Data .......................11-21 Delete Scanned Data .......................11-30 Scan ............................................11-21 Basic Key Operations ......................1-3 Battery ...........................................1-13 Appendix Access Files .................................... 12-3 Composite Image .......................... 12-16 List Setting ................................... 12-17 Set Image Disp. ............................. 12-16 Access Handset Functions ............... 2-2 Access History ........................... 6-3, 6-6 Delete ........................................... 6-12 Access Points ............................... 13-13 Access the Internet From Bookmarks .............................. 6-10 From Data Broadcasts ......................... 8-7 From Entered URL Record .................. 6-12 From Scanned Data ........................ 11-29 From TV Links ................................. 8-14 From URL in Text ............................. 5-27 From Web Page ............................... 6-13 Open New Tab .................................. 6-7 PC Site Browser ................................. 6-5 Use Access History ...................... 6-3, 6-6 Yahoo! Keitai .................................... 6-3 Account Details ............................. 1-21 Add Folder Bookmark ...................................... 6-15 Data Folder ................................... 12-11 Messages ....................................... 5-26 15 15-47 Index Appendix 15 Installation ..................................... 1-13 Blog/Mail Member .......................... 5-8 Add Addresses .................................. 5-8 Delete Addresses ............................. 5-22 Edit Address ................................... 5-22 Set Default Blog Address ..................... 5-8 Specify Recipients ............................ 5-20 Bluetooth .................................... 13-5 Add New Device .............................. 13-6 Connecting .................................... 13-6 Delete Added Device ...................... 13-17 Device List ...................................... 13-7 Discontinue .................................... 13-8 Playing Music .................................. 13-7 Search ........................................... 13-6 Settings ....................................... 14-31 Talk .............................................. 13-7 Bluetooth Info ............................ 14-32 Bookmarks .................................... 6-10 Access Page .................................... 6-10 Add Folder ..................................... 6-15 Delete ........................................... 6-16 Delete Folder .................................. 6-15 Edit URL ......................................... 6-15 Move ............................................ 6-15 Number of Bookmarks ...................... 6-15 Save .............................................. 6-10 Save Scanned URL .......................... 11-30 Send by S! Mail ............................... 6-15 Sort Folder ..................................... 6-15 Books ............................................. 10-7 15-48 BookSurfing ................................ 10-7 C Calculator .................................... 11-16 Call Barring .................................... 3-20 Call Forwarding ............................. 3-14 Call Rejection ................................ 3-16 Call Time/Charge ........................... 3-11 Call Waiting ................................... 3-19 Call While Abroad ......................... 3-13 Caller ID ......................................... 3-20 Camera ............................................ 7-2 Auto Save Set ................................... 7-4 Blog Upload .................................... 7-14 Capture Still Images ............................ 7-6 Effect ............................................ 7-14 Flicker ............................................ 7-14 Memory Info ................................... 7-14 Movie Type Set ................................ 7-14 Quality Setting ................................ 7-14 Quick Album ................................... 12-5 Record Videos ................................... 7-8 Settings ....................................... 14-24 Shake Correction ......................7-4, 7-14 Switch Cameras ................................. 7-5 Viewfinders ...................................... 7-3 Capture Still Images ........................ 7-6 Auto Timer ..................................... 7-11 Continuous Shooting ........................ 7-10 Frame ............................................ 7-11 Panoramic Shooting ..........................7-11 Smile Mode ....................................7-10 Center Access Code .......................1-20 Certificate ......................................6-13 Chance Capture .............................7-12 Change Entry Number ..................................2-30 Font Size (Message Text) ....................5-28 Graphic Mail Effects ..........................5-22 Icon Image ......................................2-27 Network Password ...........................3-20 PIN1/PIN2 .........................................4-2 Security Code ..................................1-20 Set To, Cc or Bcc ..............................5-20 Change Skin ................................14-25 Channel List .................................14-22 Delete a Channel ...........................14-22 Remote Control Numbers ................14-22 Save Stations of a Different Area .........8-13 Switch ...........................................8-13 Channel Settings .............................8-3 Automatic ......................................8-13 Character Stamp ...........................12-9 Charge Battery ..............................1-13 AC Charger ....................................1-15 Desktop Holder ................................1-16 Charge Sound ..............................14-10 Check Battery Level ......................1-21 Check Interval .............................14-18 Check Mail Settings ....................14-19 Index Set Default Mail Size ....................... 14-16 Specify Blog/Mail Member List Recipients ....................................... 5-20 To, Cc or Bcc .................................. 5-20 Compose Messages ..................5-6, 5-7 Continuous Shooting .................... 7-10 Cookie Settings (Internet) .......... 14-20 Cookie Settings (Mobile Widget) .......................... 14-27 Copy Between Handset & Memory Card ..... 12-14 Event ........................................... 11-27 Phone Book Entries .................2-24, 2-31 SMS Messages ................................ 5-26 Text .............................................. 2-14 Customer Service ......................... 15-61 Customize Mail Address ................. 5-4 D Data BC Settings ......................... 14-23 Data Broadcasts .............................. 8-7 Data Folder .................................... 12-2 Add Folder ................................... 12-11 Change Order of Files ..................... 12-16 Check File Information .................... 12-16 Delete Files ................................... 12-18 Delete Folder ................................ 12-18 Edit File Name ............................... 12-18 Edit Folder Name ........................... 12-17 Edit Still Images ............................... 12-9 Edit Videos ...................................12-10 Memory Info .................................12-18 Move Files ....................................12-11 Open Files ......................................12-3 Original Animation ...........................12-6 Playlist (Melody) ...............................12-7 Playlist (Video) .................................12-7 Quick Album ...................................12-5 Ringtone ......................................12-16 Secret Folders ....................................4-7 Stand-by Display ............................12-16 Delete All LifeApp ......................14-31 Delete All S! App ........................14-26 Delete Cache ...............................14-20 Delete Content (Mobile Widget) ..........................14-27 Delete Cookies ............................14-20 Delete Quick News ......................14-27 Delivery Report (S! Mail) ............14-16 Desktop Icon Settings ...................14-6 Desktop Icons ..................................2-3 Add Icons .........................................2-6 CHG Icon Image ..............................2-27 Delete Desktop Icons ........................2-27 Reset .............................................2-27 Show/Hide ......................................2-27 Sort ...............................................2-27 Desktop Info ....................................2-6 Dial Bluetooth .....................................13-7 Appendix Check PC Mail Settings ............... 14-19 Check PC Site Brw. Set ................ 14-20 Check settings (Yahoo! Keitai) .. 14-20 Check TV Settings ....................... 14-23 CHG Input Method ....................... 2-12 CHG Input Size ............................ 14-29 Clear Learned (Text Entry) ......... 14-29 Clock .............................................. 14-2 Clock Alarm Tone Set ................... 14-2 Clock Display ................................. 14-2 Closed Illumination ..................... 14-29 Codes ............................................. 1-20 Center Access Code ......................... 1-20 Network Password ........................... 1-20 PIN1/PIN2 ....................................... 1-11 Security Code ................................. 1-20 Compose & Send Messages Attach Files ....................................... 5-7 Compose PC Mail .............................. 5-7 Compose S! Mail ............................... 5-6 Compose SMS .................................. 5-7 Delete Receiver ................................ 5-20 Edit ............................................... 5-27 From Phone Book ............................ 2-31 From Scanned Data ........................ 11-29 From Tomo-Den .............................. 3-12 From Web Page ............................... 6-13 Graphic Mail ..................................... 5-6 Insert Header/Signature ..................... 5-20 Save .............................................. 5-21 15 15-49 Index From Dialed Calls ............................. 3-10 From Phone Book ............................ 2-21 From Received Calls .......................... 3-10 From Redial .................................... 3-10 From Scanned Data ........................ 11-29 From Tomo-Den .............................. 3-12 From Web Page ............................... 6-13 Global Roaming ............................... 3-13 International Calls .............................. 3-3 Phone Number in Message Text .......... 5-27 Video Calls ....................................... 3-7 Voice Calls ....................................... 3-3 Appendix 15 Dial From Other Device .............. 14-32 Dial Lock .......................................... 4-3 Dialed Calls .................................... 3-10 Dictionaries ................................... 2-15 Disp. Call/Receive No. ................. 14-10 Disp. Phone Book Image .............. 14-9 Display Design ............................... 14-4 Display Indicators ............................ 1-6 Display Light (TV) ........................ 14-22 Display Mode Settings ................ 14-21 Display Operator Name .............. 14-15 Display Setting .............................. 14-3 Display Setting (Video Call) ........ 14-14 DL Dictionary ................................ 2-16 Delete ........................................... 2-30 Download Books ............................................ 10-7 Music .............................................. 9-4 15-50 S! Appli ........................................... 9-8 Templates (Graphic Mail) ................... 5-23 Widgets ......................................... 10-2 Downloads .................................. 14-20 DPOF setting ............................... 12-15 Cancel ......................................... 12-19 E ECO Mode ..................................... 1-23 Edit Address (Blog/Mail Member) .............. 5-22 Alarm Settings ............................... 11-28 Blog/Mail Member List Name .............. 5-22 Event ........................................... 11-27 File Name (Data Folder) ................... 12-18 Folder Name (Bookmark) ................... 6-15 Folder Name (Data Folder) ................ 12-17 Folder Name (Messages) .................... 5-26 Folder Name (Templates) ................... 2-29 Own Dictionary ............................... 2-29 Phone Book Entry ............................ 2-31 Record Timer Settings ....................... 8-15 Re-entering in T9 Input Mode ............. 2-17 Still Images ..................................... 12-9 Template (Graphic Mail) .................... 5-23 Templates (Common Phrases) ....2-15, 2-29 Text .............................................. 2-14 URL (Bookmark) ............................... 6-15 Videos ......................................... 12-10 View Timer Settings .......................... 8-15 Edit Account name ......................14-19 Edit Still Images .............................12-9 Brightness ....................................12-17 Change Size ..................................12-17 Character Stamp ..............................12-9 Correct Backlight ...........................12-17 Frame ............................................12-9 Marker Stamp .................................12-9 Refresh Skin Tone ..........................12-17 Retouch .......................................12-17 Rotate .........................................12-17 Trim away ....................................12-10 Edit Videos ..................................12-10 Emission OFF Mode .........................4-6 Emotion/Keyword .......................14-17 Emotion-Expressing Mail ..............5-10 Enter URL ..................................6-3, 6-6 Delete Records ................................6-13 External Display ..............................1-8 External Display Settings ..............14-8 F FeliCa Mark .....................................1-2 IC Card Authentication ........................4-5 IC Card Illumination ........................14-30 Osaifu-Keitai .................................11-2 Flash Sound Effect ......................14-20 Font ................................................14-4 Font Size (Internet) .....................14-20 Index Font Size (Mail) ........................... 14-19 Font Size (S! Info Channel) ......... 14-28 Forward (Message) ....................... 5-27 Forward Ring Tone ..................... 14-32 Forwarding Image (Phone Book) .............................. 14-12 Frame .................................... 7-11, 12-9 G H Handset Parts .................................. 1-2 Handsfree ...................................... 3-17 Hands-free Switch (Video Call) .. 14-14 I IC Card Authentication ................... 4-5 Activate ........................................... 4-5 Register ........................................... 4-5 IC Card Illumination .................... 14-30 Icon Always Show (Camera) ....... 14-24 Icon Always Show (TV) ............... 14-22 Icons Setting .................................. 14-7 Illumination ................................... 14-9 Illumination in Talk ..................... 14-13 Image Capture ........................................... 7-6 Edit ............................................... 12-9 Image Display Mode ..................... 14-5 Inactivate Time ............................ 14-18 Incoming Call Image ..................... 14-9 Incoming Message Image ............. 14-9 Info Notice Setting ...................... 14-10 Infrared .......................................... 13-2 Authentication Password ................... 13-3 Receive All ...................................... 13-4 Receive One File ............................... 13-3 Send All Ir Data ................................13-3 Send One File ..................................13-3 Infrared Port ....................................1-2 Initial Setup ...................................1-17 Initialize .......................................14-33 Initialized Browser ......................14-20 Input Mode .................................14-29 Insertion & Removal Battery ...........................................1-13 Memory Card ................................12-12 USIM Card ......................................1-12 Int’l Dial Assistance .....................14-13 Interface Settings ........................14-31 Internal Antenna ............................1-2 International Calls ...........................3-3 Enter “ + “ .....................................3-16 Internet ............................................6-2 Access History ............................6-3, 6-6 Connect ....................................6-3, 6-5 Enter URL ..................................6-3, 6-6 Home ............................................6-12 Page Operations ................................6-7 Quick Search ...................................6-14 Reload ...........................................6-13 Send URL by S! Mail .........................6-13 Settings ........................................14-20 Toggle 3G & Wi-Fi ............................6-12 Interval/Number ..........................14-24 Appendix Global Roaming ............................ 3-13 Call Japan and Other Countries ........... 3-13 Call within the Same Country ............. 3-13 Settings ....................................... 14-15 Graphic Mail Cancel Effects ................................. 5-22 Create ............................................. 5-6 Create Automatically ........................ 5-22 Create from a Template .................... 5-23 Delete Templates ............................. 5-23 Edit a Template ............................... 5-23 Save Template ................................. 5-22 Group Calling ................................ 3-20 Group Setting (Phone Book) ...... 14-12 Ring Tone/Image .............................. 2-23 Header/Signature .............14-16, 14-18 Headset Mic. Setting ................... 14-11 Headset SW to Dial ..................... 14-11 Headset Usage Setting ............... 14-11 Holidays ....................................... 11-10 Hyper Clear Voice ......................... 3-17 15 15-51 Index J JAN Code ..................................... 11-21 K Key Backlight .............................. 14-30 Key Illumination ........................... 1-21 Settings ....................................... 14-30 Keypad Lock .................................... 4-4 Setting ............................................ 4-4 Unlock Temporarily ............................ 4-4 Keypad Sound ............................. 14-10 L Appendix 15 Language(言語選択) .................... 14-5 Life History Viewer ....................... 11-7 Display setting ............................... 11-27 Reload ......................................... 11-27 Lock Dial Lock .......................................... 4-3 IC Card Lock ................................... 11-3 Keypad Lock ..................................... 4-4 Original Lock .................................... 4-3 Remote Lock ................................... 11-4 Secure Remote Lock ........................... 4-5 M Mail .................................................. 5-2 Add Folder ..................................... 5-26 Auto-sort ....................................... 5-16 15-52 Delete ........................................... 5-25 Delete All Reports ............................ 5-25 Delete Attached Files ........................ 5-26 Delete Folder .................................. 5-26 Delete Read .................................... 5-25 Draft ............................................. 5-27 Edit ............................................... 5-27 Filter ............................................. 5-28 Folder Lock ..................................... 5-17 Forward ......................................... 5-27 Mail Box Lock .................................. 5-17 Mail Windows ................................. 5-15 Message Folders .............................. 5-14 Move ............................................ 5-25 Number of Messages ........................ 5-26 Protect ........................................... 5-25 Search Mail ..................................... 5-28 Secret Folders .................................. 5-17 Settings ....................................... 14-16 Sort .............................................. 5-28 Sort Folder ...................................... 5-26 Tomomato-Mail ............................... 5-16 Mail List Disp. .............................. 14-19 Mail Ring Time .............................. 14-8 Mail Setting ................................. 14-16 Main Menu ...................................... 2-2 Change Theme ................................ 2-27 Manner Mode ............................... 1-19 Manner Mode Set .......................... 14-10 Manner Release Time ...................... 14-10 Manner Start Time ......................... 14-10 Original ........................................14-10 Manual Receiving .......................14-18 Manufacture Number .................14-20 Map Setting .................................14-31 Map URL Settings ........................14-31 Marker Stamp ...............................12-9 Melody Playback Playlist ...........................................12-7 Set Repeat Play ..............................12-17 Memory Card ..............................12-12 Access Data ..................................12-13 Access Files .....................................12-3 Check & Repair ..............................12-19 Check Available Memory Space .........12-18 Copy Data from Handset .................12-14 Copy Data to Handset .....................12-14 Delete Data ...................................12-19 DPOF setting .................................12-15 Folders & Files ...............................15-45 Format .........................................12-13 Insert & Remove .............................12-12 Transfer WMA Data ............................9-4 Memory Space (Memory info) Bookmarks .....................................6-15 Camera ..........................................7-14 Data Folder ...................................12-18 Memory Card ................................12-18 Messages .......................................5-26 Music ............................................9-11 Number of Saved Pages .....................6-16 Index Phone Book .................................... 2-31 S! Appli ......................................... 9-12 Schedules ..................................... 11-27 Server Mail Memory ......................... 5-24 Menu Display Set .......................... 14-7 Menu List ..................................... 15-21 Missed Calls ................................... 3-10 Mobile Widget ....................... 1-9, 10-2 Change Position of widgets ............... 10-8 Delete from Desktop Page ................. 10-8 Downloading Contents ..................... 10-2 Paste Contents ................................ 10-3 Place widgets in Foreground or Background .................................... 10-8 Settings ....................................... 14-27 Toggle Page .................................... 10-2 Update Display ................................ 10-8 Use ............................................... 10-2 N Net Access .................................... 14-25 Network Information ................... 1-17 Network Password ........................ 1-20 Network Status ............................. 1-21 Noise Reduction .......................... 14-13 Notify Caller ID .............................. 3-16 Number of Entries Bookmarks ..................................... 6-15 Events ......................................... 11-27 Phone Book Entries .......................... 2-31 Saved Messages ............................... 5-26 NW Search Mode ........................ 14-15 O One Seg Digital TV .......................... 8-2 Open Inbox Messages ................... 5-10 Open New Messages ..................... 5-10 Open-close Sound ....................... 14-11 Optional Services .......................... 3-14 Original Animation ....................... 12-6 Original Lock ................................... 4-3 Customize ........................................ 4-4 Settings ........................................... 4-3 Original Manner Mode ............... 14-10 Original Menu ........................2-3, 14-7 Osaifu-Keitai ............................... 11-2 Activate Lifestyle-Appli ......................11-3 Download Lifestyle-Appli ...................11-2 Restrict Use .....................................11-3 Settings ........................................14-30 Use ...............................................11-3 Outgoing Account ......................14-17 Own Dictionary .............................2-15 Delete ............................................2-30 Edit ...............................................2-29 P Panoramic Shooting ......................7-11 Pause Dial ...........................3-17, 14-12 PC Connection ...............................13-9 Access Memory Card Data .................13-9 Packet Transmission ........................13-10 USB Mode Setting ............................13-9 PC Mail Setting ................................5-4 PC Site Browser ...............................6-5 Change Disp. Mode ..........................6-12 Windows ..........................................6-5 Pedometer ...................................11-19 Activate .......................................11-19 Paced Steps(きっちり歩数) .............11-19 Reset ...........................................11-29 Set ..............................................11-19 View Data ....................................11-20 Walking Target ..............................11-28 Phone Book Access Entries from Other Functions .....2-22 Appendix Modem ........................................ 13-10 Move Bookmarks ..................................... 6-15 Files ............................................ 12-11 Messages ....................................... 5-25 Multitask ......................................... 2-9 Activate Another Function ................... 2-9 Combinations ................................. 15-2 Toggle Functions ............................. 2-10 Music Player (Video Player) ............ 9-2 Playback Windows ............................. 9-3 Settings ....................................... 14-25 My Phone Number ........................ 1-21 15 15-53 Index Change Entry Number ...................... 2-30 Change Index Tab ............................ 2-30 Check Number of Entries ................... 2-31 Copy ............................................. 2-31 Copy to USIM Card .......................... 2-24 Create Entries ................................. 2-20 Create Entries from Other Functions .... 2-20 Delete Entries .................................. 2-32 Delete Items ................................... 2-32 Dial ............................................... 2-21 Edit an Entry ................................... 2-31 Group Setting ............................... 14-12 Read Map ...................................... 2-31 Restrictions ..................................... 2-23 Ring Tone/Image .............................. 2-23 S! Addressbook Back-up ................... 2-25 Save from Scanned Data ................. 11-30 Search ........................................... 2-21 Send Entries by S! Mail ..................... 2-32 Set Incoming Image .......................... 2-20 Set Preferred Search Method ............ 14-12 Set Secret ....................................... 2-24 Appendix 15 PIN Lock & Cancellation ............... 1-11 PIN1/PIN2 ....................................... 1-11 Change PIN1/PIN2 .............................. 4-2 PIN1 Code Entry Set ........................... 4-2 Place Calls on Hold ....................... 3-16 Play Answering Machine ........................... 3-5 Music .............................................. 9-5 Playlist ............................................. 9-6 15-54 Recorded Program ............................. 8-9 Voice Announce ............................ 14-11 Voice Mail ...................................... 3-15 Voice Memo ..................................... 3-5 Playlist (Songs) ................................ 9-6 Add Music ...................................... 9-11 Cancel Playlist Songs ......................... 9-11 Create ............................................. 9-6 Delete ........................................... 9-12 Play ................................................. 9-6 Sort Playlist ..................................... 9-11 PLMN Setting .............................. 14-15 POP3 Settings .................................. 5-5 Power On/Off ................................ 1-17 Prefix Numbers .............................. 3-16 Prefix Setting ............................... 14-12 Priority Mail Menu ...................... 14-19 Privacy Angle ................................. 14-5 Profile .......................................... 13-15 Copy ........................................... 13-15 Reset ........................................... 13-15 Setting ......................................... 14-32 Program Guide ................................ 8-8 Q QR Code ....................................... 11-21 Quality Alarm .............................. 14-13 Quick Album ................................. 12-5 Quick Info Setting ......................... 14-5 Quick Search ............. 5-28, 6-14, 11-27 Quick Silent ...................................14-9 R Read Out Message ........................5-24 Read Out Setting ........................14-17 Receive & Open Messages ............5-10 Auto Receiving ..............................14-18 Manually Retrieve S! Mail Messages .....5-23 Open New Messages ........................5-10 Open PC Mail Inbox Messages ............5-12 Opening S! Mail & SMS Inbox Messages .......................................5-10 Read Out Message ...........................5-24 Reply ....................................5-11, 5-12 Restrict Incoming S! Mail Size ...........14-18 Retrieve Complete S! Mail/PC Mail .......5-24 Retrieve New PC Mail ........................5-12 Save Attachments ............................5-18 Use Mail List ....................................5-11 Received Calls ................................3-10 Receiving Setting ........................14-17 Reconnect Signal .........................14-13 Record at Low Battery ................14-23 Record Sound Sound without Video (Voice Mode) ......7-13 Voice Announce ............................14-11 Voice Memo ..........................3-4, 11-15 Record Timer .................................8-11 Record Videos .................................7-8 Index Auto Timer ..................................... 7-11 Chance Capture .............................. 7-12 Speed Movie ................................... 7-12 Voice Mode .................................... 7-13 Redial ............................................. 3-10 Register S! Quick News Contents ........................................ 10-4 Reject Calls w/o Caller ID ................ 4-6 Reject Unknown ............................. 4-6 Remote Control Numbers .......... 14-22 Reply to Messages ............... 5-11, 5-12 Reset Blog/Mail Member List Name .............. 5-22 Channel Settings ........................... 14-23 Reset (S! Appli) ............................ 14-26 Reset (Yahoo! Keitai) .................. 14-20 Reset Account Settings ............... 14-19 Reset Channel Setting ................ 14-23 Reset Mail Settings ..................... 14-19 Reset PC Mail Settings ................ 14-19 Reset PC Site Brw. Set ................. 14-20 Reset Settings .............................. 14-33 Reset Storage Area (TV) ............. 14-23 Reset Total Cost ............................ 3-19 Reset Total Duration ..................... 3-18 Reset TV Settings ........................ 14-23 Reset Wi-Fi Setting ...................... 14-32 Retrieve New ................................. 5-23 Ring Volume .................................. 14-8 S S! Addressbook Back-up ............... 2-25 Auto Synchronize ........................... 14-12 Check Settings .............................. 14-12 Check Synchronize Log ..................... 2-26 Delete Synchronize Log ..................... 2-32 Synchronization Type ........................ 2-25 Use ............................................... 2-25 S! Appli ............................................9-8 Activate ...........................................9-8 Delete ............................................9-12 Download ........................................9-8 Settings ........................................14-25 S! GPS Navi ....................................11-5 Add to Phonebook .........................11-26 Current Location ..............................11-5 Location Logs ................................11-26 Navi Appli .......................................11-5 Settings ........................................14-31 S! Info Channel .............................10-5 Check Latest Information ...................10-5 Get Latest Contents ..........................10-8 Save File .........................................10-8 Settings ........................................14-28 Subscribe for Service .........................10-5 Weather Indicators ...........................10-5 S! Information Notif. ..................14-28 S! Quick News ...............................10-4 Check Updated Information ...............10-4 Delete Registered News .....................10-8 Manually Update ..............................10-8 Register News .................................10-4 Settings ........................................14-27 Save Blog/Mail Member ..............................5-8 Bluetooth .....................................13-6 Bookmarks .....................................6-10 Events ............................................11-9 Holidays .......................................11-10 Appendix Confirmation Window (Data Broadcasts) ........................... 14-23 Desktop Icons ................................. 2-27 Folder Name (Common Phrases) ......... 2-29 Handset ....................................... 14-33 Holidays ....................................... 11-27 Mail Settings ................................. 14-19 Memory Card ............................... 12-13 My Phone Number ........................... 1-21 Original Menu ................................. 14-7 PC Mail Account Settings ................ 14-19 PC Site Browser Settings .................. 14-20 Pedometer Measurements ............... 11-29 S! Appli Settings ............................ 14-26 S! Quick News Contents .................. 14-27 SMS Center Selection ..................... 14-19 Total Call Cost ................................. 3-19 Total Call Time ................................ 3-18 TV Settings ................................... 14-23 Wi-Fi Setting ................................. 14-32 Yahoo! Keitai Settings .................... 14-20 15 15-55 Index Own Dictionary ............................... 2-15 Phone Book Entries .......................... 2-20 S! Quick News ................................ 10-4 Saved Pages .................................... 6-10 Tasks ........................................... 11-12 Templates ...................................... 2-15 Text Memos .................................. 11-14 Tomo-Den ...................................... 3-12 TV Links ......................................... 8-14 Appendix 15 Saved Pages ................................... 6-10 Delete ........................................... 6-16 Number of Pages ............................. 6-16 Open ............................................ 6-10 Protect .......................................... 6-16 Save .............................................. 6-10 Schedule (Events) .......................... 11-9 Add Holidays ................................ 11-10 Check ......................................... 11-10 Copy ........................................... 11-27 Delete .............................. 11-11, 11-27 Edit ............................................. 11-27 Icon Display .................................. 11-27 Number of Schedules ...................... 11-27 Reset Holiday ................................ 11-27 Save .............................................. 11-9 Save a Text Memo to Schedule ......... 11-28 Windows ....................................... 11-9 Screen Effect ................................. 14-5 Script Settings ............................. 14-20 Scroll (Internet) ........................... 14-20 Scroll (Mail) ................................. 14-19 15-56 Search Messages in a Folder ......................... 5-28 Phone Book .................................... 2-21 Songs ............................................ 9-11 Secret Data Phone Book Entries .......................... 2-24 schedule ...................................... 11-10 Secret Data Only Mode .................. 4-7 Secret Folders .................................. 4-7 Secret Mode .................................... 4-7 Secure Remote Lock ........................ 4-5 Security Code ................................ 1-20 Select Image (Video Call) ............ 14-14 Select Microphone ...................... 14-11 Select Network ............................ 14-15 Send Location Info ...................... 14-31 Send Messages ................................ 5-6 Request Delivery Report ..................... 5-21 Send Referer ................................ 14-20 Send/Recv. Settings ..................... 14-17 Server Mail .................................... 5-11 Delete ........................................... 5-24 Forward ......................................... 5-24 Mail List ................................5-11, 5-24 Set Hold Tone .............................. 14-13 Set Image Disp. (S! Quick News) ........................... 14-27 Set Image Disp. (Video Player) ... 14-25 Set Main Time ............................... 14-2 Set Max Cost Limit ......................14-14 Set Mute Seconds ............................4-6 Set Quick Yahoo! Mail ....................5-5 Set Ringtone ..................................14-8 From Data Folder ...........................12-16 Set Sub Clock .................................14-2 Setting When Folded ..................14-13 Shoot Framed Images ...................7-11 Shooting Auto Timer .....................................7-11 Blog Upload ....................................7-14 Chance Capture ...............................7-12 Continuous Shooting ........................7-10 Frame ............................................7-11 Panoramic Shooting ..........................7-11 Smile Mode ....................................7-10 Speed Movie ...................................7-12 Still Images .......................................7-6 Videos .............................................7-8 Shortcut-key Setting ...................14-29 Shutter Sound .............................14-24 Side Key Guard ..............................1-23 Simple Menu .................................2-27 Smile Level ...................................14-24 Smile Mode ...................................7-10 SMS Receive ..........................................5-10 Send ...............................................5-7 SMS Center Selection ......................14-19 SMS Settings .................................14-16 Index Speed Movie .................................. 7-12 Standby Disp. Set. (Mobile Widget) .......................... 14-27 Standby Setting (Weather Indicators) ................... 14-28 Standby Settings (S! Quick News) ........................... 14-27 Start Attachment (auto) ............. 14-19 Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable .............................................. 1-21 Storage Location (Camera) ......... 14-24 Streaming Music and Video ........... 6-8 Style Mode Settings ...................... 14-3 Sub-address Setting .................... 14-12 Subtitles ....................................... 14-22 T T9 Change Mode ......................... 14-29 T9 Input Mode .............................. 2-16 Templates (Common Phrases) Delete ........................................... 2-29 Edit ......................................2-15, 2-29 Insert ............................................. 2-14 Text Entry ...................................... 2-11 2-touch Mode ................................. 2-16 5-touch Mode ................................. 2-12 Alphanumerics, Numbers & Katakana ... 2-14 Character Entry Modes ...................... 2-12 Common Phrases (Templates) ............. 2-14 Copy .............................................2-14 Correction ......................................2-14 Cut ...............................................2-14 Dakuten (゛) & Handakuten (゜) ..........2-14 Deletion .........................................2-14 Emoticons ......................................2-14 Key Assignments ............................15-11 Kuten Code List .............................15-14 Kuten Codes ...................................2-29 Line Feed ........................................2-28 Lower Case .....................................2-14 Lower Case & Upper Case ..................2-28 Overwrite & Insert Modes ..................2-28 Paste .............................................2-14 Pictographs .....................................2-14 Quote Data .....................................2-29 Settings ........................................14-29 Single-byte & Double-byte ..................2-28 Space ............................................2-28 Split Windows .................................2-12 Symbols .........................................2-14 T9 Input Mode ................................2-16 Text Entry Window ...........................2-11 Text Input Methods ..........................2-12 Use Dictionary .................................2-28 Word Prediction ...............................2-12 Text Memo ..................................11-14 Check Information .........................11-28 Delete ...............................11-14, 11-28 Save ............................................11-14 Save from Scanned Data ..................11-30 Appendix SMTP Settings ................................. 5-4 Software Update .......................... 15-4 Songs BGM playback ................................. 9-10 Bluetooth ..................................... 13-7 Download ........................................ 9-4 Effect ............................................ 9-10 Equalizer ........................................ 9-10 Memory Info ................................... 9-11 Play ................................................ 9-5 Playlist ............................................. 9-6 Repeat Setting ................................ 9-10 Resume Play ................................... 9-10 Search ........................................... 9-11 Set as Ringtone ............................... 9-11 Sort .............................................. 9-11 Streaming Music and Video ................. 6-8 Transfer From PC ............................... 9-4 Sort (Change Order) Booked Programs ............................ 8-16 Desktop Icons ................................. 2-27 Files ............................................ 12-16 Folders (Bookmark) .......................... 6-15 Folders (Mail) .................................. 5-26 Messages ....................................... 5-28 Original Menu Items ......................... 14-7 Playlist Songs .................................. 9-11 Songs ............................................ 9-11 Tasks ........................................... 11-28 Sound/Vib Settings ..................... 14-25 Specifications .............................. 15-42 15 15-57 Index Appendix 15 Sort ............................................ 11-28 Text Reader ................................. 11-23 Check Scanned Text ....................... 11-24 Delete Scanned Data ...................... 11-30 Edit Scanned Text .......................... 11-29 NEGA/POSI Mode .......................... 11-29 Scan ........................................... 11-24 Scan Modes .................................. 11-23 Scan Window ............................... 11-23 Time Shift Playback ........................ 8-7 Time Shift Setup ............................ 14-23 Time-out to Search ..................... 14-31 To Do List (Tasks) ........................ 11-12 Change Order ............................... 11-28 Check ......................................... 11-12 Delete .............................. 11-13, 11-28 Save ............................................ 11-12 Set Status ..................................... 11-28 Tomo-Den ..................................... 3-12 Cancel Entries ................................. 3-19 Dial ............................................... 3-12 Save Entries .................................... 3-12 Send S! Mail ................................... 3-12 Tomomato-Mail ............................ 5-16 Trim away (Still Image) ............... 12-10 Troubleshooting ........................... 15-6 TV ..................................................... 8-2 Brightness ...................................... 8-13 Channel Settings ............................... 8-3 Data Broadcasts ................................. 8-7 15-58 Main/Sub Sound .............................. 8-13 Program Guide .................................. 8-8 Program Info ................................... 8-13 Record ............................................. 8-9 Record Timer .................................. 8-11 Settings ....................................... 14-22 Sound Switch .................................. 8-13 Time Shift Playback ............................ 8-7 View Timer ..................................... 8-11 Watch ............................................. 8-6 Windows ......................................... 8-4 TV Effect ...................................... 14-22 TV Link Delete ........................................... 8-14 Number of TV Links .......................... 8-14 Save .............................................. 8-14 Show Details ................................... 8-14 TV Power Saving ......................... 14-22 TV Sound While Closed .............. 14-22 U Update Data Broadcast ................................ 8-13 Life History Viewer ......................... 11-27 S! Quick News List ........................... 10-8 Server Mail List .......................5-11, 5-24 Web Page ...................................... 6-13 USB Mode Setting ......................... 13-9 USIM Card ...................................... 1-10 Copy Phone Book Entries ..........2-24, 2-31 Copy SMS Messages .........................5-26 Delete Phone Book Entries .................2-32 Delete SMS Messages .......................5-26 Insertion & Removal ..........................1-12 PINs ..............................................1-11 V Vibrator .........................................14-9 Video Call ........................................3-7 Brightness ......................................3-17 Color Mode Set ...............................3-18 Display Light ...................................3-18 Hyper Clear Voice ............................3-17 Settings ........................................14-14 Visual Prefer. ...................................3-17 White Balance .................................3-17 Windows ..........................................3-7 Videos Playlist ...........................................12-7 Streaming Video ................................6-8 View Timer ....................................8-11 Viewer Settings .............................14-5 Voice Announce ..........................14-11 Voice Call .........................................3-3 Hyper Clear Voice ............................3-17 Send Touch Tones ............................3-17 Voice Mail ......................................3-14 Missed Call Notification .....................3-15 Play Messages .................................3-15 Voice Memo .........................3-4, 11-15 Index Auto Voice Memo .......................... 14-13 Play/Delete Messages ................. 3-5, 3-18 Record the Other Party’s Voice .............. 3-4 Record Your Voice ......................... 11-15 W Search & Connect to Priority Connections ................................. 13-14 Search Access Points ....................... 13-13 Wi-Fi (ON/OFF) ............................ 13-11 Y Yahoo! Keitai .................................. 6-3 Switch to PC ................................... 6-12 Appendix Wallpaper (Stand-by Display) ...... 14-3 Image in Data Folder ...................... 12-16 Recorded Video ............................... 7-15 Shot Still Image ............................... 7-15 Video in Data Folder ....................... 12-16 Warning Messages ...................... 14-21 Warranty ..................................... 15-60 Weather Indicators ....................... 10-5 Indicator List ................................. 15-20 Manual Update ............................... 10-9 Settings ....................................... 14-28 Subscribe for Service ......................... 10-5 Weather Notif. ............................ 14-28 Weather Update ......................... 14-28 Wi-Fi ............................................ 13-11 Access Point Settings ...................... 13-13 Display Information ........................ 13-15 Easy Connecting (AOSS) .................. 13-12 Easy Connecting (WPS) ................... 13-13 Manual Setup ............................... 13-13 Wi-Fi Setting ................................ 14-32 Wi-Fi/3G Change Setting ............ 14-32 Word Prediction .................2-12, 14-29 Write Personal Information ....... 14-25 Write/Del User Data .................... 14-25 15 15-59 Warranty & After Sales Service Warranty A warranty card is included with 940N. ● Check that the store name and purchase date sections have been filled correctly. ● Read the card carefully and store it in a safe place. ● See the card for the warranty period. After Sales Service Refer to “Troubleshooting“ (P. 15-6) before submitting your handset for repair. If problems still persist, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance of your area (P. 15-61), or consult with your nearest SoftBank shop. Provide us with detailed information of your problems. ● Repair within the warranty period is carried out in accordance with the conditions of the warranty. ● Repair after the warranty period is carried out if possible, and the owner of handset is responsible for any repair costs. Note ・ SoftBank assumes no responsibility for any damages incurred by you or Appendix 15 third parties for failed calls, etc. due to failure or malfunction of this product. ・ Data and settings you saved may be lost or altered as a result of failure or repair of handset. It is recommended that you keep a backup copy of important data (e.g. Phone Book entries, image and sound files). SoftBank assumes no responsibility for any damages due to the loss or alteration of handset data. ・ Disassembling or modifying handset may constitute a violation of Radio Law. Your handset will not be accepted for repairs if it has been modified. 15-60 Tip ・ For information on after sales service, contact your nearest SoftBank shop or SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-61). Customer Service If you have any questions about SoftBank handsets or services, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance. SoftBank Mobile Customer Center SoftBank Mobile Global Call Center From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157 for General Information or 113 for Customer Assistance. From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491 (Make sure to dial the correct number. International charges will apply.) Call These Numbers Toll Free from Landlines Subscription Area Contact General Information 0088-240-157 Customer Assistance 0088-240-113 Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka General Information 0088-241-157 Customer Assistance 0088-241-113 General Information 0088-242-157 Customer Assistance 0088-242-113 General Information 0088-250-157 Customer Assistance 0088-250-113 Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime, Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa Appendix Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo, Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano, Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui 15 15-61 SoftBank 940N User Guide January 2010, First Edition SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop. Model: SoftBank 940N Manufacturer: NEC Corporation MDT-000137-EAA0
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
Download PDF
advertisement